%^' ~ ^^ ^s^ /^^ ^.,^^^' VA\ ^'^- xl^*^ 7^-^^ '"^'^L \ \ \ ^^ m<^ cn^ <atk S-^. VK'f ^:J^//^^ ^km^: r?s t^ rt,. ■- ^^.S^:' '' "^ ^ "t^-^-- 7 ^i>^ ..^^dki :t.(f^'^ - ■■■:' r= o^ .£^=5 ^^^ & (mm^ 'M^^ >^2c^*r^ S 3Z0 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE. Vol. XXII., 1915. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE H Journal of XooIoqy IN CONNECTION WITH THE TRING MUSEUM. EDITED BY LORD EOTHSCHILD, F.R.S., Ph.D., Dr. ERNST HARTERT, and Dr. K. JORDAN. Vol. XXII., 1915. (WITH SEVENTY-SIX PLATES.) Issued at the Zoological Museum, Trino. FEINTED BY HAZELL, WATSON & VINEY, Ld., LONDON AND AYLESBURY. 1915-1916. CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXII. (1915). GENERAL SUBJECTS. PAGES 1. See subject "Aves," No. 4 61— G6 2. Obituary: William Warren. (K.J.) IGO— 16G AVES. 1. The Birds of Dampier Islaucl. Walter Rothschild and Ernst Hartert 20 — 37 2. The Birds of Vulcan Island, Walter Rothschild and Ernst Hartert 38 — 45 3. Notes on Papuan Birds. Walter Rothschild and Ernst Hartert . 46 — 60 4. In Algeria, 1914: A Journey to the M'Zab Country and over the Central High Plateaus (Plates I., II.). Ernst Hartert .... 61 — 79 5.' On the Genus Freyata. Walter Rothschild 145 — \\& 6. Notes on Falcons. Ernst Hakteet ........ 167 — 185 7. List of a Small Collection of Birds from Hausaland, Northern Nigeria. Ernst Hartert 244 — 266 8. Dates of Publication of the sections of the " British Bird Book." F. B. Kirkman 386 REPTILIA. 1. The Giant Land Tortoises of the Galapagos Islands in the Tring Museum (Plates XXI.— XXXII). Lord Rothschild 403—417 2. On the Gigantic Land Tortoises of the Seychelles and Aldabra-Madagascar Gioup, \vith some Notes on certain forms of the Mascarene Group (Plates XXXIII.— LXXVL). Lord Rothschild .... 418—442 LEPIDOPTERA. 1. An Analysis of the species of the Genus Caretis, chiefly based on an examination of the specimens in the Zoological Museum, Tring (Plates III.— XIX.). T. A. Chapman 80—104 2. On Lepidoptera from the Islands of Ceram (Seran), Burn, Bali, and Misol {and Continuation). Walter Rothschild .... 105 — 144, 209 — 227 3. New Palaearctic and Eastern N'octn.idae in the Tring Museum. W.Warren 147^153 4. Some new Orieut^il Cymntophm-idaa in the Tring Museum. W. Warren 154 — 159 6. A Preliminary Account of the Lepiilopterous Fauna of Guelt-es-Stel, Central Algeria {Continuation). Lord Rothschild .... 186 — 191 ( vi ) PACKS 6. On tlie Lepidoptera in the Tt-ing Museum sent by Mr. A. S. Meek from the Adminilty Islands, Dampier, and Vulcan Islands (and Continiui- fw7i.). Lord Rothschild 192—208, 387—402 7. Lepidoptera of the M'Zab Country, South Algeria, collected by Dr. Ern.st Hartert and Carl Hilgert in 19H. Lord Rothschild . . . 228 — 243 8. On the two Algerian species of Cerocala, a genus of Noctuidue. (Illus- trated.) K. Jordan 267—270 9. On Papilio dixoni Grose-Smith (1900) and Papilio knehni Honr. (1886) from Celebes. (Illustrated.) K. Jordan 270—273 10. Some new or little-known Heterocera. (Illustrated.) K. Jordan . . 274 — 278 11. On the position of Mhietra nodrica Boisd. (1832), a Nymphaline Butterfly. K. Jordan 279-280 12. Thirteen new Sphingidae. (Plate XX. and Te.xt-figure.s.) Lord Rothschild and K. Jordan 281—291 13. Some new Sphingidae in the collection of the British Museum. (Plate XX.) Lord Rothschild and K. Jordan 291 — 294 14. New Exotic Zygaevidae in the Tring Museum. K. Jordan . . . 295—301 15. New genera and species of African Geometridae. Louis B. Prout . . 311 — 385 SIPHONAPTERA. 1. Contribution to our knowledge of the Siphonaptera fracticipita. (Illus- trated.) N. Charles Rothschild . 302 — 308 2. List of Siphonaptera collected in Algeria in the spring of 1914. (Illus- trated.) K. Jordan and N. Charles Rothschild .... 308 — 310 VERMIDEA. 1. Expedition de MM. Walter Eothschild, E. Hartert, et C. Hilgert dans le Sud Alg^rien (1914). Nematodes Parasites. (Illustrated.) L. G. Seurat 1 — 25 INDEX 443—475 LIST OF PLATES IN VOLUME XXII. ^•1 r Photographs from Algeria. By E. Hartert. III. — XIX. Wings, Genitalia, etc., of Curetis, from photographs by A. E. Tonge and F. N. Clark. XX. Sphingidae. Photograph by Payne & Son. XXI. — XXXII. Giant Land Tortoises of the Galapagos Islands. Photographs by Payne & Son. XXXIII. Map of Aldabra Island. Photographic reproduction. XXXIV. — LXXVI. Gigantic Land Tortoises of the Seychelles, Aldabra, Madagascar, and Mascarene Islands. Photographs by Payne & Son. The Parts of this Volume were issued as follows : No. 1, containing pages 1 — 166 and Plates I. — XIX., issued February 12th, 1915. No. 2, containing pages 167 — 386 and Plate XX., issued June 30th, 1915. No. 3, containing pages 387—442 and Plates XXI.— LXXVI., issued December 29th, 1915. No. 4, containing pages 443 — 475 and i-viii, issued February 29th, 1916. ERRATA. (See ako page 442.) Page 135, No. 216, locality should read " Manitsela." „ 191, line 3 from top, generic name should read " Piychopoda." „ 206, line 7 from top, specific name .should read " iphigenia." „ 261, No. 119, generic name should read " Pyromelana." „ 428, line 22 from top, read " phantastica " instead of " phatitasticws." NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE. H 3ounial of Zooloo^- .^•^^^ \^^^- EDITED BY The Hon. WALTER ROTHSCHILD, F.R.S., Ph.D., Dr. ERXST HARTERT, and Du. K. JORDAN. Vol. XXII. No. 1. Pages 1—1 GO. Plates I.— XIX. Issued February 12th, at the Zooloqical Museum, Tbino. PRINTED BY HAZELL, WATSON & VINEY, Ld., LONDON AND AYLESBURY. 1915. Vor,. XXTI. N0VITATE8 ZOOLOGICAE EDITED BY WALTER ROTHSCHILD. ERNST HARTERT, and KARL JORDAN. CONTENTS OF NO. I. 1. EXPEDITION DE MM. WALTER ROTH- SCHILD, E. HARTERT, ET C. HILGERT DANS LE SUD ALGERIEN (1914) (Illustrated) L. G. Seurat 1—25 2. THE BIRDS OF DAMPIER ISLAND . Walter Rothschild and Errtst Hartert . 26—37 3. THE BIRDS OF VULCAN ISLAND . . Wnlt&r Rothschild avd Ernst Ha/rtert . 38—45 4. NOTES ON PAPUAN BIRDS . . . Walter Rothschild and Ernst Hartert . 4G — 60 5. IN ALGERIA, 1914: A JOURNEY TO THE M'ZAB COUNTRY AND OVER THE CENTRAL HIGH PLATEAUS (Plates I., II.) Ernst Hartert . . 61—79 6. AN ANALYSIS OF THE SPECIES OF THE GENUS CURETIS, CHIEFLY BASED ON AN EXAMINATION OF THE SPECI- MENS IN THE ZOOLOGICAL MUSEUM, TRING (Plates III,— XIX.) . . . T. A. Chapman . . 80—104 7. ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM THE ISLANDS OF CERAM (SERAN), BURU, BALI, AND MISOL Walter Rothschild . . 105 — 144 8. ON THE GENUS FRE6ATA . . . Walter Rothschild . . 145—146 9. NEW PALAEARCTIC AND EASTERN XOCTUIDAE IN THE TRING MUSEUM W. Warren . . . 147—153 10. SOME NEW ORIENTAL CYMATOPHO- RIDAE IN THE TRING MUSEUM . W. Warren . . . 154—159 11. OBITUARY: WILLIAM WARREN . . K.Jordan . . . 160—166 x^\^ ,.^-^ NOVITATBS ZOOLOGICAB. Vol XXII. FEBRUARY 1915. No. 1. EXP]^DITION DE MM. WALTER ROTHSCHILD, E. HARTERT ET C. HILGERT DANS LE SUD ALGERIEN (Mars-Mai 1914). NEMATODES PARASITES. Par L. G. SEURAT. L'Hox. Waltkr Rothschild et M. E. Hartert out bien voulu nous coufier I'litude des Nematodes recueillis lors de leiir deruiere exjiedition daus le Sud Algerien. La collection q^ui m'a ete remise comprend ti'ois formes nouvelles, dont I'une constitue le type d'un genre nouveau de la grande famille des Spiruridce. Comme on le verra par la lecture de ce travail, ce nouveau genre permet de relier les Ilahroiiema, groupe central de la famille, aux formes les plus primitives pour lesquelles nous avons cre'e recemment le genre Frotospirtira. Les Filaires d'Oiseaux, representees par de nombreux sp(5cimens, se rangent dans trois- especes dejii conuues. II nous a paru neanmoins necessaire de reprendre entierement la description de ces formes, dont I'etude anatomique est indispensable. Fam. OXYURIDJE. 1. Oxyuris hilgerti n. sp. Corps fusiforme, renfle vers le tiers ant(5rieur, att^nue aux extremitds, plus particulierement vers I'arriere. Cuticule striec transversalement, k stries espac^es de 14 /it. Fas d'ailes laterales. Cellules musculaires losangiques, de 800^ de longueur. Bouche limitee par trois levres, une dorsale et deux latero-ventrales ; trois papilles sur le cadre buccal, correspondant a ohacune des Ifrvres. Cavitd buccale tres courte ; rosopliage termine par un bulbe a appareil denticulaire, dont il est separe par un leger etranglement. Intestin plus large, a son origiue, que le bulbe. Ueux glandes rectales tres apparentes. L'auneau nerveux entoure I'tusophage dans sa region tout-a-fait ant^rieure, au huitifeme de sa longueur. Pore excreteur trfes petit, pea visible, s'ouvrant en arriere du bulbe oesophagien, an milieu d'une aire allongee et etroite qui tranche par son asi^ect plus clair et jilus brillant. Femelle. — La longueur totale du corps oscille antra 5 mm. 1 (fernelle jeune, a teufs non developpes, mais dejii fecondee) et 12 mm. 7 (femelle adulte a oeufs arrives a maturite) ; epaisseur maxima, au tiers antdrieur de la longueur, GOO/z,. Queue longue, effilee, atteignaut le quart de la longueur du corps. La longueur de I'oesophage (y compris le bulbe) varie du sixieme (femelle immature) au douzieme de la longueur totala (femelle adulte). I NoviTATES ZooiOGirAr XXII. 1915. Fit;. A, B, C',— Orijuvia hiJgerti. n. sp. A. Oiganes genitalis iVune jtuiie feniclle iiDinaUiie fie II'""'' 'A de longueur, r, vagin extroverse; /, trompe ; ?/, uteru.s gaucbc ; r, irccptacle .'-emiual; o, oviducte. B. Tete vue par la face ventrale. c, glande c6pbalique. C. Extr^mit^ post^rieure du corps du male, vue par la face ventrale. Vnlve situee an tiers ant^rieur de la longueur. Chez Tune des feinelles examinees, elle est en rapport (fig. 2) avec nn vagin en tronc de c6ne, de 120 /x de loDgnenr, tapisse d'une 6paisse cuticnle, an I'ond dmpiel s'ouvre, au soiumet d'nii NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. mamelou arroudi, Tovyjecteur. Celui-ci comprend tont d'abord nne partie retrecie en line sorte de col, de 200 /i. de longueur, h assise musculaire mince, doublee d'une ^paisse cuticule, a, laquelle fait suite une partie cylindrique remarquable par I'extreme developpement de I'assise musculaire et dilatee en ampoule a son extremit(5 distale; au dela, la trompe, musciilo-epitheliale, se recourbe brusque- ment vers rarriere et apres un trajet de plus d'un millimetre rejoiut les uterus. Chez toutes les autres femelles examinees, la region iaitiale, tabulaiie de S Fig. 1 'k 3. — Oxynris hihjerti n. sp. 1. Inilividu femelle vii de profil. 2. Ov^jecteur. o 3. CEaf. Tov^jecteur est extroversee, saillante an dehors a la fafoii d'une verge, ce qui rend I'emplacement de la vulva tres apparent (fig. A). Uterus paralleles, remontant vers I'avant, de chaque cote de la trompe ; chez les femelles immatures, les uterus ne renferment pas d'oeufs ; chez les femelles adultes, an contraire, les uterus bourres d'ojnfs disposes sur quatre a cinq rang(!'es se sont considerablement allonges et remplissent toute la cavity gen^rale en arri'Te du bulbe oesophagien jusqu'au dela de Taiuis. 4 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. ffiufs fort uomlirenx, a coque epaisse, aigus anx deux poles, legerement aplatis snr una face, mesnrant 75 a 80 /a de longueur sur 20 Ix 30 fj, de diamfetre transversal ; ils sent rejetes a I'etat de morula. Laree femelle da 4' stade. — Louguenr 2 mm. 2 ii 2 mm. ~ ; la longueur de la quelle et celle de I'oesophage sont le sixieme de celle du corps. Corps orne de deux ailes lateralcs, prenaut uaissance ii quelqne distance en arriere de la tete et s'etendant jns(ju'ii la re'gion anale. ^,l,^lle, — Cette cspece est remarquable par la grande disproportion de taille de la femelle et du male adultes. Tandis que la premiere atteint 12 mm., la longueur du male oscille entre 3 mm. 8 et(imm.2; ces males a corps grele, peuvent ecbapper lors d'un exameu pen attentif. La r^o-ion posterieure du corps du male est le plus souveut enroulee en spirale (deux tours). La longueur de I'cesopbage est Ic septit'me de celle du corps. La queue est termiuee par uue longue pointe dorsale (200 yu, de longueur) servant d'axe, dans sa rdgion initiale, a deux ailes caudales ; trois paires de papilles, dont une i)reanale ; la premiere paire de papilles postanales (la plus 61olgnee du cloaque) est longuemeut pedoiiculee ; k la hauteur de la seconde paire 86 trouvent les orifices lateraux des glandes caudales. Spicule tres allonge (3U0/i), legerement elargi a son extr^mite libre. Un gorgeret de 70 yu. de longueur (fig. C). Habitat. — Ciecum du Gundi {Ctenodacti/lus guwli Pallas), Biskra, lo mars 1914. Nous avons recemment trouve cette forme, en tres uombreux exemplaires des deux sexes, cbez trois Gundis de la region de Bou Safi,da (septembre 1914). Affinite's. — Cette espece est voisine de VOxyaris ecoluta Linst., avec laquelie elle presente cette siuguliore disjiosition de I'extroversiou de la region initiale de I'ovejecteur. La description absolument insuffisante de Linstow ne permet d'indiquer, comme caractere differentiel, que la dimension plus grande de la queue de la femelle (le quart de la longueur totale cbez YOxi/uns hil<jci-ti, le '/j ; cbez VOxyuris evolida). 2. Oxyuris uromasticola (uom. emend.), Galeb 1889.* [^Tlielatulros alatus Wedl. 1801.] Nematode a corps massif, (-tant senlement buit a dix ibis plus long (jue large, deponrvu d'ailes laterales ; cuticule striee trausversalemeut, a stries espacees de 14 /L4. (Esopbage termine par un bulbe volumineux et relativemeut court; sa longueur varie du quart au cinquieme de la longueur totale cbez le male, du sixieme au septieme cbez la femelle. 11 est entoare dans sa region initiale, au huitieme de sa longueur, par I'anneau uerveux. L'intestin, a son origine, est beauconp plus large que le bulbe oesopbagien. Kectum avec deux glandes iinicellulaires y deboncbant. Pore excreteur situe sur la ligne mediane veutrale, en arriere du bulbe, au quart de la longueur .du corps ; c'est un orifice circulaire tres petit, de 8 ^ de diametre, en relation par un court canal cuticulaire (17 yx de longueur) avec une grosse vesicule excretrice tres apparente sur le vivaut, a cause de la plus grande rdfringence du liquide qui y est contenu ; a cette vesicule aboutissent quatre canaux disposes en X, deux qui viennent de la region anterieure et deux provenant de la region posterienre du corps. * Galeb Ocrit, uvcu une double incorrection 0-i''J>'iis nromusticoUa, NoVlTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXTf. 1915, 5 Bonche elliptiqne, iiUongeo dorso-veutralement, eiitonree de six papilles, deux lati'ro-dorsales, denx latrro-ventrales et denx laterales. Cavite buccale coiirte, elargie a la base. Femelle. — Longnenr totale 5 a 9 mm. ; la largenr maxima, realis6e vers le milien da corps, est le dixieme de la longnenr. Qnene conrte (300 ^), coniqne, arrondie k rextremite. Viilve sitn^e en aniere du milien du corps, anx trois cinqnit'mes de la lougnenr; c'est una fente transversale de 130 yu. de largenr snr 18 /i de hantenr, limit6e par des Ifevres ^paisses et, de ce fait, tr6s apparente. La vnlve est en rapport avec nii vestibule eu forme de tronc de cOne, de 240 /t de longnenr, tapiss^ Fig. 4 et 5. — Oxyuris vromasticola Galeb. 4. KstrfmitS ant^rieure du corps. 5. Tete vue de face. d'une epaisse cnticnle et an fond dnqnel s'onvre, an sommet d"nn maraelon, le sphincter ; les rapjiorts dn sphincter et dn vestibule sont ainsi les meraes qne chez VO.ri/tii-is liilyerti Senrat. Le vestibule renferme le pins sonvent un renf, qui y s^journe qnelqne temps avant d'etre expnlse; quand le vestibule est vide, la livre vnlvaire snperieure fait trfes fortement saillie i I'extirieur. L'ovejectenr, dont nous avons donne preeedemment la description * est dirigu vers I'arri^re ; il mesnre 3 mm. 5 de longueur et comprend un sphincter mnsculo-cnticnlaire de 300 /x de longnenr, auquel fait suite la trompe mnsculo-epithiliale dilat^e dans sa region initiale en un reservoir de 1 mm. 5 de longnenr, occupy par 20 h. 50 ceufs. ♦ C. R. Sociiti de Biohgir, tome 73. p. 223, flg. 1, 2, 3. 6 KoVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. La troinpe imp.aire, tnlniliforme, de 1 mm. 5 d'exteusion, se divise en denx branches qui rejoignent les uterus. Utdrns parallfeles, titroits, eutortilles le long de I'intestin ; ils atteignent quatorze millimi'tres de longnenr (cliez un individn femelle de 9 mm. de longueur totale) et renferment un nombre relativeiuent faible d'cenfs dispose's cute & cute en serie lini^aire: nous en avons compte 119 dans I'nne des branches uterines, \21 dans I'autre. Le receptacle seminal est une simple dilatation de la region ultime des uterus, non d61imit^e de cenx-ci. Ovidnctes et ovaires reprisentes par deux tubes de quatre millimetres de longueur, dilatf^'S en massne dans leur region moyenne, rendus opaques par la masse de vitellus dent ils sout charges ; ils sont situes cute !\ cute dans la rL'giun prevul- vaire, replies dans I'espace compris entre la valve et le pore excretenr. (Eufs ovoi'des, un pen aplatis sur une face, ;\ coque ^paisse, mesnrant 105/tt de longueur sur 65 |U de largonr. Lenr nombre est pen elevt' : 268 dans une femelle, dont 246 renfermes dans les uterus et 22 dans rovejecteur. Le mode de ponte est assez particulier: les oeufs, accumules au nombre d'une cinquantaine dans le reservoir forme par la trompe sont k I'^tat de morula et leur coque est claire et transparente : ils passent un a un dans le vestibule oil ils s6journent quelqne temps : la tunique exterue du vestibule prdsente des glandes unicellnlaires dont I'activit^ secr^trice a pour effet de reconvrir la coque de Tceaf d'un endnit protectenr qui la rend presque opaque et lui donne une coulear brun clair complJtement diSerente de celle des ceufs contenus dans I'ov^'jecteur. L'ceuf ayant ainsi acquis sa structure definitive est pondn et remplacd par un autre qui subira la meme transformation. Mdle. — Corps plus grele que celui de la femelle. Longneur totale 2 mm. 5 a 4 mm. ; ^'paissenr maxima 310 /x. La conformation de la queue est assez compliquee et ne pent se compreudre que par la comparaison avec celle des Oxynres k apjiendice caudal tr^s allong^, YOxyuris spinicauda Dnj. notamraent : sur la face dorsale de la queue s'attache nn appendice digitiforme, massif, de 65 /a de longueur, portant .'i la face interne deux grosses papilles, appendice que nous considt?rons comme riiomologae de la longue poiute candale de VOxi/uris spinicauda* La face ventrale porte, en avant du cloaque, un appendice digitiforme plus petit; enfia les parties lat^rales donneut insertion k nne lame divisee en deux lobes ])ar une ^chancrnre mediane, lame que Ton pent considerer comme I'homologne d'une aile candale. (Spicule unicjue, long de 90/i; pas de gorgeret. Wedl signale deux ailes caudales lat6rales qui en realite n'existent pas, comme nous I'avons v6rifi6 sur le vivant : sur les 6chantillons conserves en alcool, il se produit freqnemment un decollement de la cuticule, que Wedl a interprets ii tort comme uue aile. Habitat. — Caecum de YUromastijc acanthinurus Bell., Biskra, 15 mars 1914. Cette forme se trouve par centaines d'individus, associee k des milliers de specimens d'un Oxyure beauconp plus petit, VO.Cf/uris vivipara (Wedl), dans le volumineux c«cum, bourre de debris vegiHaux, du " Li^zard des Palmiers." 3. Oxyuris vivipara (Wedl). Corps grele, transparent. Pas d'ailes latc'rales. Queue conrte. La bonche, limit^e par trois petites Ifevres, s'ouvre dans une courte cavit(5 buccale (10 /i); • C. R. SocUte de Swlogir, tome 7.3, p. 22.3, fig. 7, 8, 9, ct tome 74, p. 830, fig. 1, 2, 3. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 191S. 7 roesopliage, entour^ en son quart antSrienr par Tannean nervenx, se termine par nn bnlbe arromli ; il est remarqnable par sa loiigaenr, qui atteiiit le tiers de la loiiguenr totale du corps. lutestin jiliis etroit, a son origino, que le bulbe. Eectum allong^, avec des glaiides annexes tr^s apparentes. Pore excriteur sitne snr la ligne mediane ventrale, an dela du bullje cBsophagien. Feiiiellc. — Longnenr totale 2 mm. a 2 mm. 3 ; ej)aissenr maxima, an niveau de la vnlve 24i»/t. Qnene courte (iilii ii 240 /u), coniqne, arrondie ft, rextremiti5. Vulva situ6e anx deux tiers de la longueur du corps ; vestibule et sphincter non d^limit^s, comme chez les formes pr^c^dentes, mais confondus en un tube cylindrique muscnlo-cuticnlaire qui se continue par la trompe. Uterus jiaralleles (ils sont divergents chez la larve). Les ovaires, trts volnmineux et surcharges de vitellus, sont deux corps opaques, en forme de massne, situ6s de chaqne cote de I'intestin, imm6diatement en arrifere du bulbe. h'O.ci/un's ricipara, comme nous I'avons montre jjrec^demment,* est re- marqnable par la coexistence de deux formes femelles vivant cote ii cdte dans le cajcum de VUromastix, qui ne difft'rent que par le mode d'^volntion des neufs : une forme ovipare chez laquelle on troave une vingtaine d'oeufs ^normes (190 /x de longueur sur 03 /x de largeur) eu ^gard aux dimensions de I'animal, k coqne 6paisse, entass^s dans les uterus fortement distendus et une forme larvipare, caract6risi5e par la presence dans les uterus d"un petit nombre (jusqu'si 12) d'oeufs de meme taille que les precedents, k coque mince, qui evoluent a I'int^rieur de I'uterus maternel jusqu'au stade de larve eukystee, ces larves etant ensuite mises en liberte dans le civcum oil elles devieuuent adultes, sans avoir ete mises eu libertt^ dans le milieu exterieur. Cette forme larvipare assure la contamination excessive du Lezard par le parasite ; les ceufs de la forme ovipare, au contraire, n'6voluent pas immiidiate- ment : ils .sont rejettSs avec les ftces et ce sont eux qui assnrent la dissemination de rOxyure et sa transmission dTromaxtix a Uromustix. Mdle. — Corps tres grele : longueur totale 1 mm. OoO ; largeur maxima, 85 /i. Pore excr<5teur situe en arri^re du bulbe oesophagien, ;'i 190 ^ au dela de celui-ci. Partie posterieur du corps repliee en arc de cercle sur la face ventrale. Qnene courte (20 /t), tronquee ii I'extremite et privee d'appendice digitiforme. Deux grosses papilles sessiles eu avant de I'orifice du cloaque. Spicule unique, droit, de 00 /i de longueur. Au niveau de I'anus se trouve une piece cuticulaire en demi- anneau, que nous consid^rons comme un gorgeret. Habitat. — Ca?cum de VUromastix ueaiithinuriis ; Biskra, 15 mars 1914. ( 'ette petite forme fourmille dans le cjecum de TUromastix et se distingue immediatement par sa petite taille et snrtout par sa gracilite. Galeb I'a prise ii tort pour la forme larvaire de YOxytiris iiromasticota : elle se distingue cependant immediatement des larves de meme taille de cet Oxynre. Fam. SPIRIJRID^. Genre Spirura E. Blanchard 1849. Corps atteuue dans les denx tiers anterieurs, remarqnable par I'existence, k une distance de 1 mm. 5 k 2 mm. de I'extremite cephalique, d'un repli cutane ventral, en forme de bosse, servant ^ la fixation de Tanimal. Deux papilles sensorielles situ'^es lat^ralement en avant de ranneau nervenx. Pas d'ailes lat^rales * C. R. HM-ii-ti de biulugle. 1913, tome 74. \>. lusa. 8 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. (celles-ci existent chez la larve). Pore excrt'teur ventral, s"onvrant en arriere de Tanuean nerveux. Bouche limitee lateraleiuent par denx levres munies de dents sur lenr bord interne et par une l^vre dorsale et nne levre veutrale, a bord libra forteruent t'])aissi. Vulve en arriere dii milien dn corps, aux trois cinqniemes de la longnenr. Ovejectenr rectiligne reraarqnable par la disposition du sphincter muni de replis caticulaires en forme de valvnles. Ut6rus divergeuts. ffiafs a coque epaisse, larvSs a matnrite. Queue dn male enroulee en spirale. Ailes caudales, sym6triqnes, 6talees, strit^es longitudinalement. Quatre paires de papilles preanales pedoncnlees ; cinq paires de papilles postanales, dont deux trfes volnmineuses. Spicnles dissemblables, le gauche epais, trJs large, strie transversalement et aile, le droit arqu^, phis tHroit. Un gorgeret en see de charrne. Espece type : Spirura talpae (Gmel.). 1. Spirura rothschildi n. sp. Nematode remarquable par ses formes greles. Papilles cervicales situt^es tr^s en avant de I'anneau nerveux, au milieu de la distance de cehii-ci ii I'extremite c^phalique. Femelle. — Longueur totale 12mm.o (jeune fcmelle immature a oenfs non larvSs) k 15 mm. 5; 6paissenr maxima, au niveau de la vulve, 500 /t. Queue conique, r^gnlierement attenuee, relativement grande : sa longueur est le soixante- sixifeme de celle dn corps. Orifices des glandes caudales subterminaux. Cavite buccals infnndibuliforme 45 /t. ffisophage mnsculaire relativement allong(!^: sa longueur est le septieme de celle de I'oesophage glandnlaire, la longueur totale de I'oesophage etant le quart de celle dn corps. Vulve sitnee en arriere du milieu du corps, aux deux tiers de la longueur : c'est un orifice ovale, petit, non. en saillie snr le tegument. Ovi'jectcur couforme comme celui des autres Spirura ; vestibule infandibnliforme, de 180 /it de longueur, tapisse d'une (Epaisse cuticule, sphincter 70 /^, trompe impaire conrte. Les branches paires de la trompe courent parallelement sur nne certaine distance, puis se separent. Uterus divergents ; leur extremite distale est differenciee en un receptacle seminal tres allonge, etrangle en son milien. (Eufs a coque epaisse, larv^s & maturite, mesurant 4.") /i de longueur sur 35 fi de largeur. 1/a/^.— Longueur totale G mm. :i 13 mm. S. La longueur de I'ffsophage varie du quart au tiers de la longnenr dn corps. Ailes caudales symetriques, marquees d'une striation longitndinale. Quatre paires de papilles preanales, pi^doncnlees, regnlierement espac^es ; six paires de papilles postanales, la sixiferae immediatement en arriere du cloaqne ; la cinquieme, tres grosse et tres apparente, est en avant du milieu de la distance dn cloaqne k la pointe caudale ; en dehors des deux premieres papilles se trouvent les orifices de deux glandes caudales. La distance de I'anus ii la pointe caudale est de 350 yu,. Cloaque limits en avant par une I6vre pro/'minente sur la(|uelle se trouve ins^r^e une grosse papille impaire; on n'observe pas, dans cette espece, le gros fourreau si caracteristique dn Spirura gastropliila (Miiller) (fig. 8 et 9). Spicules dissemblables: le gauche, large, strie transversalement et aile; le NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. o o o o Fig. (j et 7. — Spirura yastrophila (MUller). 6. E.'itr6mite posterieure du corps du mile, vue de profil. 7. La mSme, vue par la face ventrale. (liC grossissement relatif a ces deux figures est indique par lV*chelle placee k gauclie.^ Fig. 8 et 9. — Sjnmra rothschildi n. sp. 8. Extrfimit^ candale du male, vue de profil. 9. La m^me, vue par la face ventrale. (Le grossissement est indique par I'^chelle placee i^ droite.) IQ ■ NOVITATES ZooLOniCAB XXlI. 1915. droit, arcjiu'', t'tniit >'t (Irpoiirvii d'ailes, est d'niie lonj;nenr c(/i-ili' ou k peine siiperieure ; les loiigueiirs observees soiit. les snivantes : si)icnlf"s ('-gaiix "250 /i, id. 330 /A, ineganx ;!25 fi et 33{) /j.. Un gorgeret en forme de soc de charrne. Habitat. — Estonian dn Macroscelide {Eli-phatitidiis deaerti Thomas), Biskra, mars 1014. Affinity's. — Ce parasite da Macroscelide ijni nons avait 6te pn'cedemmeut envoy<:' des Matmata (Snd Tnnisien) par M. Weiss, preseiite beanconp de res- semblances avec les antres Spirura et pins particnli^rement avec le Spirura tulpae (Gmel.), de I'estoraac de la Taupe. II s"eu rapprocbe par ses formes grfiles, la longnenr relative de Tcesopliage, la (jneiie coniqne et allongee de la femelle, la vulve petite, noQ saillante, la disposition des ailes et des papilles candales ; il en dift'tjre par la position pins ant^rieure des papilles precervicales, par la disposition des papilles preanales regnli&rement espac^es et par les dimensions relatives des spicules. Uhez le Spirura rotliscliilcii, les spicules sont igaux ou subeganx, tandis que chez le Spirura talpee (Taupe, C?orr^ze, France) le spicule gauche est beaucoup moins allongd que le droit (rapport de longueurs 5/8). Le Spirura talpix et le Spirura rothschihli pr^sentent des differences notables avec line forme pins robuste et de plus grande taille, le Spirura gastrophila (Muller), signal(^ comme parasite du Chat en Europe et a Madagascar, et que j'ai retrouve dans le Nord Africain chez deux nonveanx botes, le Herisson {Erinaceus algirus Dnv., Bou 8aada, Laghouat) et le Renard d'Alg^rie (Bon Saada). Le Spirura gustrophila est caractt^ris^ par ses formes plus massives, une longnenr relative pins grande de I'tesophage, la bri^vete de Tcesophage museulaire, la vulve enorme (200 /i de largeur), tres apparente, limit(5e par des levres tr^s saillantes, la queue de la femelle courte et obtuse, arroudie & I'extremite, Findgalite des spicules, le spicule gauche, large et aile etant pins grand que le spicule droit (rapport de longueurs 8/5), a I'inverse de ce qui est realise chez le Spirura talpte, la disposition des papilles postanales, enfin et surtout par un fonrreau musculo-cutan^ trfes pro^minent, de 200 /i de diametre, au centre duqnel s'onvre le cloaqne (fig. 0 et 7). Le Spirura rotlisrliildi, par la disposition des papilles sensorielles precervi- cales rappelle le Spirura gatstrojiliila, tandis que ses antres caracteres le rapprochent dn Spirura talpee, dont 11 differe par les particularites signalees plus hant. Les caracteres diiferentiels des trois esiieces connues de Spirura peuvent se r^snmer dans le tableau suivant : (a) Vulve enorme, proeminente. Qneue de la femelle courte, arrondie. Un fonrrean cloacal tres saillant. Spicule gauche plus grand que le droit ; les deux premieres papilles preanales contignes. Spirura yastropliilu (Midler). Papilles precervicales trfes anterienres ; spicules egaux ou subeganx ; ])apilles preanales e(|uidistantes. Spirura rothschiltii Senrat. Papilles precervicales iramMiatement en avant dn bord anterienr de I'anneau nervenx. Spicule gauche plus petit que le droit. Les deux premieres papilles preanales J contignes. • Spirura tatpcf (Graelin). {b) Vulve petite, non saillante. Queue de la femelle al- longee, coniqne, n'-gnliere- ment att^nuee. Cloacjue i\ Itjvrea pen saillantes, spicule ganche plus petit ou de mfirae taille que le droit . . . . KOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 11115. 11 2. Hartertia obesa n. g., n. sp. Hartertia n. g. Nematode a3'ant I'apparence d'uue Ascai'ide, k corps massif, le pins sonvent courb^ en arc a concavite dorsale ; cuticnie fipaisse, resistante, finement strie'e trausversalement. Les ailes laterales, quand elles existent, sent limitees u la region ant^rieiiie, cepLaliqae et cesophagieune. Bonclie liraitee lateralement par deux grandes levres cnn^iformes & bord interne profondement divise en trois lobes ou machoires. Papilles precervioales trfes ant^rienres, sitii^es dans la ri^giou ct^phalique, en avant de rorigiiie de I'cesophage. Vulve s'cmvrant dans la region moyenne du corps. Ovejectenr dii type de ce.lni des Ilahfonema d'Oiseaux, ii sphincter trfes allongi'. Uterus divergents. Ailes caudales S3'metriques, etalees ; papilles longuement pMoncnlees, dont quatre pr^anales. Spicales in^ganx, le gauche grele, tilif'orme. Un gorgeret. Habitat. — Intestin des oiseanx. Type : Hartertia obesa Senrat. Hartertia obesa n. sp. Corps courbe en arc, a concavite dorsale, remarquable par sa grande epaisseur, plus particulierement cbez la femelle ; corps regulierement attt5nue aux deux extr6mit6s. Tete tres petite, distincte. Cuticule finement striee trausversalement, a stries regulierement espacees de 10/i. Aires lat^rales tr^s larges (155 /i), rendnes trfes apparentes par leur opacite, masquaut le tube digestif sur I'animal vn de profil. Polymyaire Ji cellules mnscnlaires tres etroites (6;C4), allongees et- parallt'les, dessinant une atriation longitudinale. La longueur de I'tesopUage est le sixieme chez le male, le dixieme chez la femelle, de la longueur totale du corps. Pas d'ailes laterales. Pore excreteur situe' snr la face ventrale convexe, nn pen en arriere du niveau de Taiineau nerveiix. Bonche liinitt''e par deux levres laterales cun^iformes s'affrontant par leur face interne ; le bord ant^rieur interne est decoupe en trois lobes ^ganx ii bord tr6s t'-pais qui donnent aux levres, vnes de profil, I'aspect d'une feuille de trefle ; les lobes marginaux se rattachent par leur angle externe an cadre buccal. Chaque levre porte deux petites papilles. Femelle. — Longnenr totale 4(1 mm. 8 ; t^paisseur maxima, au milieu du corps, 1mm. 6. Cavity buccale 180 /a; cesophage musculaire 660 /*, entonre un peu en avant de la moitie par Panneau nerveux ; la longueur totale de Tresophage est le dixieme de celle du corps. L'intestin est remarquable par son calibre qui est <^gal, voire meme superieur a celui de I'cesophage. Queue conique, arrondie a I'extrSmite, longne de 1 mm. 5. Vulve nou saillante, difficilement perceptible, situ^e au tiers antSrienr de la longueur, en rapport avec nn ov^jecteur dn type de celni des Habronema d'Oiseaux (fig. 1.5) : vestibule piriforme, de 700^ de longueur, dirige vers I'avant, double d'une epaisse cuticule et renfermant quelques ceufs (jusqu'S. sept) disposes en file lin^aire ; le sphincter, tr&s allonge (1 mm. 5) prend naissance vers le milieu de la hauteur da vestibule et 88 recourbe ensuite. La trompe impaire, de 1 mm. 5 de longueur, ne renferme pas d'oenfs : ceax-ci sout, au contraire, accumules eu grand nombre dans les branches 12 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. paires. Ces deniieres oonreiit parallMemeiit, pni.s se separeiif, Tniio allaiit rojoindre ruterus aiiterieur, I'antre I'literas posterioiir. UttTus divergeuts : TnttTiis anterienr s'avaiice jnsqii"iui luilien de la vrgion cesophagienne, I'nterns posterienr 8'arrete k un millimtitre en avant de I'aaus. Ij'extreiuitt' de cliaqae uterus est elargie en nn receptacle seminal non deliraite de la portion nti'Tine voisine. ja Fig. in ft 13. I/artrrlia ohcsa n. sp. 10. Ri^gion ant^rieure du corps, vue par la face ventrale. 11. La meme, vue lat^ralenient. Z, aire laterale. 12. Tete vue de face. 13. (Euf mflr, l.arvt-. (Le grossissement est le mi^mc pnur les figures 10, 11, 12 et repr^'sente par leclielle 21^0 ^.) Les oenfs, larves ii inatnrite presentent na type de structure tout particniier : lenr coque epaisse, mesnrant 50 /x de longueur sur 35 /x de largeur, est donblee d'une membrane vitelline tres apparente, 6paissie k I'un des poles ; cette coque pr^sente, dans nn plan m^ridien, un anncan mince de lU/i de largeur (fig. 13) se NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1313. 13 colorant pins fortement que IVpuf lui-meme par le picrocarmiii ; cette expansion aliforme donne a I'oeuf I'aspect de la samare de I'orme. =1- O o Fig. 11 et 15. HarteHia obesa n. sp. II. Queue du male vue par la face ventrale. 15. Ovejectcur ; f, branche impaire de la trompc. Mull' — Longueur totale 23 mm. 5; epaissenr maxima, an niveau du tiers anterieur, 1 mm. itTU. Corps courlx' eu arc a concavite dorsale, ri-gulieremi-'nt atteuue aux deux 14 NOTITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915 extre'mites. Tete tr^s petite, distincte, separee du tronc par un etrauglemeut tres net. Papilles precervicales sitnees ii 145 fi de rextremite cephaliqiie. Cavite bnccale 160 /j, ; la longueur de I'oesophage est le sixieme de celle du corps. Qneue droite, non enronlee, u ailes caudales 6talees. La face ventrale, dans la region voisine dn cloaipie, et !es ailes sont couvertes de petits ecussons ciiticulaires n'gulierement disposes en rangees loDgitndinales. Distance du cloaijue a la poiote caudale 7oO /t. Ailes candales larges, longues de 1 mm. 290, portant six paires de papilles longuement pwlonculee.s, dis])os6es s^vmotriciuement, les deux extremes plus longues que les qnatre antres ; en outre, quatre paires de petites papilles sessiles uu peu en avant de la pointe caudale (fig. 14). Cloaqne limite' par une levre superieure a peiue en saillie, occupant nn espace triangulaire lisse, prive dVcussons cuticnlaires. Spicules tres ine'gaux (rapport de longueur : 4), le droit court (500 fi), massif a extremite libre mousse, arrondie, le gauche, grele, filiforme, trfes long (2 mm. 100) termine par un crochet en hame<;on * dont la barbe mesnre 85 /j, ; la garde est formee non par un crochet uniipie, mais par une hime sexdentee. Un gorgeret, de L'oi.iju, de longueur. Le testicule remonte vers I'avant jusqu'a la moitie de la longueur de Tcesophage ; en ce point il se replie vers I'arriere. JIabitat. — Intestin du Cuccuhis jief.rosa Sjiat.;i Kchw. ; T male.-;, >! femelles, Oued N"za, 14 avril 1914. Affinites. — Ce uouveau parasite de la I'erdrix du Sahara se rapproche, par la disposition des ailes caudales et la forme des spicules, du Spiroptera pcmhamaUt. Molin, trouve entre les tuniqnes de I'estomac de divers Stvix du Bresil. II en diftere notablement par ses dimensions, phis particulierement j)ar son epaisseur exageree et egalement par son habitat dans uu bote et nn organe differents. La conformation de la region ci^phalique est identiipie ii celle du Filarin rotnndald Litist., ([ue nous avons range recemment dans le genre Habroncm%.\ C'es deux formes pn-sentcntd'antres similitudes : memo disposition des papilles caudales, meme forme de I'ovejecteur ; nous les raugerons done dans le nouveau genre Hartertia. \i Hartertia rotundata (Linst.) se caracterise d'ailleurs tres nettement par les ailes laterales ijui ornent la region anterieure du corps. Le Spiroptera pcniknmata Molin parait devoir etre rattacho aux genre Hartertia, ainsi que divers autres Spiroptera, a. deux Ifevres dont I'organisation est encore mal coiinue, le Spiroptera verrucosa Molin, par exemple. Les Hartertia se rapprocheut, par leur organisation interne, des Hahroitema, dnut ils different [lar Icur bouche a deux levres trilobees, les Hahroiiemn. avaut, au contraire, une bouche ii 4 levres, dont deux laterales simples {Hahronema microstoma. Schn.) on trilobees (//. muscae Dies., //. chevreuxi Seurat). D'un autre cote, hi conformation de la bouche rapproche les Hartertia des Protospirura Seurat, ces derniers etant d'ailleurs nettement caracterises par la conformation primitive de I'ovejecteur. Le nouveau genre Hartertia Seurat constitue par suite un lien entre les Protospirura et les Hahronema les plus jjrimitifs. * Cette conformation du spicule se retrouve chez plusieurs Nt'matodes, en parliciilier le Spiroptera penihaviata Molin, le Spiroptera cratdcaxda Creplin et YAcwiria liamata (Linst.). t BMet. Soc.Hitt. JKat. Afrir^.yord, 1914, No. 5, pp. 117-110, fig. 1. XOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 15 Genre Habronema Diesing 1861. Corps ornc'' d'ailes laterales. Papilles seusorielles situees en avant de Tanneau nerveux. Bouche limitee par qaatre levres, deux laterales entiferes ou trilobees et deux dorsale et ventrale. Vulvc petite, situee en avant du milieu dn corps. Ovejecteur a vestibule piriforme, en rapport avec un sphincter courbe en S- Uterus divergents. Q']iifs k coque dpaisse, larves a maturite. Ailes caudales tres larges, repliees snr la face ventrale. Quatre paires de papilles preauales ; papilles post- anales asj'infitriqnes. Deux spicules inegaux et un gorgeret. Habronema unilateralis (Molin iSo'..)) ( = Filaria tulostoma Schneider 1863). Nous avous doune precedemment * la description de ce Spiroptere, remarquable par I'existence d'une aile laterale unique, s'etendant sur la moitie anterieure gauche du corps et I'avons rattache an genre Habronema. Habitnf. — Gesier dn I'tvcxioiAkt&i^Xeoijhroit percnoplcrus L, ), eiitre les tuniques de Testoiuac ; Hammani Meskoutine, province de Constautine, 30 avril I'.Ul. Sept feraelles de 11 a 14 mm. de longueur, deux males de 8 mm. Fam. ACUARIIDAE Seurat 11)13. S.-Fam. Physalopterinae. Genre Physaloptera Hud. I8l!». Corps roliuste, massif. Cnticule epaisse, Hiiement striee traiisv.Tsalement, detachee du corps dans la region cephaliipie oil elle forme une collerette annnlaire qui scrt a la fixation dn parasite. Aires laterales tres larges [irivees d'expausions cuticulaires aliformes. Deux papilles seusorielles dans la region tesophagienne, inserees en arricre de Taniieau nerveux. Pore excreteur s'ouvrant sur la lio-ne medians ventrale, en arriere des papilles et en ra[iport avec un canal cuticulairo dirige oblii|nemcnt de bas en hant et d'arriere en avant. Bouche limitee i)ar deux grosses levres laterales garnies de dents sur leur face interne; le cadre buccal porte des papilles pres de leur base d'insertion. Cavite buccale courte. (J]sophage mnsculaire entoure par Taunean nervenx, se difterenciant nettement, par sa coulenr claire, de Tu'sophage glandnlaire, lequel est oj)aque, de couleur foncee. Vulve petite, non saillante, situee en avaut du milieu du corps, en rapport avec un ovejecteur tubuliforme trfes allonge, le plus souvent dirige vers I'arritre. Uterus paralleles. (Enfs a coque epaisse, larve's a maturite. Ailes caudales amples, ctalces, a bord externe limite par un onrlet cnticulaire, portant quatre a cinq papilles longuement pedonculees qui encadrent la region cloacale. Deux spicules, le plus souveiit inegaux. Pas de gorgeret. Physaloptera alata Hud. Isl9. Papilles seusorielles uephaliques situees an dela de raiuieau nerveux, an niveau de la region terminale de IVesoiihage mnsculaire ; pore excreteur s'ouvrant un peu en arriere du niveau des papilles. ♦ Bull. S.Il. Xat. Afrhj. Nord, 11)11, No. K, pp. 149-15.3, Bg. I a. G. 16 KOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. Denx Ic'vres laterales porLaut ime deut triaugulaire externe et trois dents plus petites, internes ; trois i)apilles sur le cadre buccal, pris de I'insertion de chaqne levre. ffisophage lunsciilaire allonge, eiitoure ])ar I'anneau nerveux un pen ea arritre de sou milieu (aux 7; de sa longueur). La longueur de I'a'sopbage eatier est le cinquieme de «elle du corps chez la femelle, le quart chez le male. Femellc. —LongneuT totale 17 mm. 4 (femelle immature) a 27 mm. Queue longue ('/-.-i de la longueur totale), coniqae, reguli^rement atteuuee, portant a 250 fi en arriere de I'anus, de chaque cote de la ligne mtnliane ventrale, les orifices des denx glandes caudales. Vulve sitnee a 250 /j, au dela de la termiuaisou de I'tesopliage, an cinquifeme anterieur de la longneur du corj}s, en raiii)ort avec un ov6jecteur trfrs allong^, dirig6 vers I'arriere. L'ovcjecteiir comprend un vestibule tubuliforme, s'rtendant sur 1 mm. 5 de longueur, muscnlo-cuticulaire, a section etroite, juste sufHsante pour laisser passer les ceufs un a uu. La trompe, muscuio-epitheliale, est dilatee dfes son origine en un reservoir beancoup plus long que large, ou s'accumulent les oeufs ; au delii, elle repreud le calibre du vestibule et apres un trajet de 300 /i se divise en deux branches (jui rejoigneut les uterus. Uterus paralleles ; leur extremite est dilf^renciee en un receptacle seminal non delimite de Tnterns. Oviductes et ovaires entortilli's dans la region posterieure du corps, en avant de I'anus. ffiufs a coque e|)aisse, larvos a maturite ; ils sont allonges et etroits, mesurant 52 a 55 fj, de grand axe sur 25 /x de j)etit axe. Male. — Longueur totale 20 mm. ; distance du cloaque a la pointe caudale 65i>/x. Region circumcloacale coaverte de petits ecussons cuticulaires. Ailes caudales etalees, tres allongees, a bord externe limite jiar uu ourlet cuticulaire ; elles portent cinq paires de papilles longuement pedonculees i|ui encadreut la region cloacale : deux paires de ces papilles sont en avant dn cloa(|ue, une paire se trouve au niveau de celui-ci, les deux autres sont postanales. Trois papilles sur le bord anterieur du cloaque, la mediane plus petite. Cinq paires de papilles postanales, sessiles en courtemeiit pedonculees : la premiere est sitnee a peu pres au milieu de la distance du cloaque ii la pointe caudale; la seconde est tres petite et peu apparente; les quatrifeme et cinquifeme sout contignes et situees sur le bord posterieur memo du cloaque. Spicules subegaux, courts et greles, mesurant respectivemeut 280 et 265 /i. Habitat. — Estomac et oesophage du Falco hiarinicus crlamjcri Kleinschm., Biskra, 1 avril 1014. Les Rapaces de I'Afriqne du Nord nous ont presente plusieurs Physalopteres ayant une grande similitude et en particnlier le meme nombre de papilles caudales ; ces Nematodes ont certainement ete confondns et signales sous le nom de Phi/saloptera (data Rud. 1". Les Eperviers {Accipiter nisus L.)dela region de B('ine nous ont doune un Phi/saloptera alata qui ne ditiere de la forme ])rccedemment decrite que i)ar la position plus reculee vers Farriere des papilles pustcervieales et du pore cxcreteur. 2". Dans I'oesophagc d'un jeune Epervier pris an nid, a Mascara et sacrifie uu mois plus tard, nous avons trouve un Physaloptere caracterise jjar la jiosition tres anterieurc des papilles postcervicales, situees au niveau du liord posterieur do I'anneau nerveux ct du pore excrdteur, ce dernier, situii en avant de la terminaison de I'a'sophage musculaire; ce Kematode que nous avons decrit recemment sous le uom de Phi/saloptera crosi dill'ere du Fkijsaloplera alata NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 17 par les dimensions plus faibles de I'ov^jectear, en particnlier du ^estibnle qni est tres court, par la Lrievete de la queue de la femelle et par la disposition des papilles caudales ; celles-ci sont en meme nombre, mais elles sont plus eparpill^es que chez le Fhi/saloptera aluta : la premifere paire de papilles postanales est plus rapprochde de la pointe caudale et d'autre part, la premiere des cinq paires de papilles longueraent pedoncnl^es qui encadrent la region cloacale est ^loignee des suivantes, par consequent du cloaque. 3°. Le qnatri^me Physaloptere des Rapaces, que nous avons nommS Physa- loptera galinieri,& 6t6 tronvd a Ain Oussera dans Festomac de I'Aigle (^Aquila rapax helisamis Levaill.) ; il diflffere des pr5c6dents par la structure des Ifevres buccales : la dent externe est tres petite, tandis que les trois dents internes trfes grandes, fortement chitinises, font saillie an dehors et sont, de ce fait, tres apparentes. Les papilles postcervicales et le pore excr6teur sont rejetes trfes loin en arri^re ; I'cEsophage muscniaire est trfes court. La disposition des papilles caudales est celle qui est realisee chez le PJujsaloptera crosi Seurat. La particularity la plus appreciable de cette forme reside dans la position 61oignee de la vulve qui se trouve k pen de distance en avant du milieu du corps, aiix -/a ^^ ^^ longueur et dans la disposition de I'ovejecteur qui remonte vers I'avant. Les Physaloptferes des Rapaces de I'Afrique mineure jjcuvent se distinguer de la faQon suivante : (!) Dent externe, conique, tres grande ; 3 dents internes petites, pen apparentes. Vulve anterieure. . (2) Dent externe tres petite ; 3 dents internes trfes grandes et trfes appa- rentes. Vulve rapprochee du milieu du corps. Les 5 papilles longnement p6doncnl6es groupdes autour du cloaque. Physaloptera alata. Premifere papille tres 61oignee des sni- . vantes et du cloaque. Physaloptera crosi. Physaloptera galinieri Seurat. Fam. FILARIID^ Clans 1885. 1. Diplotriaena tricuspis (Fedtschenko). Corps C3-lindrique, tres allonge, arrondi aux extremit^s, allant en s'attennant l^gferement d'avant en arri^re. Bouche petite et 6troite, fente allong6e dorso- ventralement. A environ 100 /u. de la bouche le cadre buccal i)orte, k droite et k gauche, trois grosses papilles. En dedans des papilles medio-laterales se tronvent deux depressions en cul-de-sac au fond de chacune desquelles fait saillie une dent k trois racines*; ces deux dents tricnspides, dont la longueur depasse 100 /i, flanquent I'oesophage muscniaire a droite et a gauche. Au point de vue mor- phologique, elles semblent correspondre aux Ifevres lat6rales des Physalopteres. ffisophage muscniaire court, se diff^renciant par sa teinte plus claire de I'oesophage glandnlaire ; il est eutonrS par I'anneau nerveux un pen en avant de son * Ces dents sont parfois evaginees partiellement, ce qui donne a cette Filaire I'aspect da Filariih nodulosa. 2 18 NOVITATES ZOOOOGIOAE XXII. 1915. rfoot Fig. \^-\f,.—Dlplotriana trieiispis (Feclts.) 16. Extrimiti ant^rienre vue par la face ventrale. 17. TSte voe de face. (Le grossissement est le mSme pour ces deux figures et indiqu6 par rechelle 100 fi.) 18. ExUimM anWrieore vue lateralement ; d, oesophage glandulaire; o, ovaire ; p, pore excriteur ; t, trompe ; v, limite du vestibule et de la trompe. NOVITATES IZOOLOOICAE XXII. 1915. 19 milieu. La longueur de roesojihage est le dixifeme de la loagaenr totale chez le male, elle varie du vingt-deuxi6me aa treate-quatri^me de la longuenr chez la o o 20. Fig. li), 20. Biplotrio'na tricuspis (Fedts.). 19. Estrt^mite caudale du male vue de profil. 20. La meme vae par la face ventrale. femelle. Intestiu fortement colore, en noir-jais ou eu vert-sombre ; chez la femelle, il constitne nn ase autour dnrjuel sont enroulees les branches de I'nti^rus 20 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1015. Lignes latdrales trfes distinctes, de 400 fi de largeur, i\ nombrenx noyanx. Pore excr^teur situ6 snr la face veutrale, a pen de distance de la boncbe, an milien de la distance de la bonche a la vnlve cliez la femelle. Femelle. — Longuenr totale 186 mm. 5; ^paissenr maxima 950 /i; oesophage 5 mm. 5. Anus snbtcrmiual, sitii(5 a 80 w de I'extriSmite candale ; les glandes caudales s'ouvrent de chaque cut(5 de la ligne mediane ventrale, ii I'extrSmite de la queue. Vnlve trt>s ant^rieure, situ(5e k uiie distance de 0 mm. 5 ii 0 mm. 8 de I'extr^mite ceplialiqne. L'ovejectenr, d'une loiignenr totale de 4 mm. 2, comprend un vestibule cylindriqne, de 1 mm. 5 de longuenr, ii pavois mnscnlaires tres epaisses tapisstes d'une membrane cuticnlaire. La trompe impaire comprend denx parties : la partie attenante an vestibule est caracti^risee par une assise musculaire tres 6paisse, stratifiee ; I'assise musculaire s'amincit, an contraire, considerablement dans la seconde partie. La trompe se divise en deux branches paralleles qui se dirigeut vers I'arriere et vont rejoindre les uterus. Ces derniers conrent c6te a, cote sur une partie de la longuenr dn corps, puis se s^parent, I'uterus anterieur remontant vers la region cephaliqne taudis que Tuterns posterienr se dirige vers la region candale. Dans la pins grande partie de la longueur du corps on trouve ainsi trois branches ut^rines bourr6es d'oeufs, enronlees autour de I'intestin : uterus posterienr et branches directe et refl^chie de Tut^rns anterieur. L'extrtoite distale des uterus est differenciee en un rt^ceptacle seminal piriforme tres volnmineux, de 660 fju de diametre maximum ; le receptacle seminal anterieur est situe en arriere de I'oesophage, i\ 11mm. de I'extr^mite cephaliqne, le receptacle seminal post^rieur k 12 mm. de la pointe candale. Oviducte grele (100^), de 10mm.de longueur, ovaires entortilles aux denx extremit^s dn corps ; les anses de Fovaire anterieur arrivent au contact des dents oesophagieunes. La longuenr de chacun des ovaires est de 60 mm. (Eufs a coque Spaisse, larv6s k maturity, mesnrant 60 /i de longueur sur 41^ de largeur. Ces oeufs eclosent dans le sang de I'Oisean ; le sang des L'orbeaux porteurs de Filaires adultes renferme de nombreuses larves tres agiles, du premier Btade. l/(?fe.— Longueur totale o3 mm. ; epaisseur maxima TlU yu. ; aire laterale de 150 fjL, de largeur. CEsophage musculaire entour^ en son tiers antdrieur par Fanneau nerveux ; la longueur totale de I'oesophage est de 4 mm. 950, celle de Tcesophage musculaire 6tant de 540 /x. Extr6mit6 caudale brusquement conpde, a peu de distance (130 /i) en arriere de I'anus. Six paires de papilles conrtement pi5doncnlees, doat quatre preanales. Spicules iueganx, le gauche rectiligne mesure 1 mm. 4U0, le droit, siuuenx 800 /i, soit un i)eu plus de la moiti^. Habitat. — (1°) Corvus corax tingitanus Irby, cavite thoracique, Biskra, 15 mars 1914. Trois ¥ ? de 13U a 167 mm. de longueur et un <S de 35 mm. de longueur. (2°) Garrulus glandarius certicalis Bp., Djebel Taza, 23 mai 1914. (3°) Alaemon duponti, Ain Oussera, 15 mai 1914. (4°) Motacillajiavajlava, Oned N'za, 19 avril 1914. Nous avons souvent trouve cette Filaire k Bon Saada chez le Corbeau ; un de NOVITATBS ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 31 ces Oiseaux, capture en avril 1914, uons a donnd dis specimeus, 3 males et 7 femelles, loges clans la cavitS thoraciqne ; la long-ueur des individus femelles variait de 100 mm. i 190 mm. Ella est egalement frdquente chez le Galerida theklae hilgerti Hart, et Rotbsch., de la meme localite. 2. Filaria nodulosa Rnd. Corps cylindrique, arrondi aux extr^mites, dimiuiiant legferement de calibre d'avant en arrifere. Cuticnle finement striee, marquee en outre de petits bontons. Cellules musculaires tres grandes (1200 /ti de longuenr), etroites, a limites nettes dessinant une striation longitudiuale. Bouche largement ouverte, allong^e dorso-ventralement, limitSe latdralement par deux Ifevres chitinenses an centre de chacnne desqnelles s'ileve, en forme de lamelle verticale, nne dent quadrangulaire de 10^ de largeur. Deux papilles laterales pedoncnl^es nn pen en dehors de ces lamelles ; sur un cercle plus ext^rieur soiit inser^es quatre paires de papilles, 2 paires latero-dorsales et 2 paires latdro-ventrales. Nous consid^rons les deux dents on lamelles laterales comme I'e'qnivalent morphologique des tridents du Diplotriana trkuspis. CEsophage musculaire ue se differenciant pas de I'oesophage glandulaire. La longneur totale de I'cEsophage est le 73,4 cbez le male, le septifeme chez la femelle, de la longueur totale. L'intestia est un tube trfes long et tr^s grele, de conleur brune, qui court a la face ventrale du corps. Sur la face ventrale, au tiers de la distance de la bonche k la vulve chez la femelle, s'ouvre I'orifice excreteur. Femelle. — Longneur totale 68 mm. Anus subtermiual, trfes petit (15 ij, de diamfetre), mais Dependant trfes distinct. Rectum allongi, oil s'ouvrent deux glandes annexes voluminenses. Vulve trfes rapprocli(5e de la bouche, a levres saillantes. Vestibule de 1 mm. de longueur ; trompe impaire 1 mm. Uterus d'abord parall^les, se siiparant ensuite en nn uterus anterieur et un uterus postfirieur ; ce dernier s'arrete a 1 mm. 8 de la pointe caudale. CEuf mtir, k coqne ^paisse, larv6, mesurant 55 ^ de longueur sur 35 fjb de diametre transversal. Coque Mgferement 6paissie, du c6t6 interne, k I'un des poles. Male. — Longuenr totale 24 mm. ; ^paissenr maxima 630 /x. CEsophage 7 mm., soit le '/a, 4 de la longueur totale. Queue arrondie ; la distance du cloaque a I'ex- trtoit(!> est de 70 fju. Ailes caudales trfes etroites (lOyit de largeur), de 175 /i de longueur. Papilles peu apparentes : quatre paires de papilles preanales, disposees sur deux rangs, une rangee plus externe et une rang^e plus rajiprochee de la ligne mediane ; deux paires de papilles postanales. Spicules tres 6pais, surtout le gauche, effiles k lenr pointe et tres in^gaux (rapport de longuenr 6) ; le droit, faiblement arque, mesure 325 /i ; le gauche, pourvu d'une aile tres large dans sa partie proximale est trfes long (1 mm. 950) et arqu6 k I'extr^mit^ libre. Habitat. — Lanius elegans Swains., Biskra, 14 mars 1914; 4 femelles, de 45 i\ 57 mm. de longueur, et nn male de 24 mm. Lanius excubitor elegam, sous la peau du criine, Oued N'za, 19 avril 1914; 12 femelles, pas de m&les. 22 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. OQl ■rfooj Fig. 21, 22, 23. Filaria nodulota Eud. 21. Ertrtmit^ caudale du male vne par la face ventrale. 22. T6te viie lat^ralement. 23. La m&me, vue de face ; Z, aire lat^rale, (Le grossissemeut pour les figures 22 et 23 est indiqu6 par I'eclielle 100 /u placee i-gauche de la fig. 23.) NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 23 3. Filaria attenuata Rnd. 1819 (= Filaria guttata Schneider 1866). Corps filiforme, s'att^nnant r^gnliferement d'avant en arrifere, arrondi aax dens extrdmites. Cuticule marquee de stries transversales r^gnlierement espacees de 10 II. Cellules musculaires allong^es, parallfeles, k noyau trfes apparent. Bonclie limiti'je par deux li;vres lat.^rales, Ji bord externa arrondi, fortement dpaissi et triloba ; 2 paires de papilles prfes de chaque base d'insertiou. Cavit6 bnccale presqne nnlle, en rapport avec nn oesophage musculaire 6troit et tres court. (Esophage glandulaire 6pais, colorfi, tr^s allongii : I'cesophage eutier atteint le quart de la longueur totale chez le mftle, le septifeme chez la femelle. Intestin de couleur brnne, beancoup plus ^troit que I'cesopbage. Rectnm court, avec deux glandes annexes. Femelle. — Longueur totale 98 h 160 millimetres ; epaisseur an niveau de la vulve TOO /x (chez une femelle de 145 mm.). Anus subterminal, a 30 /i de I'extrdmite caudale ; queue arrondie. La vulve, tres apparente, limitee par deux levres caticulaires trfes pro^minentes, est une fente trans versale de 100 /i de largeur, situ^e k 700 n, de la tete. Ovejecteur conform^ comme celni du Diplotrimna tricuspis : vestibule et sphincter confondus en un tube cylindrique, a forte musculature circnlaire, de 600 /i de longueur, renfermeut qnelques rares oeufs ; la trompe impaire, qui fait suite, d^passe un millimetre de longueur (1 mm. 080) ; uu certain nombre d'oeufs y sont accumules. Les trompes paires conrent parallelement vers I'arriere et vont rejoindre les uterus. Uterus tres allonges : ils cheminent d'abord parallfelement, puis TutSrus ant^riear se replie et remonte vers la tete, tandis que I'uterus posteriear se d6veloppe vers I'arrifere. Leur extr6mit6 distale est differencide et dilat^e en un receptacle seminal piriforme 6norme, de 750 /a de longueur snr 300 /i de largeur maxima, bourre de spermatozoides qui lui donnent une couleur sombre. Oviducte grSle (60 /a de largeur) de pres de 3 mm. de longueur ; ovaire long de 6 mm. 5. Les oviductes et les ovaires entortillSs sur eux-memes occupent les regions subterminales dn corps. Q3ufs larves a maturite, a coque 6paisse, mesurant 50 jn de longueur sur 32 ix de largeur. Male. — Longueur totale 41mm. 5 a 45 mm.*; Epaisseur maxima 410//,; I'epaisseur en avant des ailes candales n'est plus que de 155 /i. (Esophage mnsculaire 6troit, de 240 /x de longueur ; la longueur de I'cesophage entier est de 10 mm. 5. Ailes candales etroites, courtes, arrondies, a surface lisse, ddpassant la pointe caudale oti elles s'unissent. La distance du cloaque a la pointe caudale est de 120 /i. Quatre paires de papilles pr^anales, dout denx plus externes longnement pedonculees ; trois paires de papilles postanales externes, longuement piSdonculees, et deux paires de papilles plus rapprochees de la ligne mediane, soit an total cinq paires de papilles post- anales. Cette disposition des papilles postanales est a pen pres celle que donne Linstow (1899) ; elle differe de celle que donne Schneider (1866). Spicules inegaux (rapport de longueurs : 2) ; le gauche, de 720 /u. de longueur, * Cette longueur est inferieure i, celle que donnent divers auteurs : Dujardin indique 136 il 148 miUim^tres. E ,2^, Fig. 24-27. — Filaria attenuata Kud. 24. Extr6mit6s ant^rieure et posterieure de la femelle ; o\ ovaire. 25. Extr^miW caudale du mSle vue par la face ventrale. 26. TSte vue de face. 27. Eiceptacle seminal ; r, receptacle seminal ; i>, oviducte. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 25 est ponrvn d'ailes trfes larges, strides transversalement ; clans sa region moyenne, il presente nne articulation k 220 /i de son origins. Spicnle droit long de 360 /x, arqne ;\ rextremit(5 et dentel6 en scie snr son bord convexe. Pas de gorgeret. Habitat. — Falco biarmicus erlangeri Kleinschin., Biskra, 1 avril 1914, deux males ; Falco b. erlangeri et Circus pallidus, Hassi Rebib, Oued Ni;a, 17 avril 1914, un male et nne femelle. Affinitcs des Filaires d'Oiseaux. Les affinit^s de ces Filaires sout assez difficiles a pri^ciser. La conformation de la bouche, plus particulierement celle du IHplotricena tricuspis, celle de I'ovejecteur, I'absence d'un gorgeret chez le miile montrent nne affinity avec les Pliysalopteres. Le genre Acanthockeilonema Cobbold 6tablit d'ailleurs la liaison entre les Filaires et les Physaloptferes. 26 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. THE BIRDS OF DAMPIER ISLAND. By the Hon. WALTER ROTHSCHILD, F.R.S., Ph.D., and ERNST HARTERT, Ph.D. DAMPIER ISLAND, or Krakar, is one of the islands along the coast of north- western New Guinea, stretching in a line from Umboi or Rook Island (see Nov. Zool. 1914, p. 207) to Vulcan Island (vide infra). It lies about 16 or 17 km. north of Cape Croisilles, is almost ronnd, and about 22 by 23 km. in area. It rises to 1500 m. in the form of a cone, and is inhabited on the coast. No ornithological collector appears to have been at work on this island, except Dahl, who has touched the coast and collected three species : Sterna anaetheta, Orthoj-hampkus magnirostrh, and Gallinago megala (cf Reichenow, Vog. d. Bis- marckinseln, pp. 2.3, 33, 37). Mr. Meek, owing to bad health, was not able to go to Krakar in person, but he sent his boat with its well-trained staff of collectors and crew there, who collected on it from January to March 1914. The island is named in honour of William Dampier, who, after perhaps the most adventurous life known in history, discovered New Britain, this and many other islands, in the year 1700. The native name is Krakar. On account of the pro.ximity to the mainland of Papna, the oruis of Dampier Island is chiefly that of north-western New Guinea, bnt there are some elements of the insular fauna of the Bismarck Archipelago, sach as Mi/zomela sclateri and Carpopkaga rhodinolaema, while Ht/pocharmosjfna rubrigularis krakari, a close ally of a New Britain form, and Macroptjgia nifa krakari appear to be peculiar to this isle. 1. Tringa hypoleuca L. Tringa hypolcucns Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. Ed. x. 1, p. 149 (1758 — " Europa." Restricted typical locality : Sweden). 2 " ? " Dampier Island, February 1914 (Nos. 6086, 6710). 2. Eulabeornis tricolor tricolor (Gray). Rallina tricolor Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1858, p. 52 (Aru Islands). ? ad., Dampier I., 12.iii.l014 (No, 6803). "Iris brownish red or maroon ; bill green and black ; feet dark olive green." We cannot see how the New Guinea form can be separated from the Am bird, as no series is at hand for comparison. It is impossible to separate such closely allied races after comparison with one or two specimens ; we therefore do not accept Mr. Mathews' name " E. tricolor grai/i," by which he calls the Papuan birds (B. Australia i. p. 20.5). The skin from Dampier Isle agrees well with Papuan ones. The abdomen is hardly barred, but the amount of barring varies a good deal in our examples. We can, at present, only recognise three races : E. tricolor tricolor : Arn, Papua (Dorey, Sattelberg), New Hanover, Dampier Island. E. tricolor robinsoni Math. : North Queensland. E. tricolor victa (Hart.) : Tenimber, Koer, Dammer. [Mr. Mathews {yov. Zool. 1911, p. 193) separates E. tricolor generically from NOVITATKS ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. .C i " Rallina " and Eulabeornis, as Tomirdus tricolor, saying that he pointed out its differences from Eulabeornis and Rallina in B. Australia i. p. 204. We fail to understand this from Ids text, bnt find that he says, on the contrary, that Rallina tricolor and its subspecies " agree quite well in structural features with Eulabeornis, though they are admittedly not typical." Further on he proves, with the help of " Rallina woodfordi " Grant, that " Rallina tricolor " and " Eula- beornis " agree "in every structural character," and consequently he unites tricolor with Eulabeornis. This decision seems to us to be quite wise and satisfactory, and we accept it here, instead of the undefined genus " Tomirdus," the type of which by original designation is tricolor. If one places side by side Eulabeornis castaneo- ventris (the type of Eulabeornis), poecilopterus, wood/ordi, and tricolor, one cannot draw a line between them, and must unite all under the name Eulabeornis. The " weaker " " fasciata " might be kept separate, under the name Rallina, but even this does not appear to be necessary.] 3. Gymnocrex plumbeiventris (Gray). Rullws plumheieeiitris Gray, Proc. Zool. Sue. 1861, p. 432 (Morty Island). ? ad., Dampier I., 21. ii. 1914 (No. 6710). "Iris brown ; bill dark horn- colour, greenisli yellow towards base ; feet red." This bird had a nest on the ground between the roots of a large tree. It con- tained eight eggs. These have a smooth glossy shell of a light [pinkish cream-colour, with rufons- brown spots and patches and underlying purplish grey markings. They measure 41-2 X 31-4, 41-3 X 31-3,4M x 30-8, 412 x 31-2,42 x 31-5, 41-8 x 30-4, 42 x 31-5, 41-6 X 31-4 mm. 4. Demigretta sacra (Gm.). Ardea sacra Gmelin, Si/sl. Nat. i. 2. p. 640 (1789— Tahiti !) ? ad., slate-coloured, Dampier Island, 0. ii. 1914 (No. 6600). 5. Megapodius duperreyi duperreyi Less. & Garn. Megapodius Duperreyi Lesson et Garnier, Bull. Soc. Nut. viii. p. 113 (1826 — Dorey). 6 (?c? (Nos. 6546, 6597, 6599, 6680, 6781, 6782) and 3 ? ? (Nos. 6543, 0550, 6770) Dampier Island, February and' March 1914. "Iris dark brown; bill dull yellow, base brown ; feet black and dull greenish brown." While we find M. d. eremita — or what we suppose to be eremita (of. Nov. Zool. 1914, p. 208 !) — on the chain of islands from the Echiquier to the Admiralty and other islands of the Bismarck Archipelago, also the Solomon Islands, and certainly on Rook Island, M. duperreyi duperreyi is the form of the mainland of Papua and of the islands close to it, such as Dampier and Vulcan Islands. The generally lighter colour, more brownish abdomen, slightly less bare fore- head and longer crest serve to distinguish ^f. d. duperreyi from eremita. 0. Caloenas nicobarica nicobarica (L.). See Nov. Zool. 1914, pp. 208, 28C. 3 ad. (Nos. 6681, 6688, 0737), 4 juv. (Nos. 6598, 6621, 6640, 6765), February and March 1914, Dampier Island. 28 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 7. Chalcophaps stephani Puch. & Jacq. See Nov. Zoo!. 1914, pp. 208, 286. 11 c??, Dampier Island, February 1914 (Nos. 6511, 6539, 6571, 6016, 6702, 6703, 6709, 6719, 6732, 6733, 6735). 8. Phlegoenas margarithae (D'Alb. & Salvad.). See Nor. Zool. 1914, p. 208. 1 c? ad. (No. 6523), 2 ? ? ad. (Nos. 6788, 6805), and 9 jnv. (Nos. 6524, 6568, 6569, 6570, 6591, 6760, 6772, 6777, 6793). The adult male has the throat and chest pure white, while in the adult female there is a bufifish grey wash. 9. Phlegoenas beccarii johannae .Scl. Phlogoeiias jokaiiiiae Solater, Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1877. p. 112, pi. xvi (exact locality not known, but evidently Duke of York I., where Dahl collected it). 1 c? ad. (No. 6731), 2 ? ? ad. (Nos. 6657, 6730), 2 ? ? jnv. (Nos. 6667, 6792), Dampier I., February 1914. We take this to be the typical johannae, as the male aj)pears to agree in every way with a male from New Hanover, and with the descriptions ; unfortunately, however, we have no skins from the original locality. " Iris dark brown ; bill black (in young birds jiartly brown) ; feet, cJ ? ad., dark red (in the young birds dull brownish red)." 1 II. Macropygia rufa krakari subsp. nov. In colour hardly different from M. ruja rujocastanea from the Solomon Islands, though less bright, a shade lighter, and with a delicate " bloom " on the underside. Wings much longer: 147-150-5 mm., as compared with 138-146 mm. in M. r. rufocastanea. Type, S ad., Dampier I., 4. ii. 1914 (No. 6565). 9cJ?,all apparently adult, Dampier (or Krakar) I., February 2 to 8, 1914 (Nos. 6538, 6545, 6565, 6578, 6579, 6586, 6593, 6617, 6641). The iris is described as : " Reddish yellow, yellow, yellowish red, bright red ; bill black ; feet bright red. crimson, cerise." 11. Myristicivora spilorrhoa (Gray). Cari>ophaga spilorrhoa Gray, Proc. Zonl. Soc. London 1858. p. 186 (Aru Islands I). (Of. Nov. Zool. viii. 1901. p. 116. — There is no proof, so far, that several forms of Mi/risticivora hreed in the same localities, while all seem to be more or less migratory. Cf. Meyer & Wigles- worth, B. Celebes ii. pp. 627-31.) 2cJf?, 2 ? ? ad., Dampier Island, February 1914 (Nos. 6558, 6572, 6633, 6704). "Iris dark brown ; bill, tip dull yellow, base slaty blue ; feet slate-blue." 12. Carpophaga pinon astrolabiensis Meyer. Carpophaga loestennanni astrolabiensis A. B. Meyer, Abh. tfc Ber. Mus. Dresden no. 4. p. 14 (1891 — Astrolabe Bay, German New Guinea). cJ ? ad., Dampier Island, 7. and 12. ii. 1914 (Nos. 6602, 6644). " Iris dark red ; bill slate blue ; feet red." Wing, cJ 282, ? 258 mm. N0VITATE3 ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 29 The differences of the various forms of C. pinon (viz. piiion, rubiensis, salva- dorii, loeMermanni, and astrolabiensis) have been explained in Nov. Zool. 1901, pp. 114, 115. 13. Carpopha^a rhodinolaema Scl. CarpopTiaga rhodinolaema Sclater, Proc. Zonl. Soc. London 1877, p. 555 (" Hab. Ins. Admiralitatis "). Anleii, p. 209. (? ad., Dampier I., 31. i. 1914 (No. 6519). 14. Megaloprepia magnifica poliura Salvad. Megalnj)repia polhira Salvadori, Ann. Mns. Civ. Gen. xii. pp. 4JG, 427 (1878 — S.E. New Guinea and Jobi. Restricted terra typica, Mount Epa, S.E. New Guinea !). Cf. Noi: Zool. 1901. p. 111. 8 (? ? ad., Dampier Island, February 1914 (Nos. 6537, 6555, 6564, 6577, 6591, 6613, 6628, 6649). "Iris dark red; bill dull yellow, base greenish; feet yellowish-green, pea-green." 15. Ptilinopus superbus (Temm.). Columha Superha'VemiD.mck.iu'K.mf) & Tecaxa. Pigeons, p. 75. pi. 33 (1811 — " 0-taiti," errore ! Patria subst. Halmahera). 7 a, 3 ? ?, Dampier Island, January to March 1914 (Nos. c? 6510, 6547, 6592, 6619, 6647, 6654, 6807, ? 6646, 6726, 6787). 16. leracidea berigora novaeguineae A. B. Mey. Hieracidea novaegiiineae A. B. Meyer, Joarn. f. Orn. 1894, p. 89 ("Nova Guinea orientali," tj'pes from German New Guinea). ?, Dampier Island, 25. ii. 1914 (No. 6736). "Iris dark brown ; bill slate-blue, tip black; feet pale slate-blue." Wing 371 mm. The only differences between typical H. berigora and these Papuan specimens {i.e. one from Dampier, one from Vulcan, and others from the Sattelberg, Owgarra on the Angabunga, and Avera on the Upper Aroa River) appear to be the almost unspotted upper wing-coverts, which have only concealed lufous spots on the basal portions, generally darker shoulders, crown and sides of the head of the Papuan race. These differences, except the darker shoulders of the reddish individuals, are, however, also seen in N.W. Australian specimens {leracidea berigora melciUensis Mathews, Austral Avian Rec. i. p. 34, " Melville Island and Northern Territory "). As it is, farther study will be required to prove the distinctness of/, berigora berigora, occidentalis, noeaeguineae, and melciUensis; but Mr. Mathews' diagnosis of his " melvillensis " — " larger size and black cheeks "— is not a convincing one, and the larger size in any case appears to be not constant. 17. Tyto alba meeki (Rothsch. & Hart.). Strixflammea meeki RothachiM & Havteit, N'oc. Zool. 1907, p. 416 (CoUingwood Bay, north-east coast of British New Guinea). 2 ? ? ad., Dampier Island, 2. ii. and 7. iii. 1914 (Nos. 6535, 6784). These two specimens agree in every detail with the type specimens, and bear 30 ■ NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. full}- ont the characters by which to distinguish T. a. imek't from its nearest allies. The wings measure 284 mm. 18. Ninox connivens assimilis Salvad. & d'Alb. Of. Nov. Zuol. 1907. p. 445. ? , Dampier Island, 25. ii. 1914 (No. 0739). This specimen agrees very well with the one mentioned, I.e., and two others from the Giriwu River in British New Guinea, collected by A. S. Meek iu 1907. " Iris chrome yellow ; bill black ; feet darkish yellow." 19. Nasiterna pusio ? Nasitenia j'lisio Sclater, Proc. Zuol. Soc. London, 18ii5. p. (5:20, pi. 35 (•' Solomon Islands," errore ! The type probably came from Duke of York Island). We are not sure if these birds should be united with pusio, but rather think that they should be separated as a new subspecies. We have accepted (y^oc. Zool. 1901, p. 81 and elsewhere) the view of Count Salvadqri, who allowed pusio to range from " Duke of York Island, New Britain, St. Aignan's Island to S.E. New- Guinea " {Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xx. p. 144), and have thus united with pusio our specimens from St. Aigrian, Sudest Island, Fergusson, Milne Bay, and Konstantin- hafen — while we called the examples from the Kumusi River S. pusio snlcadorii, originally described (yoe. Zool. 1901, p. 81) from Takar, Humboldt Bay, and Lower Ambernoh River. This distribution does not look very convincing, and we are afraid that it will turn out to be partially wrong. The skin from Konstantin- hafen, collected by Kubary, has a distinct wide yellow superciliary line, and agrees much better with our salvadorii, but the sides of the head are not so yellow as in the type specimen, and the same can be said of onr series from the Kumusi River, north of the Owen Stanley range. On the other hand the specimens from the Aroa River, Milne Bay, and Louisiades, are more rufous and hardly distinguish- able from typii-al pusio, and among the latter we have also an example with a distinct yellowish line. It may be that we shall have to separate at least three subspecies : iV. pusio pusio : New Britain, New Ireland, Dnke of York Island. — Super- ciliary and sides of head yellowish rufous. N. pusio subsp. nov. ? : Kumusi River, Milne Bay, D'Eutrecasteaux and Louisiade Islands, mountains of British New Guinea (Aroa River).^There is a yellowish superciliary line in most specimens, but see remarks above. N. pusio salvadorii : Lower Ambernoh River, Takar, Humboldt Bay. — Superciliary line and greater part of sides of head yellow. Larger series, especially from the islands of the New Britain group and the north coast east of Geelvink Bay, are required to confirm these doubtful races. We have received two males, shot in February and March 1914, on Dampier Island (Nos. 6740, 6797). "Iris dark brown; bill black and slate-blue ; feet ashy blue." 20. Trichoglossus haematodus massena Bp. TrichoglossuB massena Bonaparte, Ber. el Mug, Zool. 1854, p. 157 ("Mus. Paris e.\ Ins. Polynesia." No exact locality known). 14 J ? ad. and juv., Dampier Island, February 1914 (Nos. 6522, 0548, 6554, 65.57, 6693, 6707, 6714, 0715, 6724, 0725, 0744-6747). NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 31 " Iris yellowish red, reddish yellow, dark red, bright red ; bill red, tip orange or yellow ; feet ashy blue." Yonug birds have the bill brownish red, iris brownish red, the colours of the head duller, cheeks and chin more greenish, the red of the breast a bit duller, and the blackish fringes to the breast-feathers a little wider and less sharply defined. 21. Hypocharmosyna rubrigularis krakari subsp. uov. Comparing our fine series from Krakar or Dampier Island with one inferior skin (unsexed) collected by Dr. Dahl at Ralum (New Britain), and with the descriptions by Sclater, Salvadori, Reichenow, as well as with the figure in Mivart's " Loriidae," fig. 1, plate L, we come to the conclusion that the race from Dampier Island is different from //. rubrigularis. It differs as follows : There is, instead of a red patch on the upper throat only, a large red patch extending over the greater part of the throat, and this red patch appears to be of a slightly brighter red ; moreover, it is bordered below by a yellow patch which is absent or only indicated in H. r. rubrigularis. The fourth outer primary seems to have red at base in all specimens of the latter, but this is entirely absent in three of our examples, indicated iu one, distinctly present in three, while in one the fourth outer primary is wanting. Moreover, our birds are slightly larger. Wing, <? 9.5-.^-98, ? 94-95 ; tail cJ 98-101, S 96-.5-97; cnlmen from cere 11-5-12 mm. ■ Type: 3 Dampier Island, 16. ii. 1914. (No. 6678.) "We have received six skins. 4 (?cJ (Nos. 6677, 6678, 6723, 6758) and 4 ? ? (Nos. 6679, 6756, 6757, 6809) collected on Dampier or Krakar Island in February, and one in March 1914. " Iris yellowish red or red ; bill the same ; feet yellowish red or reddish yellow (once)." 22. Scythrops novaehollandiae Lath. Si^throps novaehollaudiae Latham, Ind. Oni. i. p. 141 (1790 — ^'Nova HoUandia." Restricted terra typica New South Wales, Mathews,1912, 1913). 5 (?), Dampier Island, lo.iii. 1014 (No. 6790). " Iris dark red ; bill light horn-colour and black ; feet pale slaty blue." It mnst be left for further research, whether Australian specimens reach larger dimensions than those in the Papuan and Moluccan subregions, but as the size varies considerably, even in Australia, in the same districts, this seems to be •doubtful. Mr. Mathews has separated a smaller subspecies from the ''Northern Territory " and N.W. Australia, but the wing-measurement (341) which he gives is quite usual in females. His subspecies, therefore, requires further investigation. 23. Eudynamis orientalis rufiventer (Less.). ■Cuculus rufivettter Lesson, Voy. Coquille, Zoo!, i. p. 623 (1828 — New Guinea. Restricted terra typica : Dorey, where Lesson collected. Cf . Nov. Zool. 1903, p. 238, 1907, p. 440. 6 c?(?,5 ¥ ?, Dampier Island, February and March 14, 1914 (Nos. 6530, 6531, 6552, 6553, 6561, 6582, 6604, 6605, 6624, 6684, 6808). " Iris dark red in both sexes ; bill slate blue (pale); feet slate blue." Wings «f males, 190-200, of females 184-195 mm. 32 NOVITATES ZOOLOSICAE XXII. 1D15 24. Cuculus optatus Gould. Ciiculiis optatus Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pt. xiii. 18-15, p. 18 (1845—" Port Essington, Australia ''). 3, Dampier Island, 12. ii. 1914 (No. 6653). " Iris lemou yellow." 25. Cacomantis sepulcralis assimilis (Gray). Cuculus assimilis Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1858, pp. 184, 195 (Aru Is.) ; cf. Nov. Zool. 1007, p. 434 ; 1912, p. 334 ; 1914, p. 212 (no. 21). 10 c? ? ad. and jav., Dampier Island, Feliruary 1914 (Nos. 6596, 6609, 6615, 6637, 6655, 6673, 6685, 6708, 6728, 6729). 26. Chrysococcyx malayanus poecilurns Gray. Chrysococcyx poecilurus Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London 18i51, pp. 431, 437 (" Mysol and New Guinea"). (Type from Mysol in Brit. Museum ; Nov. Zool. 1907, p. 438.) Chrysococcy-c malayanus poecilurus Stresemann, Nov. Zool. 1914, p. 116. 2 c? c? ad., 1 ? ad., Dampier Island, 2., 11. ii., 3. iii. 1914 (Nos. 6526, 6631, 6764). " Iris brownish red, brown, chocolate ; bill black, in the female slate at base of lower mandible ; feet slate-blue, dark slate-bine black." In Sov. Zool. 1907, p. 438, we mentioned that we had also specimens from Cape York. Mathews, List. B. Austral/a, p. 157, separates the Cape York form as russatus Gould, described from Cape York. Probably Mr. Mathews is perfectly right in separating this form which we wonkl call C. malaijanus russatus Gould. 27. Tanysiptera hydrocharis meyeri Salvad. [Tanysiptera hydrocharis Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1858, pp. 172, 190 (Aru Islands).] Tany.iiptera mei/eri Salvadori, Orn. Pop. e Molucc., Aggiunte, i. p. 54 (1889— Kafu ; north coast of German New Guinea, opposite the Guilbert and Bertrand Islands). (See also Nov. 1901, p. 161 ; about the name hydrocharis versus dea : Hartert, Nov. Zool. 1903, p. 48.) 10 cJ ? ad., Dampier Island, 2.-13. ii. 1914 (Nos. 6527, 6576, 6606, 6620, 6634, 6645, 6651, 6652, 6656, 6661). " Iris dark brown ; bill bright red ; feet yellowish or greenish yellow." We are unable to separate this series from 14 adult specimens from German New Guinea and Takar. It is rather interesting to find that these birds are indistinguishable from those of the opposite coast of New Guinea, while, on the other hand, the series from Vulcau Island is sufficiently distinct to recognise it as a different subspecies ; if the two scries are side by side on the table the difference is obvious, even though the measurements do not make it very striking. We wish here to correct our views of 1901, when (iVou. Zool. p. 101) we expressed our opinion that 7\ microrhyncha was not separable from T. hijdrocharis galatea. With a series from Milne Bay, CoUingwood Bay, Mambare River, Knmusi River, Mount Cameron, Mount Victoria, Aroa River, Brown River, and Port Moresby, we are bound to admit, that the form from South-eastern New Guinea must be separated from that of North-western Papua ; its bill is generally much smaller, although occasionally a specimen of T. h. microrhyncha may not be separable from one of T. h. galatea ; the wing is also on the average shorter in the former, measuring 102, 102, 102, 103, 103, 103, 103, 103, 103, lU4, 104, 104, 104, NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1913. 33 104, 104, 104, 105, 105, 105, 106, 10(3, 106, 106, 106, 108, 109, 109, 110 mm., as against 107-113 in T. h. galatea; a skin from Waigiu has the wing even 117 mm. long, but another from the same island has it barely 110 mm. The crown and shoulder-patch in microrhyncha is of the same darker, more bluish colour as in galatea, not paler as in meyeri and vulcani. In one of our specimens of microrhyncha the longest tail-feather has the enormons length of 362 mm. 28. Alcyone azurea lessonii Cass. Alcyone Lessonii Cassia, Proc. Acail. Philadelphia, v. 1850-1851, p. 69 (1852 — Dorey, Dutch New Guinea). Most of the specimens from Darapier Island are rather pale on the underside. The wings are in both sexes 72'6-76 mm., and there is no difference between the sexes. Size and colour of underside very variable. We have received 9 adult males and females, collected from February 1 to March 3, 1914 (Nos. 6.520, 6549, 6691, 6692, 6712, 6713, 6743, 6762, 6766). 29. Ceyx solitaria solitaria Temm. Ceyx solitaria Temminck, PI. Col. 595, fig. 2 (1836 — Lobo Bay, New Guinea, collected by Salomo Miiller). 7 c? ?, Darapier Island, February 14 to March 11, 1914 (Nos. 666.5, 6699, 6706, 6761, 6798, 6785, 6799). "Iris dark brown; bill black (some, apparently less aged, with a pale tip) ; feet reddish yellow." These birds appear to be inseparable from the true solitaria. The wings measure 55-59 mm. It seems that there are two ill-defined races in New Guinea : one, a slightly larger one, in the western parts and along the north coast to Simbang in German New Guinea, with the wing 55, or generally 56 to 59'5 mm. ; another, slightly smaller one, in British New Guinea and Fergusson Island, with the wing 52 to 54, seldom 55, and once 56'5 mm. (See also Bull. B. 0. Cltih, xxxv. p. 24). We should like to postpone the naming of the smaller race until we have still better series, though many forms have been based on similar material and similar diflerences in size only. 30. Halcyon sancta (Vig. & Horsf ). Halcijoii .•iaiictus Vigors and HorsSeld, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, xv. p. 206 (1827 — Australia ; evidently New South Wales ; cf. Mathews, List B. Austr., p. 149). 2 t? <?, 2 ? ?, Dampier Island, end of February and March 1914 (Nos. 6748, 6759, 6763, 6804). 31. Eurystomus orientalis crassirostris Scl. Eurystomus crassirostris Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1869, p. 121 (Solomon Islands). 1 cJ, 2 ? ?, Dampier Island, February and March 1914 (Nos. 6697, 6734, 6778). 32. Caprimulgus macrourus Horsf. Caprimulgus macrourus Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Hoc. London, xiii. p. 142 (1821 — Java). c? (moulting), Dampier Island, 5. iii. 1914 (No. 6779). We have, so far, not been able to separate the Papuan birds from typical maci-ouncs. 34 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE 5XII. 1916. 33. CoUocalia faciphaga hirundinacea Stres. Collocalia fuciphaga hirundhiacea Stresemann, Verh. Orn. Ges. Bayern xii. p. 7 (1914 — " Westl. Neu-Guinea"; mistake for Eastern New Guinea! Type ; No. 4438, Upper Setekwa River, 28. vii. 1910, in Tring Museum). ? ad., Dampier Island, 20. ii. 1914. Wiug 117 mm. (No. 6705). The differences of this very closely allied form have been well described by its author, and they are confirmed by the specimen under consideration. 34. Collocalia esculenta esculenta (L.). Hirundo enculeiita Linnaeus, Sysl. Nat. ed. x. i. p. 191 (1758 — "China," errore! The correct locality is Amboina ! Ex Bumphius). 3 (?(?, Dampier Island, 7., 14. ii. 1914 (Nos. 6608, 6662, 6663). 35. Pitta atricapilla atricapilla Quoy & Gaim. Cf. Nov. Zool. XX. 1913. p. 492. 8 cJ? ad., Dampier Island, February and March 1914 (Nos. 6618, 6700, 6701, 6738, 6789, 6800, 6801, 6802). 36. Cbelidon javanica (Sparrm.). Cf. Nov. Zool. XX. 1913, p. 492. 10 S ? ad., Dampier Island, February and March 1914 (Nos. 6574, 6575, 6717, 6720, 6721, 6741, 6742, 6750, 6752, 6771). 37. Monarcha chalybeocephalus chalybeocephalus (Gam.). Musioapa chuli/beocephalus Gamier, Voy. C'oquHle, Zool. Atlas, pi. xv, fig. 1 ( ? ), i. 2. p. 589 (1826, 1828— New Ireland) ; cf. Nov. Zool. 1903. p. 457, nos. 10 and 11. 5 (Jc? ad., 3 <? J juv., 2 ? ? , Dampier Island, .January and February 1914 (Nos. 6509, 6.525, 6541, 6.566, 6567, 6.587, 6603, 6610, 6611, 6612). These specimens seem to agree in every way, i.e. in size of bill and wing, and in the purplish gloss of their plumage, with typical ckali/beocejj/ialus, from New Ireland, Rook, Manns (Admiralty Islands), and other localities. With sufficient series on hand the birds from South-eastern New Guinea might be separated, but not with satisfaction, as far as we can see at present. 38. Monarcha inornatus inornatus (Gam.). Muscicapa inunuda Garnier, Voy. C'oquille, Zool., Atlas pi. xvi, fig. 2. i. 2. p. 591 (1826-1828 — Dorey). 9 c?? ad., 2 juv., Dampier Island, February 1914 (Nos. 6.580, 6607, 6622, 6625, 6670, 6082, 6683, 6695, 6698, 6718, 6727). " Iris dark brown ; bill blackish, light horn-colour at base : feet slate-blue." It is peculiar that nearly every specimen has the base of the bill light-coloured, while this is only occasionally seen, and apparently only in less adult individuals, in our series of M. inornatus from other localities, iu which the bill is usually bluish slate, with the distal portion of the cutting edges light-coloured. Our specimens (except two) appear, however, to be in adult plumage. We cannot, at NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXII. 1915. 35 present, explain these facts, bnt call the attention of collectors to it, in order that they ma.y, one day, explain if this is seasonal, or a local character, as it does not appear to be dne to age. 39. Myiagra nitida novaepomeraniae Rchw. (?) Cf. Not: Zool. 1914. p. 215. 1 ? (or cJjnv.), Dampier Island, 7.iii. 1914. (No. 0780.) This specimen does not bring ns any further in the question of the various forms of iV. nitida, but we have to add that the adult male (No. .5897) from Rook Island has the upperside, and especially the throat, more greenish glossy than it is in the males from other localities. 40. Gerygone conspicillata ramuensis Rchw. Geri/i/om rainueims Reichenow, Orn. Momilnber. 1897. p. 26 (Rami, German New Guinea). Gerijgone compiciUaUi ramuensis, Nov. Zoul. 1903. p. 474. We have only three mediocre skins from •' Friedrich Wilhelm's Hafen," and one from C'ollingwood Bay, collected by Mr. Meek in 1907, to compare, and cannot discover any essential differences between these and a series from Dampier Island ; it is true that the majority of the Dampier (and Vulcan) skins are somewhat darker in colour, bnt it must be remembered that they are very fresh and beautifully made skins, and also that one of the three from Friedrich Wilhelm's Hafen is ciinally dark. We have received nine skins from Dampier, collected about the middle of February 1914 (Nos. 6632, 6642, 6643, 6648, 6650, 6660, 6669, 6671, 6672). " Iris dark red ; bill black ; feet slate-colour or slaty black." Wings : males, 55-59 mm. ; females, 53-54-5 mm. 41. Cinnyris jugularis flavigastra (Gould). Neclarinia flavigastra Gould, rmc. Zuul. Sue. Lojulun, 1843, p. 104 (New Ireland). Citmyris jugularis flavigastra, Noo. Zool. 1914. p. 297. 6 (?c? ad., 5 ? ?, Dampier Island, 31. i.— 6. ii. 1914 (Nos. 6152, 6513, 6532, 6533, 6534, 6.551, 6562, 6563, 6585, 0589, 6590). These specimens belong distinctly to the eastern more yellow form. 42. Cinnyris sericeus sericeus Less. Cinnyris sericeus Lesson, Did. Sciences Natitr. i. p. 21 (1827 — " Dorery "= Dorey). Cinnyris a'spasia aspasia Less., Rothsch. & Hart., Nov. Zool. 190.S. p. 211 ; cf. also Stresemaun, Nov. Zool. 1914. p. 143. 5(?c?,5??, Dampier Island, January 31 to March 10, 1914 (Nos. 6517, 6529, 6536, 6560, 6583, 6584, 6596, 0780, 6783, 0791). 43. Myzomela sclateri Forbes. Myzomela sclateri Forbes, Proc. Zuul. Sue. Londuii, 1879, p. 265, pi. xxv. 2— (Palakuru = Credner Island, between New Britain and Duke of York Island). 3 c?c?, Dampier Island, 21,, 24., 28. ii. 1914 (Nos. 6711, 6722, 6751). " Iris dark brown ; bill black ; feet slate-blue." Wings 62, 63, 65 mm. These three skins agree perfectly with the original description and figure, and 36 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. also with a skin from the late GodefFroy Mnsenm, collected at " Naunka," 26. v. 1879, by Th. Kleiuschmidt. The distribution of this very rare species is iuterestiag. It is only known from the Credner Islands, Uatom (a small island to the north of the Gazelle Peninsnla), and from " Nannka" : where this place is, we cannot find ; it is not likely to be " Nanuk," inland in the Gazelle Peninsula, as M. sdatcri was not found there by Dr. Dahl, nor anywhere else on the groat island of New Britain. It appears to be a bird of outlying small islets, and it is most interesting to find it on Damj)ier Island, far west of the New Britain group of islands. 44. Dicaeum geelvinkiamim rubrocoronatum Sharpe. Dicaeiim mhrocoronalum Sharpe, Nature, 1876, p. 339 ("Port Sloresby '). 5 c?c?, 5 ¥ ?, Dampier Island, 4. ii.— 13. iii. 1914(Nos. 0559, 6573, 6588, 6614, 6623, 6626, 6627, 6794, 6795, 6806). It is very curious that this bird, which we have hitherto only had from south- eastern New Guinea and the D'Entrecasteaux Islands, occurs on Damijier and Vulcan Islands. 45. Motacilla boarula melanope Pall. Mokicilla ihlannpf P-iIlas, Reise (I. rerscli. Prov. d. Etiss. lieichs iii. p. G'JG (1770 — Dauria). c?, Dampier Island, 11. iii. 1914 (No. 0796). Part of body plumage and throat moulting. 46. Erythrura trichroa goodfellowi O.-Grant. Erylhrura trichroa goodfellowi O.-Grant, Bull. B. 0. Clnli xxi.x. p. 29 (1911 — Moroka Mouutaias, British New Guinea). The races of E. trichroa have now reached the number of seven ! Five of them have been discussed by one of us in Nov. Zool. 1900, pp. 6 and 7. Since then Mr. Ogilvie-Grant described a bird from the Moroka Blonntains, British New Guinea, and Stresemann one from Ceraui. Mr. Grant {Bull. B. 0. Club x.x:ix. p. 29) compared his new race only with " E. trichroa Kittl.", instead of the two geo- graphically nearer, E. trichroa papuana from Arfak and E. trichroa modesta from the Northern Moluccas. From modesta his goodfellowi differs only in the less yellowish tinge of the plumage and the deeper blue of the forehead and ear-coverts, bnt some Moluccan skins are hardly separable ! The type oi E. t. papuana Hart, differs by the great extent of the blue on the crown (see original description), and has a huge bill. A similarly large bill and equally long wing is found in some specimens from the mountains of British New Guinea, in the Tring Museum, but not one of those before us has the blue equally far extended on the head. It seems, therefore, that we have to distinguish seven races, as follows : E. trichroa trichroa (Kittl.) — Caroline Islands. E. trichroa modesta Wall. — Northern Moluccas. E. trichroa pinaiae Stres.— Southern Moluccas (Cerani) : the differences stated by Stresemann are obvious, but the new race has been rather daringly described from only one adult and one semi-adult male ! E. trichroa papuana Hart. — Arfak, New Guinea. E. trichroa goodJ'eUowi O.-Grant.— Mountains of British New Guinea, prob- ably nearly the whole of Eastern New Guinea, as we have received a series from Vulcan and Dampier Islands, which we cannot separate from those of British Papua. NOVITATES ZOOLOOIOAE XXII. 1915. 37 We have now received of this E. t. good/ellowi (if dififereut from E. t. papuana) 2 S S ad., 4 ? ? ad., and 3 youDg aud semi-adnlts, collected on Dampier Island in January and February 1914 (Nos. 6514, 6515, 6516, 6518, 6521, 6542, 6544, 6581, 6601). The iris of all is described as dark brown, bill black, feet light horn-colonr. The wings of the adult males measure 61 and 64 mm. 47. Lonchura tristissima (Wall.). Mtniia tristissima Wallace, Proc. Zool. Soc. Londiin, 180.'), p. 479 (N.W. Peninsula, New Guinea). 11 cJ?, Dampier Island, February and March 1914 (Nos. 6749, 6753, 6754, 6755, 6767, 6768, 6769, 6773, 6774, 6775, 6776J. " Iris dark brown ; bill and feet slate-bine." 48. Aplonis cantoroides (Gray). Calornis cantoroides G. R. Gray, Proc. Zonl. Soc. London, 18G1, pp. 431, 436 (Mysol). (Cf. Nov. Zool. 1914, p. 218). lie?? ad., about half moulting, chiefly on wings, body plumage, some on tails, shot on Dampier Island from February 2 to 18, 1914 (Nos. 6540, 6556, 6630, 6036, 6658, 6674, 6675, 6687, 6689, 6690, 6694). " Iris crimson, bright red, or yellowish red." 49. Aplonis metallica metallica (Temm.). Lamprolornts metullicus Temminck, PI. Co/. 266 (1824 — "Timor," ''Celebes" — errore ! Corrected terra typica Amboina !) The Shining Starling from Dampier Island is quite typical " metallica." Mr. Stresemann has written a very useful little article on the forms of Aplonis (or Lamprocorax as he called it then) metallicits in JVov. Zool. xix. p. 311. We cannot, however, agree with him in all points. First of all, we think that the Australian form must be separated, because the j)urple area on the back encloses a much larger and much more conspicuous dark green patch than in A. m. metallica. The Australian form must be called Aplonis metalliciis pwpiirascen.s (Gray). (Cf. Calornis purpurascens Gray, Uandl. Birds ii. p. 26, no. 6377, name based on Gould's plate in B. Australia (sub nomine metallica), terra typica = Cape York.) Secondly, we cannot see that the specimens from the Louisiade and D'Entreeasteaux Islands are anything but typical metallica, and we cannot see in them an approach towards A. met. nitidus, as Mr. Stresemann maintains. We have received from Dampier Island 8 c? ? ad. (Nos. 6595, 6029, 6635, 6638, 6639, 6659, 6604, 6606) and 1 juv. (No. 6528), all collected in February 1914. It is of course established beyond doubt that the sexes are alike, and that all the birds with the underside white and striped with metallic^green are more or less young. Two of the adult birds are moulting. 38 KOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. THE BIEDS OF VULCAN ISLAND. By the Hon. WALTER ROTHSCHILD, F.R.S., Pn.D., and ERNST HARTERT, Pn.D. VULCAN Island, or MauarDudar, is an immense cone with an active volcano, covered with the richest and most beantiful vegetation, and rising to above 1300 m. It is not more than about 12 km. from the nearest point of New Guinea, and about 15 by 8 km. in size. No collections have, to our knowledge, been made on this island, but Meek's party has brought together, in December 1013 and January 1914, a very fine lot of birds. With regard to the character of the oruis of Vnlcan Island, almost the same may be said as what we have said about Dampier or Krakar : it is mainly that of the opposite coast of New Guinea, but even here we tind a trace of the insular fauna of the Bismarck Archipelago, in Carpophaga rhodinnlaema \ and Macro)>>/qia amboinensi.'s meeki, Tnni/siptera hydrocharis vulcani, and Monarcha chah/beo- cepkalus manumudari are new forms, the latter deserving special attention, as on Dampier Island, which is farther away from the mainland of Papua, the wide-sjiread M. chalybeocephalus chah/beocephalas is found. 1. Tringa hypoleuca L. Cf. antea, p. 26. c? ? , Vulcan Island, 3. i. 1914. (Nos. 6.501, 0502.) 2. Tringa (Heteractitis) incana brevipes (Vieill.) Tolaims hreripe^ Vieillot, Nouv. Diet. iVHist. Nat. vi. p. 410 (1816— terra typica Timor, cf. Pucheran, Rev. and .Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 370). t? ad., Vulcan Island, 24. xii. 1913. (No. 6484.) 3. Numenius phaeopus variegatus (Scop.). Tantalus variegatus Scopoli, Del. Flor. et Faun. Insubr. ii. p. 92 (178G — Luzon). d ad.. Vulcan Island, 3. i. 1014. (No. 6503.) 4. Megapodius duperreyi duperreyi Less. & Gam. Antea, p. 27. 5 c?c? (Nos. 6292, 6343, 6387, 6479, 6491); 3 ? ? (Nos. 6388, 6446, 6462), Vulcan Island, November and December 1913. An egg of female No. 6388 is perfectly glossless and pale buff-pink (like No. 20, pi. IV. of Ridgway's Xomencl. Col. 1886). It measures 82-2 x 46-5 mm. 5. Chalcophaps chrysoclilora chrysochlora (Wagl.). Culumha i-Itrijsoehlora Wagler, Si/st. Ar., Cohiinha, sp. 79 (1827— " Ceylon, Java, Sumatra et China," errore ! Substituted locality ; -Australia, because the description refers solely to the Australian form. Cf. Hartert, Nor. Zool. 1904, p. 183). 8 c?c?, 3 ? ? , Vulcan Island, November and December 1913. (Nos. 6269, 6302, 6307, 6313, 6314, 6354, 6371, 6377, 6396, 6417, 6432.) NOVITATHS ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1913. 39 6. Phlegoenas margarithae (D'Alb. & iSalvacl). A nfea, p. 28. 1 (? ad., 2 ? ? ad., 3 juv. from Vulcan Island, December 1913, January 1914. (Nos. 6415, 6444, 6494, 6500, 6506.) " Iris dark brown : bill black ; feet red." In the young birds the feet are " dull reddish brown." 7. Reinwardtoena reinwardtsi griseotincta Hart. Reimmrilloeiias rehmanjti giiseotineta Hartert, Nou. Zool. iii. p. 18 (1896 — New Guinea, type Mts. of British Papua). (Cf. Nov. Zoiil. viii. p. 127.) (? ad., Vulcan Island, 5. xii. 1913. (No. 6306.) " Iris dark red ; bill light and dark horn-colour with red base ; feet purplish red." 8. Macropygia amboinensis meeki subsp. nov. cJad.: nearest to J/, a, ma/orensis ISalvad. from the island of Mafor in the Geelvink Bay, but the upperside is darker, almost without the slightest rufous admi.xture, like a dark sepia or clove-brown (Ridgway's nomenclature), not dark chestnut browu, as in M. a. maforcnsis. The feathers of the breast are more vinous ; the abdomen appears to be slightly less rusty yellow. The tail-feathers are also less rnfous, being dark brown, almost exactly the same as the colour of the back. Wings <? ad., 164-165, tail 190-194, cnlmen 21 mm. ? . Top of head brown, with very little rusty spotting, feathers of hind-neck with wide dark metallic-green or greenish purple tips and narrow buffy fringes, as if powdered with buif at the utmost borders ; back dark brown, rump and upper tail-coverts with ferruginous tips. Tail dark brown (clove-brown), outer rectrices blackish at base, with an oblique black bar and a similar bright rnfous bar in the middle, tip rufous, shaded with grey. Feathers of foreneck and chest sooty grey with brownish buff fringes. cj. " Iris red with slaty blue inner circle ; bill black ; feet bright red." ¥. "Bill dark brown ; feet ])urplish or brownish red." Type : c? ad., Vulcan Island, 28. xi. 1913. (No. 6308.) 3 (?c? ad. (Nos. 6308, 6320, 6393) ; 1 c? fere ad. (No. 6317) ; 5 ? ¥ (Nos. 6275, 6295, 6297, 6303, 6356), Vulcan Island, November and December 1913. 9. Myristicivora spilorrlioa (Gray). Anted, p. 28. 2Si,\ ? ad., Vulcan Island, November and December 1913. (Nos. 6325, 6397, 6398.) 10. Carpophaga pinon astrolabiensis Me3er. Antei, p. 28. 2 c? c? ad., Vulcan Island, 3 and 21. xii. 1913. (Nos. 6344, 6472.) Wing 286 mm. (one moulting). 11. Carpophaga rhodinolaema Scl. Anted, p. 29. (J ad., Vulcan Island, 3. i. 1914. (No. 6505.) 40 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXU. 1915. 12. Megaloprepia magnifica poliura Sulvad. Aiiha, p. 29. 9cJ? ad., Vulcan Island, November and December 11(13. (Nos. 6293, 6294, 6323, 0333-6, 6369, 6412.) 13. Ptilinopus superbus (Temm.). Aiitea, p. 29. 8c??, Vulcan Island, November and December 1013. (Nos. 6281, 6304, 6331, 6332, 0339, 0409, 6431, 0481.) It is remarkable that the violet-jinrple bars in the middle of the feathers of the chest are sometimes ill defined or even wanting. 14. Ptilinopus coronulatus quadrigeminus A. B. Meyer. PtUnpus quadrifjeminus A. B. Meyer, Ibis 1890. p. 421 (Coastautine Harbour, German New Guinea). Nov. Zool. 1901. p. 102 3 (JcJ ad., 1 ? ad., Vulcan Island, December 1913. (Nos. 0445, 6458, 6473, 6477.) " Iris yellow ; bill pea-green ; feet dark jnirple red or cherry-colour." The difTerences of the varions forms of P. turonidatHS have been e.\}ilained by ns in 1901, I.e. The female is considerably smaller than the male. Wings of males 109-1 125, females lOO mm. The middle of the throat of two of the males is sulphur yellow, almost as bright as in P. c. geminus. 15. Ptilinopus iozonus jobiensis Schleg. Ptilnpushuineralisjohip.iixis Sohlegel, .Mun. Pays Bas, Coluinbae, p. IG (1873 — .Jobi Island). Cf. Nm. Zool. 1901, p. 104. 8 c??, 1 juv., Vulcan Island, November and December 1913. (Nos. 0270, [juv.], 0287,6343, 6345, 0340, 6349, 6350, 6300, 0370.) " Iris dull or cadmium yellow ; bill greenish, dull or pale yellow, base slate- colour ; feet dark purplish red." (In 1901 we tliought that Ftilopus bin'ii Madardsz, from Friedrich Wilhelms- hafen. Term. Fuz. xx. pt. i. p. 47, pi. i., was the same as P. iozonus iozonus, but we are now convinced that P. birui is a juvenile specimen of P. i. jobiensis. The very little attenuated first primary and absence of the lilac-ashy lesser upper wing- coverts prove that the type is a j'oung bird. The absence, when seen from above, of the grey apical tail-band shows that biroi is not P. i. iozonus, but jobiensis. It is interesting to find that one male (No. 0346) has narrow purple-red tips to some of the grey lesser upper wing-coverts, thus approaching a step towards P. i. humeralis. The same peculiarity was found by Madarilsz, I.e., in his " P. humeralis jobiensis " from the same place where the type of P. biroi was found !) 16. leracidea berigora novaeguineae A. B. Mey. Antea, p. 29. (J ad. (not ? !), 28. xii. 1913, Vulcan Island. (No. 6488.) " Iris dark brown ; bill black and chalky blue ; feet chalky blue." NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 4] Wing 353 or 354 mm. The sexes differ evidently in size, but it is a mistake to suppose that the reddish individuals are females— in fact, the colorations seem to be merely indi- vidual, and neither dependent on sex uor on age. IT. Haliastur Indus gfirrenera Vieill. Cf. Nov. Zunl. 1914, p. 210. ? , Vnlcau Island, 9. xii. 1913. (No. 6404.) Interesting specimen in adult plumage with the exception of some quills which are still of the juvenile brown plumage. 18. Tyto alba meeki (Rothsch. &, Hart.). Antea, p. 29. J' ad., Vulcan Island, 28. xii. 1913. (No. 6487.) Entirely like the specimens from Dampier Island and Collingwood Bay. 19. Ninox connivens assimilis Salvad. & d'Alb. Antea, p. 30. <? ?, Vulcan Island, December 1913. (Nos. 6408, 6410.) " Iris bright yellow ; bill black ; feet dull yellow." These two birds have the upperside somewhat darker than those from the Giriwu River and Dampier Island, and the longitudinal white spots on the under- side stand ont in rather sharp contrast. Perhaps this is only due to their being in very fresh plumage, but it would be interesting to compare larger series. 20. Nasiterna pusio? Antea, p. 30. 12 c?c?, Vulcan Island, end of November and December 1913. (Nos. 6312, 6411, 6420, 6423, 6424, 6425, 6454, 6455, 6456, 6459, 6461, 6560.) Two of these specimens are young and have a dark dull green, not blue, crown. 21. Trichoglossus haematodus intermedius Rothsch. & Hart. T richoglossus haematodus intermedius Rotlischild and Hartert, Nov. Zool. 1901. p. 70 (Kaiser Wilhelm's Land, type from Stephansort). 10 c??, Vulcan Island, November and December 1913. (Nos. 6278, 6279, 6280, 6282, 6300, 6348, 6355, 0359, 6303, 6374.) " Iris dull red, yellowish red (mostly), bright red ; bill bright red, once bright red and yellow ; feet ashy blue." It is very interesting to find this bird, hitherto only known from Stephans- ort, Limbang, Bongu, and Sattelberg *) on Vulcan Island, while T. h. massena lives on Dampier, which must have received it from the Bismarck Archipelago. 22. Scythrops novaehollandiae Latli. Antea, p. 31. 3 ? ? ad., Vulcan Island, November and December 1913. (Nos. 6299, 6421, 6426.) * See also Xov. Zuol. xxi. 1914. p. 10! 42 KOVITATES ZOOLOUICAE XXII. 1915. 23. Centropus bernsteinii Schleg. Ceiitropus Bermleinii Schlegel, Ne,l Tijihch: v. Dkrkuiuk iii. p. 251 (1866 -uo locality ; id. oji. cit. iv. p. 11 (1871— Sal watti!). This appears to be a somewhat rare species generally. Schlegel stated that Bernstein discovered it on Salwatti; this locality has so far not been corroborated, though the late A. B. Meyer acquired a s])ecimen said to have come from Sal- watti. The locality of Wallace's specimens is uncertain I We had specimens from the Sattelberg, Stephausort, and from the Upper Setekwa River. We received 9 adnlt males and females and a semi-adnlt male from Vulcan Island, collected in December 1913. (Nos. 6289, 6381, 6391, C416, 6441, 6478, 6489, 649U, 6495, 6496.) " Iris dark brown ; bill and feet black." Wings, males and females, 180-201 mm. Unless half our specimens are wrongly sexed, the sexes are perfectly alike, females at least as large as males. Four eggs, evidently all from incomplete clutches, found at various dates iu December on Vulcan Island, are white, almost without any gloss, shining through creamy white when held against the light. They measure 36-6 x 29, 38 x 27-6, 35-5 X 28-3, 33-1 X 27-4 mm. The last is even less glossy than the others, and perhaps a badly developed, unfertile egg, being so much smaller than the rest. 24. Eudynamis orientalis rufiventer (Less.). Anteu, p. 31. 6 c? c?, 0 ? ? , Vulcan Island, November and December 1913. (Nos. 6277, 6283, 6306, 6341, 6347, 6394, 6395, 6440, 6447, 0449, 6457.) Wings of males 188-199, of females 187-193 mm. 25. Cuculus optatus Gould. Anieu, p. 32. A bright reddish female, Vulcan Island, 1. i. 1914. (No. 6497.) " Iris brownish yellow." 26. Cacomantis sepulcralis assimilis (Gray). AnteA, p. 32. 2 SS ad., 4 juv., Vulcan Island, December 1913, January 1914. (Nos. 6329, 6373, 6378, 6463, 6498, 6504.) 27. Chrysococcyx malayanus poecilurus Gray. Antea, p. 32. (? juv., Vnlcan Island, 14. xii. 1913. (No. 6433.) " Iris dark brown ; bill black ; feet slate-blue." 28. Tanysiptera hydrocharis vulcani snbsp. nov. (See aitleu, p. 32.) A series from Vulcan Island is distinctly larger than eleven adult birds of T. hydrocharis meyeri from German New Guinea and Takar (Konstantinhafen and NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. I'JIS. 43 Stephansort) and ten from Dampier Islaud. The wings of the Vulcan Island specimens measure as follows : 109, Illo, 112, 112, 113, 114, 115,116, 116, 118 mm. ; i.e. 109-118! Those from Stephansort, Konstantiuhafen and Takar measure : 1(12, 102, 102, 103, 103, 103, 104, 104, 104, 104-.5, 107, 1U9 mm., i.e. 102-109 I The Dampier Island birds are exactly like those from north-eastern New Gninea, viz. : 102, 103, 103-.5, 104, 104, 105-.5, 107, 108 mm. ; i.n. 102-108 ! The examjiles from Vulcan Island are also generally larger, as is especially shown by their beaks, the bill reaching up to 33 mm. from nostril to tip, while in the Dampier Island examples it goes as far as 30", but is generally less. In coloration there is no difference at all. Both the Dampier and Vnlcan Island birds have paler heads than T. In/drocharis galafea, and the central rectrices have a great deal of white at the base, the basal third or nearly half being white with a blue shaft-line, which often does not reach the base ; they thus agree with T. lujilvocharis meijeri, except that T. hydrocharis milcani is larger. The type of T. hydrocharis vulcani is an adult male shot on November 30 (No. 6324) ; in this the longest of the central rectrices is 312 mm. long, the other 298, the base is white for about 11 cm., the white " flags " are about 38 mm. long. We have received 10 adult males and females, and 3 young birds from Vulcan Island, collected in November and December 1913. (Nos. 6262, 6276, 6284, 6285, G305, 6309, 031 6, 6324, 6327, 6330, 6338, 6480, 6507.) 29. Halcyon saurophaga Gould. Halcyon saurophaga Gould, Pi-oc. Zool. Soc. London, 1843 p. 1U3 (New Guinea) ; Nov. Zool. 1901, p. 156. ¥ ad., Vulcan Island, 15. xii. 1913. (No. 6437.) This specimen is somewhat small, even for a female, the wing measuring only 123 mm., but we have two similarly small examples from other localities. 30. Caprimulgus macrourus Horsf. Antea, p. 33. (? ad., Vulcan Island, 27. xi. 1913. (No. 6294.) 31. Monarcha chalybeocephalus manumudari subsp. nov. i. DiiFers from that of J/, ch, chalijbeoce.phalm in being larger, having a wider and generally longer bill and a longer wing and tail, and in the somewhat more greenish gloss of the plumage, which is chiefly noticeable in the crown and breast. Differs from that of M. ch. lucida (cf. Nov. Zool. 1903, p. 458) only in the larger size of wings and tail, and in the generally more greenish gloss. Looking at the series of Ijeantiful skins from Dampier and Vulcan Islands, side by side, the larger size and more greenish sheen of the latter is at once obvious ; the same can be said from comparison with the other males, though one of the Rook Island examples is as greenish as manumudari, and the same may be said of two of the Woodlark Island males, while four others are as pnrplish as typical chah/beo- cephalus ; the large beak of the Woodlark examples has already been mentioned in 1 903, but their wings are not a bit longer than in typical cJialybeocephalus. 44 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. lOlS. The wings of the Dampier males measure 88-93-.3, and once 95 mm., those of the Vuleau males 95-99, once 94, the tails of the former 75-80, of the latter 79-82 mm. The difference in size of the two forms is also obvious when comparing the first primaries. Type of jl/. ch. manumudan : $ ad. Vnlcan or Mannmudar Island, 4. .\ii. 191:^. (Xo. 0358 in the Tring Museum.) We have received 7 males and 3 females, collected on Vnlcan or Mannmadar Island from the end of November to the end of December 1913. (Nos. 0315, 0358, 0372, 6401, 0429, 0404, 6482, 0485, 64S0, 0493.) " Iris dark brown ; bill chalky blue with black tip ; feet black." 32. Monarcha inornatus iuornatus (Garn.). Antfti, p. 34. Five immature birds from Vulcan Island, collected end of November and in December 1913. (Nos. 0304, 0326, 0307, 0400, 6450.) All have the base of the bill largely light-coloured. 33. Myiagra nitida novaepomeraniae Rchw. (?) Cf. Nov. Zoo}. 1914, p. 215, and antea, p. 35. 2 (?(? juv. (in the plumage of? ad.), 1 ?, Vnlcan Island, 15. xii. 1913 and 2.i. 1914. (Nos. 0438, 6439, 0499.) 34. Rhipidura setosa gularis Miill. Rhipklura gularis S. Miiller, Vcrh. Nat. Gesch. Neil.-Iwl., Luml- en Vvlhenhuide, p. 185 (1843— Lobo, Utanata). . 10 (? ?, Vnlcan Island, 22. xi. to 7. xii. 1913. (Nos. 6263, 6264, 6268, 0310, 6311, 6340, 0351, 0357, 0379, 0380.) There seems to be no difference from Papuan examples. The specimens from Goodenough Island (cf. Nov. Zool. 1914, p. 5), have generally somewhat smaller bills, but this character is variable. 35. Gerygone conspicillata ramuensis Kchw. Anieii, p. 35. 11 ad. and juv., Vnlcan Island, November 20 to December 24, 1913. (Nos. 6291, 6298, 6365, 6375, 8376, 6382, 6386, 6392, 6418, 6419, 6483.) Some of these specimens are quite as pale as our others from Friedrich Wilhelm's Hafen, while others are indistinguishable from those of Dampier Island. The young birds are pale yellow on the underside, their iris is brown, base of lower mandible light brown. 36. Cinnyris jugularis flavigastra (Gonld). Antea, p. 35. 5 <?(?, 3 ? ?, Vulcan Island, December 8, 1913, to January 3, 1914. (Nos. 6383, 0384, 6385, 6406, 0414, 6428, 6430, 6508.) NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXII. 1915. 45 37. Cinnyris sericeus sericeus Less. Aiilea, p. 35. 5 (?cJ, 5 ??, Vulcan Island, November 23 to December 12, 1913. (Nos. 6207, 0271, 6272, 6273, 6286, 6288, 6337, 6403, 6407, 6436.) 38. Dicaeum geelvinkianum rubrocoronatum Sharpe. Anted, p. 3R. 5(?cJ ad., 2 S <S juv., 2 ?? ad., 1 ? jnv., Vnlcan Island, November and December 1913, (Nos. 6265, 6266, 6290, 6328, 6304, 6413, 6422, 6427, 0474, 6448.) 39. Cisticola exilis (Vig. & Horsf.). Malurus Exilis Vigors & Horsfield, Trans. Linn. Soc. Loudon, xv. p. 'JiriS (1827— Australia! Terra typioa restricta — Mathews — New S. Wales.) 7 (Jcfin breeding plumage, 2 ??,1 juv., Vulcan Island, 4.-31. xii. 1913. (Nos. 6352, 6353, 6361, 6362, 6430, 6434, 6435, 6442, 6443, 6492.) For descriptions of the various plumages of C. exilis we refer to Gates, B. Brit. Burma i. p. 117, 1883, and Stresemann, Nov. Zool. xx. p. 362, 1913 ; but it is remarkable that the young bird (No. 6434) shot on December 15 has onl}^ the throat pale yellowish, the middle of breast and abdomen being white, not yellow, as is usual in the young of C. exilis. 40. Erythrura trichroa goodfellowi O.-Grant. Antcu, p. 36. 12 c? ? ad. and juv., Vulcan Island, December 1913. (Nos. 6451, 6452, 6453, 6465, 6400, 6467, 6408, 0409, 0470, 6471, 6475, 0476.) The wings of the four adult males measure 61, 61, 63, 04 mm. 41. Loncliura castaneothorax sharpii (Mad.). Dunacicola sliarpii Madardsz, Bull. B. 0. Club, iii. p. xlvii (Juue 1894 — Finisterre Mountains in German New Guinea ; id., Aquila, i. p. 96, pi. i. fig. 1). Of this hitherto rare, distinct, and interesting subspecies we have f> S S and 5 ? ? from Vulcan Island, collected in November and December 1913. (Nos. 0318, 6322, 6389, 0402, 6405 [males], 0274, 0319, 6321, 0390, 0399 [females].) " Iris brown ; bill chalky blue ; feet slate bine." The females are very much like the males, but the crown and nape are darker and duller, more brownish grey, and the back is generally darker brown. Wings of the males 50-51'!, of the female about 49-52 ram. ; but these.measnremeuts can only be regarded as approximative, because the majority of our skins have the tips of the wings slightly worn. 46 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE 5X11. 1915. NOTES ON PAPUAN BIRDS. By the Hon. WALTER ROTHSCHILD, F.R.S., Ph.D., and ERNST HARTERT, Ph.D. (Continued from Vol. XIV., p. 446.) For most of the localities mentioned in these notes see " Introduction " to this series in Nov. Zool. 1901, pp. 55-61, and the maps, plates II. and III. in the same volume. The former portions of this series of articles have appeared as follows : Vol. viii. pp. 55-88 (Introduction, nttidae, Psittaci), pp. 102-62 {C'olambae, Meyapodiidae, liaUidae, Limicolae, Alcedinidae; vol. x. pp. 65-116 (Pancdiseidae, Cwvidae, Laniidae, Dicruridae, Oriolidae, Artamidae, Stumidae), pp. 196-231 (Meropidae, Coraciidae, Podar- gidae, Caprimulgidae, Ci/pselidae, Campephayidae, Keclariniidae, Dicaeidae, the genus Mi/zomela, Motacillidae, Sylviidae, Timeliidae), pp. 435-80 (Meliphagidae, the genus Zosterops, Hirimdinidue, Muscicapidae, additions to Dicaeidae, Laniidae, Timeliidae) ; xiv. pp. 433-46 (Cuculidae, Striges). XXXII. ACCIFITKES. 1. Spizaetus gurneyi (Gray). Aquilii (Flfleropii.i) gurneyi G. R. Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Loudon 1860. p. 342. pi. clxix. (Batjaiil Liintmctus rfurnei/i Guruey, Lint of Diurnal B. of Prei/, p. 49. note 5 (1884 — type of the species from Batjan, collected by Wallace, io the Norwich Museum). Sharpe (Gil, B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 274) was, of course, quite wrong in saying that a skin from Waigiu in the British Museum is the type. 1 ad., " New Guinea " ; bought from A. Boncartl. 1 ? (?) ad., Goodenongh Island, 3. xii. 1896. No. 11, A. S. Meek coll. " Iris dark yellow with irregular brown marks ; bill slate, tip black ; feet pale dirty yellow." 1 juv., " achete d'un chasseur ijni avait chasse a Waigiu et a Salwatti." Ex Bruiju coll. 1 juv., " New Guiuea " ; purchased from A. Boncard. 1 jnv. without indication. Ex Brnijn coll. 2. Hieraaetus weiskei (llchw.). Eutohnaetus weiskei Eeiohenow, Orn. Monalsher. 1900. p. 185 (Astrolabe Mountains, 3U00 ft. Emil Weiske coll.). S, Avera, Aroa River, British New Guinea, 26. iil. 1903. No. A 462. A. S. Meek coll. "Wing 308 mm. " Iris grey ; bill black and bluish slate ; feet yellow-green." This bird agrees perfectly with the type, which is now in the British Museum, except that it is smaller ; the type is said to be a iemale. More material of this very rare bird is perhaps required, in order to decide whether it should be looked upon as a species or a subspecies of the Australian //. morphnoules, but we think that the former is the best course at present. The difference in size is very great, and as far as we can judge from the few specimens we have examined, the colour appears to differ as well. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 47 3. Haliaetus leucogaster (Gm.). Falco leucogaster Gmelin, S>/st. Nat. i. 1. p. 257 (1788— Australia ! Restricted terra typica New S. Wales— Mathews, 1912). ¥ juv., Waigiu, ex Bi-nijii coll. 1 juv., Aroa River, December 1899 or January 1900. E. Weiske coll. 4. Pandion haliaetus cristatus (Vieill.). Buteo cristalus Vieillot, Noiw. Did. d'HUt. Nat. iv. p. 481 (1816—" Nouvelle HoUaude ''). Pandion haliaetus leucocephalus of modern authors up to 1912. 1 ad., " acUet^ d'un chasseur qui avait chasse a Waigiu et Salwatti." Ex Brnijn coll. 3 <?(?, Waigin. Ex Bruijti coll. (?, Dorey, March 1874. Ex Bruijii coll. (Specimen a of Salvadori's list on p. 12 of vol. i. of the Orn. Pap. e Molucche.) ?, Nicura, British New Guinea. Lis coll. ¥ , May 1887, Koustantinhafen, German New Guinea. J. Kubary coll. 2 ad., New Britain. Kleinschmidt coll. 1 ad., Uuke of York Island, October 1880. Kleinschmidt coll. 1, New Ireland. Collected by a missionary. S ¥ , Egum group, S.E. of New Guinea, 25. vii. 1895. A. S. Meek coll. 5. Haliastur indus girrenera (Vieill.). Cf. Nov. Zool. xxi. 1914. p. 210. ¥ ad., Nicura, British New Guinea, 21. vii. 1893. Lix coll. cJ ad., Ynle Island, S. New Guinea, August 1875. D'Albertis coll. (Specimen c, p. 17, Salvadori, Orn. Pap. e Molucche i.) t?, in moult, Ynle Island, 26. v. 1875. D'Albertis coll. (Specimen r, p. 18, Salvadori, Orn. Pap. c Molucche 1.) Ad., Brown River, Brit. New Guinea, 1898. E. Weiske coll. c? ad., Eergusson Island, 7. ix. 1894. A. S. Meek coll. Ad., Dobbo, Aru Islands, 10. v. 1896. Cayley Webster coll. S ad., Wokan, Aru Islands, 29. ix. 1900. H. Kiihn coll. <? ad.. Rook Island, 5. viii. 1913. No. 5926, A. S. Meek coll. Ad., New Hanover, 9. ii. 1897. Cay ley Webster coll. 0. Haliastur sphenurus (Vieill.). Milvus sphenurus Vieillot, Nuuv. Did. d'llist. Nat. xx. p. ^jCA (1818 — Australia !). cJ med., Kataw River, British New Guinea, October 1876. D'Albertis coll. (Specimen d of Salvadori's list, Orn. Pap. e Mol. i. p. 20.) 1, Nicura, British New Guinea. Lix coll. <S ad., Stephansort, German New Guinea, xii. 1899. E. Nyman coll. (?, Kumusi River, 11. viii. 1907. No. 3402, A. S. Meek coll. 7. Milvus migrans affinis Gould. Milvus Affinis Gould, Proc. Zool. Sue. London., " 1837," p. 140 (1838- Australia !) ; Si/n. B. Austr. pt. iii. pi. 47 (1838- Australia. Type from New S. Wales, accordiog to Mathews). ¥ ad., Stephansort, German New Guinea, 13. xii. 1899. E. Nyman coll. 1 juv., Stephansort, 1901. Miiller coll. Purchased from Rolle. Ad., Mt. Cameron, British New Guinea, 8. xii. 1897. Cole coll. 48 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII, 1915. c?, Nicnra, British New Guinea, 23. vii. Lix coll. 1, Nicnni, Lix coll. c? ad., Ynle Island, 12. v. 1875. D'Albertis. Specimen D of Salvadori's list. (? ad., Fergusson Island, 21. xi. 1804. A. S. Meek coll. 8. Henicopernis longicauda (Garn.). Falco loiigicaudus GuTDieT, Vmj. Coqti., Zool. i. p. 588. pi. 10 (1828 — Dorey). (??,Dorey, Bruijn coll. (Specimens a and h of Salvadori's list, op. cit. i. p. 23.) 2c?<:?,Andai. Bruijn coll. ?,Mansinam, iJ8. v. 1875. Bruijn coll. (Specimen/ of Salvadori's list, loc. cit.). ], inland of Holuicote Bay, British New Guinea. Roliu coll. ? ad., foot of Snow Mountains, 2000 ft., Dutch New Guinea, 14. x. 1910. A. S. Meek coll. ? ad., Avera, Aroa River, 6. iii. 1903. A. S. Meek coll. 1 ad.. Mountains of Kotoi, August 1898. A. S. Anthony coll. 1, Britisli New Guinea, 5. vi. 1896. A. S. Anthony coll. 1 ad., British New Guinea, 1901. A. S. Anthony coll. ? juv., Wokan, Aru Islands, 25. ix. 1900. Hch. Kiihn coll. (Probably subsjiecies nova ? The specimen is very small, but being evidently young, too much importance cannot be attached to its small size. Moreover, //. longicauda varies in size individually, and some — probably females — are much larger than others. But compare Salvadori's note, Orn. Pap. i. p. 24, where he says that specimens from Aru and the Fly River are smaller !) 9. Machaerrhamphus alcinus ^Vesterm. Machaerrhamjihus alcinus Westerm., Bijilr. tot de Dierhunde i. part 2. p. 29. pi. 12 (1848 — Malacca) : Rothschild & Hartert, Noo. Zool. xix. p. 190 (1912— Kumusi River). c? ad., Kumusi River, N.E. Brit. Now Guinea, 14. vii. 1907. No. 3312, A. S. Meek coll. 10. Baza subcristata reinwardtii (Miill. & Schleg.) FaJru (^Loplwtes) ReinwartUii MilUer & Schlegel, Viirli. Nt:iUrt. Orcrz. B'sflt.^ Ziiol. Are>i p. 35. pi. 5. fig. 2 (18.W-44 — " Celebes, Borneo." Errore ! Patria substitnta ; Amboina). Baza subcristata reinwardtii Rothsch. & Hart., Nor. Zool. 1913. p. 483 ! 1, " Waigin Gulf," Oct. 1884. Collector unknown. <S ?, Waigiu, 26. xii. 1902. From John Waterstradt's collectors. S, Misol, 23. i. 1900. Hch. Kiihn coll. ?, Salawatti, 29. vi. 1875. Odoardo Beccari coll. (Specimen tn of Salvadori's list, Orn. Pap. i. 28). (J Salawatti, II. v. 1875. Brujiu coll. (Specimen t of Salvadori's list, /.f.) S juv., Andai, 1879. Bruijn coll. (?, Ron, July 1897. Will. Doherty coll. 1 (J, 2 ? ?, Kapaur, December 1896. Will. Doherty coll. "Iris bright yellow; feet dirty or bluish whitish, joints of scales ferruginous, claws blackish ; bill black, base of upper and lower mandible bluish or leaden grey ; cere leaden or blue-grey." 1 ad.. Lower Ambernoh River. J. Dumas coll. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXU 11)15. 49 2 cJcJ, 2 ? ? ad., Upper Setekwa River, July to November 1910. A. S. Meek coll. See Mv. Zool. xx., 1913, p. 483. c? ?, Kamasi River, 4. vi., 14. viii. 1907. Nos. 3107, 3411, A. S. Meek coll. ? ad., Mt. Cameron, Owen Stanley Range, 13. ix. 1896. A. S. Anthony coll. 1 (?, 2 ? ? , Milne Bay, 11. iv., 25. x., 24. xi. 1898. A. S. Meek coll. (? ad.. Fly River, 6. ix. 1877. D'Albertis coll. (Specimen z of Salvadori".-i list, Orn. Pap. i. p. 29.) 1 ad., Mts. of Kotoi, British New Guinea, August 1898. A. S. Anthony coll. (S ad., Dobbo, Am Islands, 7. xii. 1883. Guillemard coll. Jan. Wannambai, Ara Islands, 28. vi. 1896. Cayley Webster coll. 11. Baza subcristata megala Stres. Baza subcristata megala Stresemann, Not'. Zool. xx. p. 307 (1913 — Fergusson Island) ; cf. Nov. Zool. xxi. p. 3 (Goodenough I.). 2 c?J, 1 ?, 1 sex undetermined, Fergusson Island, collected by A. S. Meek in 1894 and 1897. (? no. 627 : type oi megala.) S ad., Goodenough Island, l.iv. 1913. No. .5.530, A. S. Meek coll. There is absolutely no difference between megala and reinwardtii except the very slightly larger size of the former, which, however, cannot be denied. 12. Baza subcristata bismarcki Sharpe. Baza bismarcki Sharpe, in Gould's B. New Guinea i. pi. 4 (1888 — Bismarck Archipelago). 2 ad. (apparently males). Expedition Bay, New Hanover, 24. iii. 1897. Cayley Webster coll. (J, Tobera, New Britain, October 1905. C. Wahnes coll. For the differences of the various forms of B. stibcri.stata see Nor. Zool. 1901. pp. 378, 379, and for measurements Stresemann, op. cit. 1913, p. 308. 13. Falco peregrinus calidus Lath. Falco calidus Latham, Lid. Orn. i. p. 41 (1700 — India, Ex Latham, Supjd. Gen. Sipiops. p. 35. no. 112). " c? ? ," Sariba Island, British New Guinea, 23. xi. 1909, 17. iv. 1910. Receiveil from A. S. Meek. (For distribution see Hartert, Vog. iml. Fauna ii. p. 1047.) We have seen no other record for New Guinea. 14. Falco peregrinus ernesti Sharpe. Falco e.riiesli Sharpe, Ihis 1894. p. 545 (Borneo, collected by Mr. Ernest Hose). ? ad , Dutch New Guinea. From native hunters. Wing 319 mm. ? juv., Kiimusi River, British New Gainea, 15. vi. 190S. A. S. Meek coll. S ad., Eafa district, between Mts. Alexander and Bellamy, October 1895. A. S. Anthony coll. Wing 280 mm. ¥ fere ad., Woodlark Island, 3. viii. 1895. A. S. Meek coll. 15. Falco severus Horsf. Falco severus Horsfield, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, xiii. p. 135 (1821 — Java). Messrs. Meyer & Wiglesworth, in their admirable work on the Birds of Celebes (vol. i. p. 84), have separated three subspecies of Falco severus : F. severus severus, 4 50 N'OVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIT. 1915. which they call aa intermediate race from the Snnda Islands, Celebes, and probably other islands of the Archipelago ; F. severus indicus, the western extreme, which is to be lighter in colour, and F. seMrus papuanus, the extreme eastern, darkest form. As we have said before (Toi'. Zool. 190.5 pp. 251, 252), we cannot see the slightest differences between Papuan and Sunda Islands specimens, while our examples from British India are generally slightly paler, but our series from there is poor. We must therefore call the Papuan birds F. severus severus, or simply F. severus, until the value of the Indian race is better established. Mr. Stresemann {Xov. Zool. 1914, p. 77), evidently following Salvadori, quotes as a synonym of Falco longipennis : F. religiosus Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 397. This is evidently not quite correct, as Sharpe describes in the first instance a bird (and probably the identical one) as figured in fig. 5 on plate 2 of Schlegel's Voi/. j^ederl. Ind., Valkvogels, which is a F. ,'iemrus, and afterwards the melanistic specimen, of which he says that it is marked as the type oireligiosus, '' but probably in error." What that really means is not clear, as Sharpe was the first to publish the name rdigiosus, and to give a description of it. Salvadori corrects {Orn. Pap. i. p. 30) Sharpe's statements with regard to Schlegel's views, and, having examined the dark bird, comes to the conclusion that it is a melanistic F. longipennis (liumlatus). The name religiosus should therefore be quoted with " partim " in the synonymy of both F. severus and F. longipennis. We have the following skins of /'. sccerus from the Papuan Islands : ? ad., Waropcn, near Kurndu, April 1897. Bought by Will. Doherty. <? ad.,Sattelberg, Huon Gulf. Bought from Prof. Forster. (? juv., Owgarra, Angabunga River, 6000-8(JOO ft., 18. ii. 19U5. No. A 2112, A. S. Meek coll. 2 ad., 1 juv. Mt. Victoria, Owen Stanley Range 500U-7000 ft. A. S. Anthony coll. (? ad., Mt. Cameron Ifi. viii. 1896. A. S. Anthony coll. ? ad., Moroka, Owen Stanley Mts., 3000-6000 ft. A. S. Anthony coll. ? juv., Milne Bay, 23. iii. 1890. A. S. Meek coll. 16. leracidea berigora novaeguineae A. B. Mey. Hieracidea novaeguineae A. B. Meyer, Juur/i.f. Urn. 18'.I4 p. 8',i. (" Nova Guinea orientalis," types from German New Guinea.) See antea, p. IG. ? Dampier Island, 25. ii. 1914. No. 6736, Meek coll. S d., Vulcan Island, 28. xii. 1913. No. 6488, Meek coll. 2 cJ (?, 1 ? , Owgarra, Angabunga River, Oct. 1904— Jan. 1905. A. S. Meek coll. ? , Avera, Arha River, 3. vi. 1903. A. S. Meek coll. 1 juv., Sattelberg, German New Guinea, 17. xi. C. Wahnes coll. ? ad., Simbang, German New Guinea, 8. vii. 1899. E. Nyman coll. 17. Harpyopsis novaeguineae Salvad. Harpyopsh novae guineae Salvadori, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vii. p. 682 (1875 — Andai !). 1, " New Guinea," bought from Gerrard. (Evidently a skin collected in British New Guinea by Goldie.) 2 cJc?, Kabadi, British New Guinea, November 1899. Emil Weiske coll. 1, Sogeri district, British New Guinea, jjurchased from Messrs. Mcllwraith & Co. S, Mt. Musgrave, 7. viii. 1898. Anthony coll. NOVITATES ZOOLOQICAE XXII. 1915. 51 S, Avera, Aroa River, 5. xi. 1903. A. S. Meek coll. " Iris dark fawn ; bill dark horn-colonr, lighter at tip ; feet pale dirty yellow." 18. Megatriorchis doriae Salvad. & d'Alb. Mega trio rcli is iloriue Salvador! and d'Albertis, Ami. ilus. Civ. Gen. vii. p. 805 (1875— S.E. New Guinea). This genus was separated on account of its short ronnded wings, the very small difference in length between primaries and secondaries, and the long tail (in the original diagnosis is a misprint, " remigibas primaries paulo brevioribus " instead of " panlo longioribus " ; this is evident from a look at the bird and from Salvador!, Orn. Pap. i. p. 42). Later on Sharpe united Megatriorchis with Erythrotriorcki.i, bnt we cannot accept this alteration ; it was done on the strength of a bird which Sharpe wrongly identified with M. doriae, and which we were obliged to describe as a new species. In the typical Erythrotriorchis (type E. radiatus) the wings are much longer, the distance between the longest primaries and secondaries considerable, viz. 11-13*5 cm., as against 25-35 mm. ! in Megatriorchis. The tail in Erythrotriorchis is shorter and more even than in Megatriorchis, so that the bird has altogether a very different appearance. Of M. doriae we have so far the following skins : 1, Triton Bay, 25. vii. 1896. Cayley Webster coll. 1 jun., German New Guinea. Cotton and Webster coll. 1 ? ad., Mts. inland of Huon Gulf, German New Guinea. Purchased from Schneider. 1 cj ad., Astrolabe Bay. C. Wahnes coll. ? Kumusi River, British New Guinea, 5. viii. 1907. A. S. Meek coll. Needless to say, the females are larger than the males : wing ? 350, i 285- 92 mm. 19. Accipiter (Astur) eudiabolus Rothsch. & Hart. Accipilcr eitdiahohis Rotlischild & Hartert, Bull. B. O. Club, xxxv. p. 8 (October 1914 — Babooni, British New Guinea). Ad., Babooni, 3000 ft., September 1903. H. C. Pratt coll. (type). 20. Accipiter novaehoUandiae leucosomus (Sharpe). Astur norae-hoUandiae subsp. a. A. leucosomus Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. ilus. i. p. 119 (1874 — "New Guinea and adjacent islands). Though the difference in size is enormous, there is no other difference between the larger Australian white Goshawk and the smaller Papuan race. The whole plumage is snow-white ; the iris and cere yellow ; bill horn-black ; feet yellow. Wings of males 210-212, females 242-252 mm,, against 251-272 (males) and 293-308 (females) in A. novaehoUandiae novaehollMidiae. ? ad., Arfak Mts., June 1883. E. Mus. H. Guillemard. " Iris yellow." ?, Arfak — preparation. cJ ? , " N. Guinea," probably Arfak region. Purchased from Boucard. $, "Arfak," purchased from R. van Duivenbode. i ?, Sariba Island, February 1909. Albert Eichhorn coll., ex A. S. Meek. S , Collingwood Bay, 3. vi. 1899. No. 2551, A. S. Meek coll. 52 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 21. Accipiter poliocephalus Gray. Acc'piler poliocephaltis Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lnmhm, p. 170 (Aru Islands). The yonug is slate-colonred on the upperside aud the under surface is white with a more or less distinct creamy tinge and brownish black shaft-stripes. The sexes differ only in size. Sharpe described a hawk from Jobi Island in Geelviuk Bay as " Astur Mei/erianus " {Journal Linn. Soc. London, Zool., xiii. p. 458, 1878). Salvadori afterwards identified this new bird with A. albigularis from the Solomon Islands, but doubtless erroneously. The wing of A. meijerianus is, according to Sharpe, 315 mm. long, but Salvadori measures it even 320. This measurement is far too big for A. albigularis, the largest females of which have their wings not longer than 256 mm. Moreover, A. meyerianus being uniform black on the upperside, appears to be an adult bird, and adult albigulaiis have as a rule no black markings underneath. Even the distribution " Solomon Islands and Jobi " would have been a very unlikely one. Of A. poliocephalus we have now the following specimens : ? ad., Waigiu, 4. i. 1903. John Waterstradt coll. S juv., Mysol, 20. i. 1900. H. Kiihn coll., No. 1908. ? ad., Kaririri, Jobi Island, May 1897. Purchased from natives by W. Doherty. S ad., Trangan, Am Islands, 18. ix. 1900. H. Kiihn coll., No. 2458. ? ad., Wammar, Aru Islands, 8. xii. 1883. Dr. Powell coll. ¥ juv., " Arfak." Bought from Boucard. S (not ?) ad., Anday. E.\- Bruiju coll. ? ad., near Humboldt Bay, January 1899. J. Dumas coll. ? ad., Stephausort, 1899. E. Nyman coll. ? ad., Bihagi, head of Mambare River, 13. ii. 1906. A. S. Meek coll.. No. A 2404. " Iris brown ; bill black; feet dark yellow." <? ad., Aroa River, December 1899 or January 1900. Emil Weiske coll. ? jnn., Sariba Island, British New Guinea, 18. iv. 1910. From A. S. Meek. 2 c? (?, 1 ? juv., Fergusson Island, xii. 1894, 18., 24. vi. 1897. A. S. Meek coll. S juv., Milne Bay, 18. iii. 1899. A. S. Meek coll.. No. 2390. 2 tJ ad., St. Aignan, Louisiade group, 19. viii. 1897. A. S. Meek coll., Nos. 842, 843. 22. Accipitei' fasciatus polycryptus. '■'■ Astur Jasciatus" was first described by Messrs. Vigors & Horsfield from "Australia" in 1827, and this name, as pointed out by Hartert in 1905, stands before A. approximans on the same page, which latter name has been arbitrarily chosen for these hawks by Gould, Sharpe, and others. Mr. Mathews in his most recent list of the Birds of Australia, pp. 103, 104, separates three races : A. (or Urospiza, as he calls tham) fasciatus fasciatus (= approximans), from the Eastern parts of Australia. A. fasciatus cruentus, from Southern and Mid-west Australia. A. fasciatus dii/imus,* from Melville Island and the Northern Territory. We have nine adult females and one adult male (besides some young birds, which are of uu use for distinguishing such closely allied subspecies) from Queens- * I'robably misspelt for didijmus. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 101 "i. 53 land, an adult pair from the Alligator River in " Northern Territory," and an adult pair from West Kimbevley and Point Cloates. These seem to confirm the three races accepted by Mr. Mathews. The two birds from the Alligator River are not so brownish, but more reddish underneath, and the white cross-bars in the male an- narrower and more numerous. The female from Point Cloates and the male from West Kimberley are somewhat larger, and the underside is more cinnamon-rufous, less brownish ; the white bars are rather narrow. The series from Qneensland would be A.fasciatus fasciatus, the pair from the Northern Territory A. falciatus didimiis, the pair from Point Cloates and West Kimberley A.f. cruentus. In addition to these races, which require further confirmation by better series from the northern and western parts of Australia, we have another from New Guinea, at least a number of birds, undoubtedly of a race hitherto undescribed and in our opinion a form of A.fasciatus. AVe name this race Accipiter fasciatus polycryptus subsp. nov. It differs from (the males oV) A. f. fasciatus very strikingly by the more reddish colour of the underside with very narrow, in places obsolete, whitish bars, and smaller size. It is therefore more similar to A.f. cruentus and didimus, but still more and lighter reddish underneath and less sharply barred, also markedly smaller. The colonr of the upporside is also slightly more bluish. None of our females is adult ; the one showing a rufous underside with narrow white bars has still some feathers of the juvenile plumage (white with brown stripes), and has as yet only a few grey feathers on the upperside, which shows mostly still the brown juvenile feathers. W'e have the following specimens oiA.f.poli/cri/ptus : (? ad., " Sogeri district," 2000-3500 ft., British New Guinea (evidently a Weiske-skin). Purchased in London (type of subspecies). Wing 230 ram. (? ad., Nicnra, British New Guinea, 24. vii. 1893. Li.^ coll. "Iris janne orange, pattes janne orange." Wing 232 mm. S ad., Kumusi River, British New Guinea, 6. vii. 1907. No. 3293, A. S. Meek coll. " Iris golden yellow ; bill black and slate ; feet lemon yellow." Wing (worn) about 230 mm. ? semi-ad. Stephansort, German New Guinea. Miiller coll., 1901 (pur- chased from Rolle). ¥ juv., German New Guinea. Cotton & Webster coll. ¥ juv., " Sogeri district," 2000-3.500 ft. (evidently a skin made by Emil Weiske). Purchased in London. cJ juv., Owgarra, Angabunga River, 17. xi. 1904. No. A, 1865, A. S. Meek coll. " Iris steel grey ; bill black and slate ; feet dull jjale yellow." 23. Accipiter hiogaster etorques (Salvad.). [Falco hiof/aster S. Miiller, Vtrh. Xal. Gesch. Nederl. Incl, Land- en Volkmk. p. 110 (1841 — Amboiua).] Urospizias etorques Salvadori, Ann. Mas. Civ. Geit. vii. p. 901 (1875— New Guiaea and Salwatti). Cf. Nov. Zool. xii. p. 251 ; xxi. pp. 72, 73. (? ¥ ad., (? ¥ jnv., Waigiu, November and December 1902. John Waterstradt coll. ? ad., Mafor, March 1897. W. Doherty coll. 54 NOVITATES ZOOLOQICAE XSII. 1915. ? juv., " Arfak." Pnrchased from Boncard. 2 <SS ad., Takar, Dutch New Guinea, October and November 1896. W. Doherty coll. c? ad., Nicnra, British New Guinea, August 1893. Lix coll. (This specimen has an nnnsnally great amount of grey on the throat and chest.) ?ad., Baw Boi, interior of British New Guinea, 6000 ft., August 1902. A. C. Pratt coll. ¥ ad., Moroka, British New Guinea, 3000-6000 ft. A. S. Anthony coll. (S ad.. Chads Bay, British New Gniuea. No. 2666, A. 8. Meek coll. 2 ? ? ad., Kumusi River, British New Guinea, 28. v., 16. viii. 1007. Nos. 3050, 3419. A. S. Meek coll. 2 (Jc? ad., 4 ? ? ad., 1 cf .juv., St. Aignan, Loaisiade Islands, August 1897. A. S. Meek coll. (This series shows how variable the underside of this bird can be ; while the cross-barring is generally obsolete, or even absent, it is sometimes well developed, and the cinnamon-rufous ground-colour varies also in shade.) c? juv., Sudest Island, Louisiade Group, 26. iii. 1898. A. S. Meek coll. c? ? ad., 2 ? juv., Fergnsson Island, June and October. A. S. Meek coll. <?ad., Goodeuongh Island, 15. x. 1896. A. S. Meek coll. (This bird is very pale underneath.) S ? ad., Kiriwina Islands, S.E. of New Guinea, 4., 6. vii. 1895. A. S. Meek coll. 2 ? ? ad., Trobriand Islands, S.E. of New Guinea, May and June 1895. A. S. Meek coll. 2 ? ad., Woodlark Island, April and August. A. S. Meek coll. (These two females are rather dark underneath, but they are approached by others from other localities.) Two specimens from British New Guinea, one shot by Mr. Meek at Milne Bay, south-eastern British New Guinea, in February 1899, the other bought in London, apparently skinned by E. Weiske, but said to come from the low country near Port Moresby, have a peculiarly creamy underside with brown markings and rufous thighs ; they are probably specimens of A. h. etorques in an intermediate plumage. A female from Stephansort in German New Guinea, collected by a Mr. Bliiller, is nnderneath rather more l)rownish and barred with well-defined narrow whitish bars, much more distinct than usual ; the upperside is brownish, showing that this bird is not fully adult ; it is apparently also A. h. etorques. The skin of a bird shot by Heinrich Kiihn on Wokan, Aru Islands, 2. x. 1900, belongs perhaps to a different subspecies ; the underside is paler ;iud not so reddish as in our A. h. etovqm», and strongly barred with whitish. The upperside is rather brownish, the tail somewhat widely barred. This specimen has the dimensions of adult females of A. h. etorques, with a very strong beak, but it is sexed " c? " ; should it really be a male, it would be a considerably larger bird than A. h. etor-jues, but it may be wrongly " sexed." More material from the Aru Islands should be examined. 24. Accipiter hiogaster dampieri (Gurn.). Urosphias dampieri Gurney, Ibis, 1882. p. 45.S (New Britain). ? ad., Blanche Bay, New Britain, 30. V. 1901. Mencke Exhibition. (Exchanged from the Berlin Museum.) NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 55 ? ad., ? juv., Massawa, New Britain, October 1905. C. Wahues coll. i fere adult, ? jnv., New Ireland. Collected by a missionarj-. ? (au siibsp. nov.) ? meJ., c^jiiv., New Hanover, 20. ii. 1897. Ca)'ley Web- ster coll. For specimens from Manns, Admiralty Islands, see Nov. Zool. x.^i. p. 288. 25. Accipiter hiogaster rooki Eothsch. k Hart. Accipiter hiogaster rooki Rothschild aad Hartert, Xur. Znol, 1914. p. 288 (Rook Island). 2 cJc? ad, Rook Island, 24. vii., 2. viii. 1913. A. S. Meek coll. Nos. 5812, 6893. 26. Accipiter melanochlamys melanocMamys (Salvad.). Urospizias vulanochlamijs Salvador!, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vii. p. 905 (1870 — Arfak). (? ad., Arfak, New Guinea, .June 1S83. E museo H. Guiilemard ; boaght from Brnijn's hunters in Arfak. 27. Accipiter melanochamys schistacinus Rothsch. & Hart.). Astur melanochlamys schistacinu.-! Rothschild and Hartert, Nov. Zool. xx. 1913. p. 482. c? ad., Mt. Goliath, 2. ii. 1911. No. 5278, A. S. Meek coll. (type). ? ad., Owgarra, Angabnnga River, 13. xi. 1904. No. A 1842, A. S. Meek coll. Tliis female shows faint traces of bars on some of the feathers in the middle of the abdomen. 28. Accipiter cirrhocephalus papuanus (Rothsch. & Hart.). Astur cirrhocephalus papuannn Rothschild and Hartert, Nov. Zool. xx. 1913. p. 482. ? ad,, foot-range of Snow Mountains, 3000 ft., 23. x. 1910. No. 4883, A. S. Meek coll. (type). c? ad., Avera, Aroa River, 31. iii. 1903. No. A 168, A. kS. Meek coll. c? ad., Milne Bay, 14. ii. 1899. No. 2317, A. S. Meek coll. S ad., Mt. Victoria, British New Guinea, A. S. Anthony coll. ? ad., Sattelberg, German New Guinea, 1. xii. Wahnes coll. ? jnv., N.W. New Guinea. W. Dohcrty coll. ¥ juv., Sariba Island, British New Guinea, 17. iv. 191U. A. S. Meek coll. (? jnv., Aicora River, 21. ix. 1905. No. 9, A. S. Meek coll. ? juv., Rossel Island, 4. iii. 1898. No. 1537, A. S. Meek coll. XXXIII. FLOCEIDAE. 1. Lonchura monticola (De Vis). ytunia monticola De Vis, Ibis. 1897. p. 387 (Mount Scratchley, 12,200 ft,). 1 ad., Mt. Scratchley. A. S. Anthony coll. 4 (? ? ad., Mt. Knutsford, 11,000 ft., August 1898. A. S. Anthony coll. •' Eye dark brown ; bill bright blue ; feet black." The sexes are alike. Wings, 61-64 mm. This rare Mania is evidently an inhabitant of very high elevations. De Vis described it well enough, but we cannot agree to his statement that it " approaches M. nigriceps^' with which it has nothing 56 NOVITATBS ZOOLOQICAB XXII. 1915. to do. It is a much larger bird and has a softer plnmage ; the sides can hardly be called " barred " with black, bnt with black rather longitndinal markings than cross-bars. In Sh&rpe's Handlist this species has been leftont. 2. Lonchura castaneothorax nigriceps (Rams.). [Amatllna casUineoihorax Gould, St/nops. B. Austral, pt. ii. pi. 21. and text, 1837 — " Australia."] DoiiamUi nigriceps Ramsay, Proc. Linn. Snc. N. S. Wales i. p. 393 (1876 — near Port Moresby, New Guinea). (We have come to the conclusion that " M. nigriceps " and " M. sharpei" are best treated as subspecies of castaneothorax. The differences in colonr are not very essential, bnt generally the crown is strikingly different. While the feathers of the crown in castaneothorax are brown with wide brownish grey edges, they are brownish black with narrower and smaller brownish grey tips in nigriceps, still paler brown than those of castaneothorax, and with pale brownish grey borders all round in sharpei, where they are often so wide that the crown appears to be whitish grey altogether. The colonr of the rump and upper tail-coverts varies ; although it is, as a rule, very diiferent in the three forms, one can, sometimes, hardly find any difference.) (The name Lonchura for this genus had been rejected on account of a prior Lonchurus, and Munia was generally accepted instead. Modern nomenclators will use Lonchura again, as has been done by Mathews, who separated also three new subspecies in various parts of Australia, which we cannot discuss for want of material, and without knowing on what material they were based, as the author does not enlighten us on that point.) We have of Lonckm-a castaneothorax nigriceps the following specimens : 3 ad., inland of Holnicote Bay, British New Guinea, llohu coll. 6 ad., without exact locality, British New Guinea. Purchased in London. cJ ad., Milne Bay, 24. x. 1898. No. 2105, A. S. Meek coll. 3 c?d', 2 ? ? ad., Aroa River, January and February 1905. Nos. B 193, 194, 212, 213, 214, A. S. Meek coll. 4 <?(? ad., 2 ? ? ad., 1 jnv., Kumusi River, British New Guinea, July and August 1907. Nos. 3337, 3350, 3371, 3386, 3445, 3446, 3447, A. S. Meek coll. 3. Lonchura castaneothorax sharpii (Mad.). Doiiacicola sharpii JIadardsz, Bull. B.O. Club, iii. p. xlvii. (1894 — " Finisterre" Mountains, German New Guinea) ; Aquila i. pi. i. ? ad., Astralobe Bay, German New Guinea. Kunzmann coll. (exchanged from Berlin Museum). (S ? ad,, Stephansort and Friedrich-Wilhelms-Hafen, October and December 1898. E. Nyman coll. 5 c?(?, 5 ? ?, Vulcan Island. See antea, p. 45. 4. Lonchura caniceps caniceps (Salvad.) Munia caniceps Salvador!, Ann. .Mus. Civ. Gen. ix. p. 38 (1876— Naiabui, Hall Bay, S.E. New Guinea). 1 "<J" 4 " ? " ad., Yule Island, September 1904. A. S. Meek coll. 1 c? ad., Aroa River, 11. ii. 1905. No. B 218, A. S. Meek coll. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXll, 1913. 57 ?1 c? juv., Aroa River, 29. i. 1903. (No. A 149, A. S. Meek coll.) Feathers of crown brown with pale brownish grey edges ; back rnfous brown ; upper tail- coverts not brownish orange, as iu the adult birds, but with straw-colour ; underside buff, more greyish and with glossy ashy silvery margins to the feathers on throat and breast. The abdomen shows brownish black feathers coming, and we therefore believe that this bird is a young L. caniceps. ? 9 (? ? , apparently mostly young, like the young male just mentioned, Owgarra, on the Angabunga River, January and February 1905. A. S. Meek coll Some of these birds are quite young, being cinnamon brown above and below, lighter underneath, darkest on back. We are not sure if these birds really are L. caniceps or another (unnamed) species. There is, among the adult birds from Yule Island, a male with just one feather on the back of the same colour as in those from Owgarra. 5. Lonchura caniceps kumusii (Hart.). Munia caniceps kumusii Hartert, Bull. B. 0. Club xxvii. p. 47 (Uill — Kumusi River). 7 c?d" 4 ? ? ad., Kumusi River, June and July 1907. Nos. 3077, 3078, 3079, 3108, 3109, 3342, 3343, 3344, 3345, 3346, 3372, A. S. Meek coll. " Iris brown ; feet slate : bill black." 6. Lonchura caniceps (?) subsp. nov. 1 ad., inland of Holnicote Bay. Rohu coll. This bird is much paler underneath than even the palest kumusii, having sides of head and throat creamy whitish grey, rest of under surface greyish brown, more brownish towards the vent. It is probably another race of L. caniceps, but it would be hazardous to name it from one single specimen without a very definite locality and elevation where found. 7. Lonchura spectabilis (Scl.). Donacicola spectabilis Solater, Proc. Zonl. Soc. London 1879. p. 449. pi. xxxvii (New Britain, Brown coll.). 2 (?(? ad., 1 juv. (first plumage) Ralum, New Britain, January 1894 (Cayley Webster coll.) (From spirits.) t? juv.. New Britain, 13. v. 1880, Kleinschmidt coll. (From spirits.) About a series of young birds see Xod. Zool. xxi. 1914, p. 217. 8. Lonchura melaena (Scl.). Munia melaena Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. London. 1880. p. 66. pi. vii. 2 (Kabakadai, on the coast of New Britain). 7 adult birds, Ralum, New Britain, 7. i. 1894. Cayley Webster coll. (From spirits.) 9. Lonchura nigerrima (Rothsch. & Hart.). Munia iiir/errinta Rothschild and Hartert, Orii. Monatsber. vii. p. 139 (1899— New Hanover). 1 (S ad., 1 juv., New Hanover, 1897. Cayley Webster coll. 58 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. hi Lonchura grandis (Sharpe). Miiiiia graii'lis Sharpe, Jimrn. Liun. Snr. London, Zonl. xvi. p. 819 (1882 — Taburi in the Astrolabe Mountains, collected by Goldie). 1 ad., " Port Moresby." Purchased from dealer. (?? ad., Milne Bay, British New Guinea, 24. x. 1898, 17.1.1899. Nos. 2101, 2184, A. S. Meek coll. 5 c?? ad., Knmiisi River, in the northernmost part of north-eastern British New Guinea, July and August 1907. Nos. 3298, 3<;99, 33u3, 3309, 3311, 3421, A. S. Meek coll. " Iris dark brown ; bill and feet slaty blue." Sexes alike. 1 ? fere ad. (some buff feathers on abdomen, brown ones on head and throat), 27. V. 1907. No. 303(5, A. S. Meek coll. ? ad., Stephausort,.13. i. 1899. E. Nyman coll. (?an snbsp. nov.) The edges to the central tail-feathers are lighter and more yellow, the back is perhaps a little more brown than in the specimens from British New Guinea. " Iris red." 11. Lonchura tristissima (Wall.). Mnnia tristissima Wallace, Pros. Zool. Sos. Lonilmi, 1865. p 479 (X.W. Peninsula of New Guinea) ; Rothsch. & Hart., Nov. Zool. 1913. p. 520. cJ ?, Dorey, June 1897. W. Doherty coll. "Iris deep brown ; bill pale blue or pale purplish blue ; feet blue-grey." Ad. " Mt. Maori" near Humboldt Bay, January 1899. J. M. Dnmas coll. 7 (? ?, Upper Setekwa River ; of. JVoi;. Zool. 1913 p. 520. 5 c?? ad., Kumusi River, uorth-eastern British New Guinea, June to August 1907. Nos. 3202, 3338, 3339, 3359, 3385, A. S. Meek coll. 12. Oreostruthus faliginosus (de Vis). OreosphafuUginosa De Tis, //-;,< 1897. p. 389 (Mt. Scratcbley, 12,200 ft.). Oreostruthus fulifjinosiis: De Via, Rejiort on Nfio Guinea for 1897, Appendix AA, p. 88 (1898 — Mt. Scratchiey at 12,200, Wharton Range at 11,100 ft.). Oreostruthus fuHginosus Rothschild, Nor. Zool. 1899. p. 218. pi. ii. fig. 2. 2 (?(? ad., 1 S med., 1 c? juv., 1 ? ad., Mt. Knutsford, 11,000 ft., 20., 21. viii. 1898. A. S. Anthony coll. 1 c? jnv., 2 ? ?,Mt. Winter-height, 24., 20. viii. lS98. A. S. Anthony coll. " Iris rufous ; bill red ; feet brown." The copious and soft plumage of this mountain species is very characteristic. 13. Erythrura trichroa papuana Rothsch. & Hart. Erijthrura trichroa papunna Rothschild and Hartert, Nov. Zool. vii. 1900. p. 7 (Arfak Mts.). 1 (c? ad.) "Arfak Mts." Purchased from Gerrard in London. 14. Erythrura trichroa goodfellowi Grant. Erythrura trichroa goodfellowi Ogilvie-Grant, Bull. B. 0. Chih xxix. p. 29 (1911— Moroka Moun- tains, British New Guinea) ; Rothschild & Hartert, anteii, p. 45. 2 ad., 2 juv. Aroa River, 4000 and 5000 ft., August 1899. Emil Weiske coll. 2 (?<?, 1 ?, Mts. Kotoi district, British New Guinea. A. S. Anthony coll. ? ad., A vera, Aroa River, 26. i. 1903. No. A 106, A. >S. Meek coll. <? ad., head of Aroa River, 6. v. 1905. No. A 17»2, A. -S. Meek coll. KOVITATES ZOOLOGIOAE XXII. 1915. 59 (? ad. Bihagi, head of Mambare River, 5. ii. 1906. No. A 234(3, A. S. Meek coll. 2 cJcJ, 4 ? ?, Owgarra, Augabaiiga River, Jauaary 1905. Xo. A 196S, 2u02, 2006, 2007, 2019, 20.36, A. S. Meek coll. XXXIV. TURDI 1. Turdus papuensis (tSeeb.). Geocichla peqmensis Seebohm, Cut. B. Brit. .!/«.<. v. p. 158, pi. ix (1881 — S.E. New Guinea : type, collected by A. Goldie, in the British Museum). 2 (?(?, 1 ¥ ad., Aroa River, 3500 and 4000 ft., August, 1890. Emil Weiske coll. Wings 117'5-120 mm. ? ad., Snow Mountains, lower slopes, at 3000 ft., 18. x. 1910. No. 4849, A. S. Meek coll. : of. ^^oe. Zool. 1913, p. 3u5. Wing 112 mm. 1 ad. (probably ?) with nest and fragments of eggs, Sattelberg, 11. viii. 1011. Kaysser coll. Wing 112 mm. As the two birds collected by Meek and Kaysser are so much smaller than those from the Aroa River, the latter are probably all three males, unless there are two subspecies. S , Ohoiseul, Solomon Islands : of. Nov. Zool. 1905, p. 265. Wing 114'5 mm. 2. Turdus melanarius (Mad.). Memla 2'('i"'^"^'-^ ^^ ^i^i Report on Brit. New Guinea for 1899, App. "Birds,'' p. 112 (4 of separata) (1890 — Mount Victoria). Mernla melanaria Madardsz, Orn. Monataher. 1900, p. 23 (Astrolabe Mountains). (The na,me pripuensis cannot be used if the genera Turdus, Merida and Geocichla are united.) 3 ad., 1 jun., Mt. Scratchley, British New Guinea, 1897. A. S. Anthony coll. 2 ad., ait. Knutsford, ll,iJ00 ft., 18. viii. 1898. A. S. Anthony coll. 2 ad., 1 fere ad., 2 juv., Owen Stanley Mts., " 3000-5000 ft." 1897 (probably higher). Native coll. " c? ? ," Mt. Bnsu, 2600 m., inland of Huon Gulf, 23. .k. 1912. C. Kaysser coll. The two birds from Mt. Bnsu appear to be smaller (wings 120 and 121 '0 mm.) than those from British New Guinea, which have the wings 126-133 mm. If more material corroborates this difference, the form from the north must get a new name, as subsi:)ecies of T. melanarius. XXXV. BTTCEBOTES 1. Rhyticeros plicatus ruficollis (Vieill.). [Buceros plicatus Pennant, S[jec. Faun. Iiid. p. 4G. (1781 — Ceram and New Guinea ; patr. restr. Ceram).]* Buceros ruficollis Vieillot, Nouv. Diet. d'Hist. Nat. iv. p. 600 (181G — Waigiu). (? ad., Waigiu. Bought from H. Whiteley. c? ? ad., Momos, Waigiu, 24., 25. x. 1883. Guillemard coll. * Cf. Stresemann, Nor. Zool. xxi. 1914, pp. 99-100. The author says that his series was lost during transit. Fortunately they have now turned up ; how many there actually were, we cannot at this moment ascertain, but we have received 1 tj ad., Manusela, 1.'5. vi. 1911, 1 ^ juv., Manusela, 15. vi., $ ad., >^epa, 3. v. 1911, ? ari., M.akariki, 1. v. 1911. The dark chestnut head and neck o£ the male easily distinguishes this race from R. p. ruficollis. CO NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. S, Misol, 27. i. 1900. H. Kuliii coll. " Iris golden brown." ?i nearly ad. cJ, 7 jnv. and ? from Dutch New Guinea, bnt without definite localities. E.\ Brnijn coll. c? ad., Dorey, .Tnue 1874. Specimen c/ iu Salvadori's list in Or/i. Pap. S ? ad., Ron, June 1897. W. Doherty coll. S ad., c? jnn., Kapaur, December and February. W. Doherty coll. ?,Takar, October 1896. VV. Doherty coll. (tj iris red or orange; ? brown with yellow outer ring.) S ad., .Job!. Ex Brniju coll. 1 (J, 2 ? ?, Stephansort, 1899. E. Nyman coll. (? iris yellow). ? , Constantiuhafen. Knbary coll. 2 ? ?, Nicnra, (September 1803. Li.\ coll. (? ? ad., Oriori district, Owen Stanley Mts. A. S. Anthony coll. S ad., Fergusson Island, 3. ,\. 1894. A. S. Meek coll. 2 (? (J ad., I ? ad., 1 ? juv. New Ireland. Collected by a missionary. Adihtions to yoc. Zool. l'Ji.13, ji. 99. CoUuricincla brunnea tachycrypta subsp. nov. The specimens of which we said that we conld not see any relial)ii' dilference between them and Australian ones, differ from the latter by being smaller, l]y the bill being slightly slenderer, and by the white of the lores extending in a narrow line over the eyes and in a short streak or spot, more or less indicated, behind the eye ; the chest is also darker, thus throwing up the whitish throat in distinct contrast. Wings 121-127 mm. Type : c? ad., Milne Bay, 19. iv. 1890. No. 2484, A. S. Meek coll. Before Pinarolestes megarkyncka should be inserted : Pinarolestes obscurus (Meyer). Bectes ohscura A. E. Meyer, Sitzmigshcr. R. Al-ad. Wiss. Wien, Ixix. p. 390 (1874 — Jobi). 1 ad., Ex Brnijn coll. Probably from Jobi. 2 c? cJ ad., 1 ? Ansus, .Jobi, April 1897. W. Doherty coll. " Iris crimson- brown." c? ad., Tana Mera, October 1896. W. Doherty coll. " Iris rich chestnut ; bill black ; feet blackish." ? ad., Takar, November 1896. W. Doherty coll. "Feet grey-blue; bill blackish." 1, Ambernoh River. J. Dumas coll. In the females the bill appears to be blackisli or slate, not really black. N0VITATB3 ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 61 IN ALGERIA, 1914 A JOURNEY TO THE M'ZAB COUNTRY AND OVER THE CENTRAL HIGH PLATEAUS. By ERNST HARTERT, Ph.D. (Plates L, 11.) I. NARRATIVE. IN the mouth of March 1914 Mr. Rothschild and I set out for our sixth visit to study the fauna of Algeria and the desert beyond. After a month's stay at dear old Biskra, spent not unprofitably in collecting certain eggs, birds and Jepidoiitera, I left Mr. Rothschild on April 8, wending my way once more southwards into the eternal silent solitudes of the Sahara. I was again accompanied by our faithful friend Carl Hilgert, whose name is well known to readers of this journal. It was no longer necessary to make the long journey to Tuuggourt agaiu on mules, as tlie railway to that large oasis was almost finished, and the train took us as far as Djamaa. There we pitched tents, and next morning rode to Ghamra. We passed the large, shallow salt lake which we had seen before in 1909 and 1912, and it was full of ducks. There being no cover to approach them, we were unable to shoot anything, but we distinctly recognised, besides innumerable Fulica atra, a number of Anas querqmdula, a few Anas crecca, and hundreds of Sheld-dncks, Tadonia ta.dorna. At Ghamra we slejit, camping in a very picturesque place, near the extended oasis, and next morning we proceeded to Touggonrt. It was Friday and market- day, and a crowd of people in the town. We said good raorniug to Monsieur Henry Chazelles, now in charge of the hotel, and saw one Sliman, the headman of the camel-drivers who went with us to In-Salah, and who was eager to travel with us once more. We then continued our march through the large oasis of Temacin and Zaouia-Tamellath to Bledet-Ahmar. Thinking we knew the way, we separated from the caravan and guide, but we both went wrong I I got so deep into the Chott that it was impossible to proceed, and had to turn back, nnneeessarily losing much time, while Hilgert found a safe, though very slippery way through the swam23s, and reached the place where we had eamjjed in 1912; but alas, there was no living soul — the houses were deserted, some beginning to crumble to pieces. On account of the unhealthiness of the place Bledet-Ahmar had been moved about 5 kilometres farther eastwards. On April 11 we rode to the Hassi-Dinar, through low, rolling sand-hills, generally with a good deal of vegetation. We passed a well with water of a pleasant taste, though a rotten dead Jerboa floated in it — discovered after we had indulged in the cooling draught. The walls of the well probably served the Desert-sparrow, Fasser simplex saharae, as a nesting-place, for a pair flew round it ; but the camels were ahead and we had no ropes, or other means at hand, to make sure. The water in the well of Dinar is very brackish and supposed to be unhealthy, though it might serve in the place of the famous " Hunyadi Janes " water. Si/lcia nana deserti was seen occasionally, and we admired the tall 62 XOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. I!)15. bnshes of Limoniastrum guyonianum. The next morniug was one of those refreshing, thongh perfect])- dry aud qniet mornings one has in the .Sahara in the winter, np to the beginning of May. The thermometer, at half-past five in the morning, showed only 6°C. On the 12th we reached El-Alia, a promising place, belonging to a wealthy marabu. Riding at the head of onr caravan, we lost sight of it in a more or less slippery feebcha. We could distinctly see the jialms of El-Alia in the distance, as they were visible between some rich yellow sand-dunes. We therefore troubled little about the way, aud reached the place safely enough, but we crossed the dunes where they were widest, instead of where the belt was narrow, as we had done in 1912. Thus the crossing of the high dunes, where the sand was often so loose that the mules could only get through with great difficulty, took ns nearly an hour. Here, as elsewhere, one did not realise the extent of the dunes, which appear as a yellow line on the horizon, until one is right among them. At El-Alia the water of some of the wells is beautiful ; the palms grow mostly in deep holes, as in El-Oued (see A'or. Zool. xviii. p. 461, plates xxii, xxiii.), without being artificially watered ; and the population — mostly dark-coloured, probably of Berber origin and not Arab — is very hard-working. One sees little of them ; they are generally at work, digging out holes, planting trees, or carrying sand out of the gardens, and seem to have no time to talk and stare at strangers. The marabu and his son (who had to do the honours of the place until his father returned) invited us to dinner and tea, and would not fake a refusal. It was difficult to get away in time to catch a few lepidoptera, and we did not get any larger species. Here we began again to see the large Nenroptera of the family Myrmeleonides, among which we had discovered so many new species two years before {Nov. Zool. XX. p. 446). We saw two pairs of Oenanthe leucopyga aegra, vrfiich we had not seen here before. On the 13th we reached the sandy plain of El-Arich, which I described, JSov. Zool. XX. p. 26, as an El-Dorado for ornithologists. It is no doubt a very interesting place, but we were this time a little disappointed. The vegetation appeared to be less rich than two years ago, and hundreds of camels were feeding on it. We could not come across Caprimulgus aegyptitis at all, Ammomane.f phoeiiicufus arenicolor was hardly seen near the place where we camped — -we were unable to find our old camping-ground — Alaemon alaudipes was very rare, Scotocerca did not interest ns any more, Galerida theklae deichleri, to our amaze- ment, already had young. We were, however, not disapjiointed with Si/ln'a nana fleserti. We took four nests with eggs, but one was, unfortunately, too hard set for blowing; it was, however, some time before we accidentally, close to the camp, came across the first nest. Formerly we had found them in bushes of Traganum, Calligonum, and Ephedra. Onr search among these was this time in vain, probably because these plants had suffered from drought and camels, and all nests seemed to stand in the thick bunches of " Drin," Aristida pungens, a grass characteristic of the desert sand. Unfortunately the weather was dull — no sun, and windy ; it had been our intention to stay two days in the plain of El-Arich, but having succeeded in finding the eggs of the Si/kia, and the weather being bad for insects, we went on to the desolate hammada, in which is situated the well Hassi-Sidi-Mahmud, with very brackish water. Of the rare and beautiful lizard Agama tournevillei, on account of the absence of sun, only a single specimen was seen. JCOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 63 The chief object of this expedition was to collect eggs of some of the rarer species of desert-birds, especially oi Ammomanes phoenicunis arenicolor, Eremophila {Otoconjs) and others. It was therefore most discouraging when, soon after El-Alia, we saw the young of the Ammomanes rnnning about ; but our spirits were not long after revived by the finding of a clutch of fresh eggs 1 Another was taken near the well of Sidi-Mahmud. On April 15 we came to Guerrara, where tents were pitched outside the town, near the tents of numerous Nomads. We were most kindly welcomed by the former Khalifa,* Bassaid-ben-Hadj-Daoud, who invited us for dinner. We first had tea with the post-master, and also met the Kaid Kaci, who was absent when we came to Guerrara in 1912. We found him a pleasant gentleman, sixty years old, and Kaid of Guerrara for the last forty years. At dinner we also met again Mohamed- ben-Ahmed, the educated and well-informed teacher. We spent the evening very pleasantly with these tactful Beni-Mzab, and next morning bade adieu to the picturesquely situated town of Guerrara, which we are not likely to behold again. After a long march we arrived at our destination, the bordj (rest-house) of Hassi- Kebib, in the valley of the Oued Nca, which looked wonderful, filled as it was with luxurious green, winding its course through the dusty brown hammada (PL I.). Wide portions were covered with excellent fresh grass, and our mules had a regular feast on it. We now spent sixteen days at this place, devoting ourselves chiefly to the collecting of eggs. We succeeded in getting beautiful series of identified eggs of Ammomanes phoenicurus arenicolor, Ammomanes deserti algeriensis, Eremophila alpestris bilopha, Galandrella hraohijdactyla rabiginosa, Corvus corax ruficollis, Falco biarmicas erlangeri, Caccabis petrosa spatzi, and a few others, but we were most unlucky with the eggs of the Orested Larks. In 1912 we only met with Galerida t/ie/dae carolinae in this neighbourhood, and the same happened now during the first days. Somehow, in contradiction to our unexpected luck with the eggs of the other Alaudidae, we did not come across a nest with eggs of a Crested Lark, but we had several brought in by boys, which were taken some distance away. I was satisfied that they could only be the eggs of G. t. carolinae, but soon after we found, to our dismay, that Galerida cristata macrorhijncha was also quite common in the same district ! Therefore the eggs were useless, as the Arabs do not distinguish the two species. Well-identified series of eggs of the various forms of Crested Larks inhabiting the Sahara are still our desiderata. Those in the British Museum are almost all worthless, as most of them were not identified by the collector, and they cannot be named by localities alone, because almost everywhere two species occur or may occur side by side. Probably the eggs of each are most variable, and those of the two species indistinguishable in most cases, but more definite information is wanted. The time spent at the Hassi-Rebib was very pleasant and very fall of work, though the small room which we occupied was hardly large enough for two men to work, write, and sleep in (PI. I.). Moreover the weather was not favourable, as we had no sun for more than half the time, and more or less heavy gales, filling the air with brown dust and sand, and once we even had a short shower of cold rain. The river-bed was full of birds, nesting and on passage, but of residents nothing * Khalifa means representative, substitute. In the Mzabite towns the Khalifa, who is elected by the council for a few years, is the representative of the Kaid, when the latter is absent. 64 NOTITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. but what was alread}* known or to be expected was found. The most interesting mammal we obtained was a beantifnl old Wild Cat, Felis libijca margaritae Loche ; it is of special valne because nearh" from the typical localit)'. Hares were not as plentiful as in 1912 ; they were still mostly np in the hammada, coming to the river-bed a month later, when the vegetation on the plateaus dries up. Small mammals are scarce, probably on account of the periodical though apparently rare floods. The valley was very beautiful (PI. II.). The Zizyphus bushes and huge old Terebinth trees were green, many small plants covered the banks in places, and a fair-sized bush, sometimes five or six and even seven feet high, was covered with golden-yellow flowers with a mild, sweet smell. This bush is closely allied to Retama raetam, and is Boelia sj^haerocarpa Webb ; it so much resembles the Rctam that it is, apparently, often mistaken for it when not in flower, by non- botanists. I have only seen it in the valley of the Oned Nra and at Arefidji, between Touggourt and Onargla, but a twig from Arefidji was lost, so that it remained unmentioned in the list of my plants of 1912. The Arabs call the Boelia " Bachlul." The " Harmal," Peganum havmala L., was also in full flower, its smell being rather unpleasant. The catch of moths was below our expectations, doubtless chiefly because it was mostly too windy ; and hardly more than three nights were really good ones, being quiet, fairly dark, and not too cold. Of butterflies only Pi/rameis cardtii was very numerous ; they were partially worn, bnt many were just being hatched, and these generally rather small. On some days thousands were seen. On the Zizyphus- bnshes the " Blue " Tarucm teophrasttis was not rare, and twice a Swallow-tail was seen. Of Mi'litaeii dithpna harterti Rothsch. caterpillars were observed, but no butter- flies were flying yet. Of other insects some nice things were caught, but less than I had hoped for in a place so full of vegetation. One night we had an unpleasant surprise : a perfect invasion of a richly coloured winged Earwig, Forficula lucasi Dohrn. While attending the lamp we were already troubled by them, and when we came home to the " bordj " our faithful Sliman said we would have no sleep, for masses of little beasts with pincers filled the room. This was perfectly true : our beds were full of them, they crept over and entered — or tried to enter — every- thing, doing some damage to a few lepidoptera in papers, settling on our faces, iustifyiug their name by creeping into nose and ear, and generally being a bother. On the last of April we left the Oned Nf a and passed the night about 2G to 27 kilometres westwards on the hammada, apparently close to where we camped two years before. The night was one of the grandest seen in Africa, though very far from comfortable. The northern sky was absolutely blue-black, for hours continually lit up by lightnings, often as many as four flashes at once, the thunder rolling incess- antly, the sun setting and colouring the horizon to the west and south with blood- red shades. While rain fell in masses in the north, we escaped — though I actually felt three drops on my face — but the gale was strong and we were covered with sand and brown dust. The next morning we continued our march to Ghardaia, which we reached in time for luncheon. The hotel was newly whitewashed and painted, and the laborious hostess did all she could for ns, the husband spending his time in looking pleased, serving out drinks, making np accounts — and last but not least enjoying his meals and claret. The food was excellent ; all our old acquaintances were pleased to see us NOVITATES ZOOLOQICAE XXtl. 191?. 66 The Eiwhloc were over, not a siiiirle one bein^i: seen, bnt Ti't-ucolus nouna was common, and on tlie last day Melituea didi/ma liarterti appeared — possibly they were there before, bnt not seen, because there had been hardly any sun. A few Swallow-tails were canght, and Tarucu» teophrastus was very numerous aronnd some large Zizijpkus bushes. In the gardens only Lanius, Crateropus, Emheriza striolata sahari (nesting in houses), and Sparrows (all grey-headed I) were observed ; once some Ravens and now and then a Neophron were noticed flying overhead. The surrounding hammada is rather poor in birds, vegetation being less luxurious than near the Oued N(;a. On May 5 we motored to Laghouat, finding a convenient occasion. In the terebinth trees of Tilrhempt Sturnus unicoloi- was feeding its young, Corvus corax ruficollis (= umb/inus) wasdistinctly seen, and.the pretty little Scops-owl called m the middle of the day. In Laghouat we had to spend a few days. Again, as before, I was struck with the height of the palm-trees, which surpassed those seen in Biskra and elsewhere. What is said to bathe highest palm in Algeria, since the one in Sidi-Okba has been blown down, stands in a garden close to the hotel. Of birds evidently nesting in the gardens we observed, besides grey-headed sparrows: Chloris cliloris (mrantiiventris, feeding young ; only seen in the gardens in the town, not farther out in the oasis ; probably recently attracted by the pine-trees in the public garden. Carduelis carduelis africcnuis, common. Partis cueruleus til/ramariniis, not rare ; feeding young. Lanius senator senator, a few here and there. Otus scops scops, here and there. Emberiza striolata sa/iari, a few observed. Hirundo rustica and urbica, both species common, but apparently few nesting ; some Martins at the hotel. There are apparently no Turtle-doves, neither Streptopelia turtur nor senegalensis nesting in Laghouat. Migratory birds were still fairly numerous. From Laghouat we jiroceeded by automobile-omnibus to Djelfa. Our object was to rediscover the " Garrulus minor " of Verreaux. So far nothing was known of it but the description and figure. I had united with it the '^Garrulus oenops^^ of Whitaker, from the Great Atlas of Marocco, but it was desirable to compare a series from the typical locality. There are forests with fairly large oaks not very far from Djelfa, but they are not near enough to be conveniently reached. Moreover it was windy and cold, and Jays are not easily obtained during the breeding season ; so it happened that we only shot two specimens, but we also got a clutch of eggs. ^Ve were fortunate to make the acquaintance of Mr. Saby, the " garde general des forets " for the district, who is greatly interested in natural history, and our thanks are due to him for kind help and pleasant hours. From Djelfa we proceeded to Am-Onssera, where we collected Galerida cristata randoni, the type of which was shot there half a century ago, and at last we were right in the region of Cltersophilus jluponti, which we had e.xpected (cf. Nov. Zool. xviii. p. 465). From Ain-Oussera we continued our journey northwards to Boghari, thence by train to Alger, and on May 17 we joined Mr. llothschild again at the beautiful, idyllic Hammam Meskoutine, where we collected for nearly another fortnight. On 5 C6 ■ UoVlTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXlI. 1915. the 2Cth we had a hailstorm of pieces of ice generally measuring up to 55 by 40 mm. Fortunately they did not fall thick at Hammam Meskontine, while one of the mountain forests consisting of oak bushes and wild olives was quite destroyed, and the hailstones fell so thick up there that the hillside looked white from the distance. Early in June we returned to England, and thus ended our sixth journey to Algeria — full of more or less pleasant reminiscences, and not without results. II. NOTES ON SOME OF THE BIRDS AND THEIR NEST8 AND EGGS. 1. Corvus corax ruficoUis Less. Cf. Nui'. Zool. XX. p. 37. This is the only kind of Raven found in the M'zab country. It nests on terebinth trees in the large oueds and in the dayats between Laghouat and Ghardaia, and also on rocks. We obtained two clutches, both from terebinth trees, one of four and one of three eggs, both clutches partially incubated, on April 18 and 20. The eggs are quite like those of C. corax tingitanus, but smaller, especially less wide. Our two clutches measure 47 x 30-5, 45-4 x 303, and 43-3 x 29 5 ; 45x29, 44 X 28-6, 42-4 x 28-6, and 39-3 x 28 mm. A clntch of C. corax tingitanus taken by Hilgert from a rock near Biskra on April 4 measures 48-5 x 32, 44-9 x 33-1, and 44'2 x 32'7 mm. In the Oned-N(ja we found also a nest in a terebinth tree with three young birds. As these Ravens were very shy, and we saw no other way of getting a pair, I built a sort of hut of branches of Zizyphus and Retam, with a seat of Harmal, and waited until I had shot both birds, a beautiful pair of this desert Raven. In order to save the young birds from a cruel death I sent a boy up to bring them down ; he succeeded only in getting two — which he accepted for eating with great pleasure — saying the third one could already fly and he was unable to catch it. Passing the tree again a couple of days after, I was aston- ished to see two old Ravens circling round, and afterwards disappearing into the tree which contained the nest. So the improvised hut was again resorted to for observation, and there remained no doubt that these two old Ravens had come to feed and take care of the last young bird. I record this fact, as it is abso- lutely established, and does not happen very frequently, I believe. These Ravens do not only feed on offal, when animals have been killed for food, and on carrion, but also to some extent on lizards, as one I shot had in its bill an Agama inermis, and the same were found in their stomachs. 2. Garrulus glandarius minor Verr. Garriihis minor Verreaux, Rer. and Mag. Zaal. 1857, p. 430, pi. xiv. (" Algerie ") ; Loche, Cat. Mamm. et Ois. p. 52(1858 — "Djelfa"). Loche here mentions that he presented the type, evidently the sole specimen which he had, to the " exposition permanente d'Alger " ; this exhibition was by no means permanent, but was distributed some years after, and we do not know where the specimen is now. The skin in the British Museum, which was described as G. minor by Sharpe in Cat. B. Brit. Mits. iii. p. 9G, is G. glandarius whitakeri Hart.— See Bull. B. 0. Club xxxiii. p. Ul, June 1914. A nest was found on May 8, about 12 kilometres from Djelfa. It stood 4 metres hm\\ in a dense oak tree. The nest was rather small, looking from KOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. Bt below not. larger than a Blackbird's nest ; it was bnilt ontside with dry twigs and lined with very fine grasses, bnt without any roots whatever. The fonr eggs are typical Jay's eggs. They are rather pale greenish with distinct spotting. The eggs of G. g. cervicalis I have been able to compare are distinctly larger, but probably nuusually small ones could be found to match those of G. g. minor. The eggs of G. g. glundarias are also larger than those of minor, but exceptionally small ones occur which are equally small. The four eggs, which are the full clutch, being slightly incubated, measure: 30-9 x 22-3, 30-4 x 21-5, 29'8 x 21-8, and 301 X 22-2 mm. 3. Pica pica mauritanica Malh. The African Magpie is not rare in the forests north, west, and north-west of Djelfa. A number of old nests were found, and one containing young. 4. Sturnus unicolor Temm. On May 5 we saw " Sardinian starlings " feeding j'oung in the terebinth trees of Tilrhcmpt, between Ghardaia and Laghouat. 5. Oriolus oriolus oriolus (L.), While I was somewhat doubtful as to the nesting of the Oriole in Alo-eria, I have now sufficient jiroof of its breeding (if allowed to by men !) at Ain- Oassera, in higii tamarisks, in the mountain woods of the Djebel Taya, and doubtless elsewhere. 0. Loxia curvirostra poliogyna Whit. Crossbills are common in the pine-woods of the Djebel Senalba, near Djelfa, but they were in snch badly worn plumage when we were there (May 9) that we did not make a large collection of them. The specimens we shot are rather pale, no male was seen with much red, but Mr. Saby told me that bright red ones were common in autumn. The Djelfa specimens agree well with Tunisian poliogijna, while those from near Alger town are darker ; as the latter were obtained much earlier in the year than any we have seen from Tunisia, Batna, or Djelfa, the darker coloration may be due to the season when they were shot. 7. Erythrospiza githaginea zedlitzi Neum. Not rare near Hassi-Rebib in the Oued-Nfa, where they used to come to the wet places near the cistern, where animals had been watered or water spilt. Two fresh eggs were found on April 25. 8. Petronia petronia barbara Erl. On May 9 a nest containing seven quite fresh eggs was found on an empty building on the M'zabite cemetery, close to Djelfa, deep inside a hole. 9. Passer hispaniolensis hispaniolensis (Temm.). At least during the first week of our stay at Hassi-Kebib, and perhaps all the time, a flock of over thirty red-headed and female Sparrows flew about in the 68 KoVlTATrS ZOOLOGICAE XXIt. 1915. river-bed. Tliey were exceedinglj- shy, and we obtained only a single male, which is a typical hispaniolensis. This is very interesting, because the M'zab country is, as far as we have been able to observe, entirely inhabited by P. domesticns tingitanus, more or less pnre ; at Ghardaia and Gnerrara no specimen with qnite red crown or any stripes on the sides could be procured or observed. It is evident, however, tliat flocks of .Sparrows immigrate occasionally ; thus, besides this one at Hassi-llebib, where they did not nest and were not known to the Arabs, a similar but smaller flock was observed at one of the lonely bordjs between Tonggourt and El-Oiied, far away from any inhabited jilace, in April I'JOU. I'l. Rhamphocoi-ys clot-bey Bp. See Nov. Zuol .xxi, 1914, p. UK), pi. viii. Near Biskra this magnificent Lark is very rare during the breeding season. That it breeds there in small numbers is certain. On March 22, 1909, Hilgert shot a pair two miles from Biskra, the female of which had strongly enlarged eggs which would have been laid in about eight or ten days. On April 12, 1913, Count Zedlitz shot a pair about ten or twelve kilometres from Biskra, and in 1912 Messrs. H. M. Wallis and C. E. Pearson found young ones, which had just left the nest, on April 8, about six miles south of Biskra. This year Mr. Rothschild, Hilgert and I went over the same spot where Count Zedlitz shot the birds, and probably also to the place where Messrs. Wallis and Pearson discovered the young birds, but we did not see or hear anything of the " tarsha," as it is called by some Arabs (though only the nomads know this name, the townspeople of Biskra being acquainted with hardly any names of birds). We failed also to come across the " tarsha " east of Gnerrara, where we found it in 1912; but west of that town, nearing the Oued-Nra, we saw it, and it nested in the hammada all round Hassi-Rebib, though by no means in great numbers. Clutches of two, three, and four eggs were obtained on April 19, 22, and 23. All were fresh, but the clutches of two eggs were probably not complete. The date of the young birds found by Messrs. Wallis and Pearson near Biskra is an exceptionally early one, according to the experience of Professor Koenig and of ourselves in AVest Algeria in 1913. According to our observations the second half and end of Ajiril is the best time for finding the eggs. The nests and eggs agree fully with those found near Ain-Sefra, but the majority of nests stood under the bushes of Haloxj/lon articidatum, which here almost entirely replace the Artemisia herba-alba of the Hants Plateaux. The eggs are generally rather elongate and always much more pointed on the thin end, only a few being considerably shorter. The markings apjiear either in small dots, almost uniformly spread over the surface of the eggs, or in larger patches, less thickly spread, and often forming a zone round the thick end. Sometimes the reddish spots are darker, more brownish, and the ground-colour is purer white and more evident. The following are the outside measurements : Clutch of three, 23. iv. 1914: 29 x 184, 27-9 x 18-7, 25-7 x 188 mm. Clutch of two, 27. iv. 1914: 28-7 x 19, 28-7 x 18-4 mm. Clutch of four, 22. iv. 1914: 267 x 16-9, 2(5-.5 x 18-2, 26-2 x 17, 2.')-7 x 17'4 mm. Clutch of two (third broken), 23. iv. 1914: 23-G x 18-4, 23G x 18-2 mm. NOVITATES ZOOLOGIOAE XXII. 1915. d9'. (Alaemon alaudipes alaudipes Desf. The "Muka" does not breed iu the neighbourhood of the Hassi-Rebib, bnt a pair or two occnr about halfway between the Oued N(;'a aud Ghardaia. I must here correct an error in the account of the birds of the Western Sahara. In Noo. Zool. XX. p. 46 1 described two supposed clutches of A. a. alaudipes. One was found in the usual way, in a nest on top of a small bush, and the eggs are typical " Muka " eggs. The other clutch was brought in by one of our men in the nest; he said the nest had stood on the ground, near a stone, but that it was nevertheless a " Muka." The nest resembled that found oa the bush, the eggs also, except that they were much smaller. I remarked at the time (I.e.) that the position of the nest was an unusual one, and that the eggs were unusually small I I had then no eggs of Ammomanes phoen. arenicolor to compare, more- over we had seen plenty o? Alaemon, but after many days the Ammomonanes phoen. arenicolor only appeared again for the first time in that place — a single pair being seen. There can now be no doubt whatever that the two small eggs, measuring 20 x 16 and20'l x 1.5'9 mm., are eggs oi Ammomanea phoen. arenicolor, and nests of Alaemon alaudipes are always placed on the top of small bushes I Though we took no eggs in 1914, we saw again empty ndsts and one with young.) 11. "Alauda arvensis harterti Whit." We have identified the Skylarks breeding near Batna and Lambfese and those on Djebel Mahmel as Alauda arvensis harterti, because — like the type of the latter — they differ from the Skylarks wintering in Algeria by a longer bill aud browner coloration. With those birds from the Aur6s Mountains and Batua agree those nesting on the Hauts Plateaux, near Ain-Oussera. They are not rare on the clayey steppe and among the meagre cornfields. It is desirable to compare a series from the breeding ground in North Tunisia. Zedlitz's specimens from Lac Fetzara appear to be darker than ours from the Plateaux and Anres Mountain district, but being very strongly worn comparison is difficult. 12. Calandrella brachydactyla rubig^inosa Fromh. Cf. Nin-. Zonl. xxi, I'.HI, p. I'j2. I have already mentioned, JS''oi). Zool. xx. p. 42, that the country east aud west of Guerrara is probably the southernmost breeding-place .of Short-toed Larks. In April 1914 we found it not at all rare near the Oued-Nrja and between the latter aud Guerrara. We obtained fresh eggs, two and three in a clutch, on April 22nd, 23rd, 2.5th ; also a full clutch of four- near Ain-Oussera on May 12. The eggs, as is well known, vary cousiilerably ; some are very elongate, others shorter aud thicker, one clutch pyriform I They cannot be confounded with the larger eggs of Ammomanes deserti algeriensis, nor with those of xi. phoen. arenicolor, but some of the exceptionally small eggs of the Eremophila are sometimes almost indistinguishable. {Calandrella minor was not met with, although I was particularly on the look-out for it. It is a bird of the northernmost Sahara and parts of the Hauts Plateaux only.) 70 ■ NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAB XXII. 1915. 13. Ammomanes deserti algeriensis 8harpe. The Algerian Desert-lark is not at all rare near the Oned N^a, bat it is neither found in tlie river-bed nor, as a rnle, on the endless monotonons jilain to the south, but iohabits chiefly the nudnlated hill-couutry north of the cued, the slopes of ravines or depressions — in short, those parts where the ground is more broken. The second half of April is apparently the jjrincipal breeding season, though it varies, and we found young birds already flying about on April 28, and a hard-set clutch of eggs was found near Biskra on April 1. Formerly we have also found fresh ones during the first half of May. While clutches of four are usually not very rare, we have only seen clutches of three from the M'zab country this year, but some of theai may not have been completed. The eggs of ^4. d. algeriensis are, as a rule, easily distinguishable from all other eggs found in the Northern Sahara. They are thicker than those of the Eremophila, and the ground-colour is, as a rule, creamy or with a reddish hue ; the markings consist in most cases of larger spots and patches of a rufous-brown, generally somewhat pale, sometimes darker, less frequently reddish. Between these brownish spots the pale grey or pale violet-grey, deeper-lying spots are distinctly visible. The markings frequently form a ring or zone round the thick end. Such "typical" eggs cannot be mistaken for any others found in the same country, but many varieties occur. The size — as usual in so many eggs — varies a good deal, and the markings are often quite fine, small spots ; such eggs, if unusually small, may closely resemble certain varieties of the eggs of Eremophila (ilpestris bilopha. The ground-colour is occasionally quite white, and such eggs, if unusually small, would hardly be distinguishable from eggs of Ammomanes pkocnicurus arenicolor. The Arab name " Bachliula " is doubtless meant to represent the peculiar song of the male, which has the same number of syllables and the same cadence. 14. Ammomanes phoenicurus arenicolor (Sund.). Kear El-Alia with young flying about on April Vi. The same day, however, clutches with fresh and about half-way incubated eggs were found, others from fresh to hard-set from that day onwards to the end of April. The clutch consists generally of two eggs only, though three are not very rare, but more than three were not found. The nests stand usually by the side of a small bush, mostly Haloxtjlon articulatiim, the " remeth " of the Arabs, a salsolaceons plant which on the stony plains between El-Alia, Guerrara and Ghardaia generally takes the place of the Artemisia lierba-alba of the Hants Plateaux, which is not very common here. Sometimes the nest stands almost free, by the side of a stone, and once it was found on the east side of a large flat stone placed upright as a sign to indicate the " road." The nests are composed of small twigs of desert plants and a few grasses, interwoven with plant-wool, sheep's wool, and pieces of cloth. The nest is surrounded by a rampart of stones, sometimes quite elaborately, less frequently obsolete or almost wanting. There is no doubt that these ramparts of stones serve to keep the nest in its place, as a fortification against the frequent gales of the desert. All nests we saw were placed on the east or south-east side of the bushes or stones. The birds are quite tame and will come back to the nest within ten to twenty minutes, if not before, if one waits at some N0VITATE3 ZOOLOOICAE XXII. 1H15. 71 distance and keeps q^niet. The nsnal call is a fine and short whistle, quite characteristic, and the song is a shrill " e-hiht e-hiht e-hiht," as rendered by Koenig, or " ve-eet ve-eet ve-eet," uttered while flying in short curves over the ground. The eggs are generally very easily distinguished from those of ^. d. alqeriensis, being smaller and especially not so thick, and having a white ground-colour, often, if held against the light, even with a faint light greenish hue. The markings are usually very small, of a dark brown or greyish brown, and the deeper-lying greyish spots are not very obvious ; the latter are, exceptionally, quite absent, and only a few small spots of the deepest brown remain. Occasionally the markings are bolder and of a rufescent brown, and such eggs are hardly distinguishable from unusually small ones of A. deserti algeriensis. The following are some measurements of the eggs o^A. phoenicurus arenicolor: 23-2 X 15-5, 23-7 X 15-1, 224 x KrS, 21-5 x 15-5, 22x15-6, 21-6 x 15-4, 21-3 X 15-3, 21-8 X 16-9, 225 x 14-9, 21 x 16, 22" x 14-4, 22-2 x 13-7, 21-7 X 15-7, 20 x 14'4, 19-6 x 14-9, 19-9 x 15, 21-7 x 14-5, 21-7 x 15-2, 22-2 X 15-1, 22 X 14-7, 21-5 x 15-7, 22 x 15-5, 21 x 15-9, 21-9 x 152, 22 x 15-5, 21-6 X 15-4, 21-7 X 15-2, 2M x 15-6, 21-4 x 15-5, 23-5 x 15-3, 20-8 x 15-1, 20-7 X 15-5, 21-8 x 15-5, 2M x 15-6, 21-6 x 14-5, 21 x 15-7, 21-5 x 15-4, 21-4 X 15, 19-5 X 15-5, 19-9 x 14-6, 19-9 x 149, 19-3 x 14-4, 194 x 14-7, 19-6 X 15, 20-4 X 14-9, 20-6 x 14-1, 20 x 147, 19-9 x 14-9, 19-8 x 15-5, 20 X 14-8, 20 X 14-5, 20-8 x 15-5 mm. Koenig, Jouni. f. Or/i. 1895, pp. 451, 452, describes three clutches which he found in 1893. His measurements are 19 x 14, 20 x 14, 19 x 15, 19 x 14, 20 X 14, 20 X 14 mm. They give thus a very wrong idea of the average size of these eggs ; if correctly measured his three clutches had unusually small eggs, though it Is strange that we, among 100 eggs, should not have come across one as small as 19 x 14 mm. ; but Koenig mentioned only full millimetres, so that probably his measures are only approximate, or at least more so than mine. The parent birds we found by no means shy near their nests. 15. Eremophila alpestris bilopha (Temm.) This exceedingly pretty little bird is quite common on the stony plateau where Ammomancs phoenicurus arenicolor and Rhamphocorys are found. The call-note is a short whistle, but more drawn out and a little deeper than that of A. ph. arenicolor ; these differences are hard to describe, but once one has heard them can be well distinguished. The song is a very fine warbling note, not at all loud, and almost impossible to describe. As a rule the birds are very tame. There is no doubt that the second half of April is the chief breeding-time, as many fresh, little, and hard-set eggs were found from April 19 to 30. The nest is built like that of A. ph. arenicolor and not distinguishable from the latter. It stands also under small bushes of Haloxtjlon articulatum, thistles, close to a Concolmihis supimts (once), or, rarely, by the side of a stone. Koenig found several nests under Helianthemum sessiliflorum, with a beantifnl golden-yellow flower, bnt we did not see a nest under that plant, though it is generally common on the hammada where Eremophila breeds. The nest is generally surrounded with a rampart of stones on the outside and, as a rule, on the east or south-east 72 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. side of the protecting bush or .stone. The clutches consist of two or three eggs, hut two are mnch more frequent than three. The eggs are remarkable for their elongate shape, the thin end being nsnally rather well pointed. The colour is variable, the ground-colour being cream-colour, greyish white, pale stoue-grey, or dull pale reddish. The markings are generally fine tips and dots, equally spread over the surface of the egg, or the egg is clouded all over, thus appearing almost uniform. Sometimes the brownish markings are larger and the pale violet-grey deeper-lying spots are obvious between them. The markings sometimes form a well-marked ring round the thick end. Very rarely a greenish tinge is apparetit in these eggs. The shell is stronger and thicker than in eggs of Ammomancs, so that an egg of this Ereviophila will, as a rule, weigh as much as a larger egg of Ammomanes dese7'ti algeriensis, some varieties of which are not with certainty distinguishable from heavy-spotted and large eggs of the Eremnphila. The following are some measurements : 21 X 15-4, 21-4 X 15-4, 21-4 x 15-2, 21-8 x 15-6, 21-5 x 15-1,22-ox 15-2, 21.5 X lo-7, 21-7 X 15-8, 23-2 X 15,24 x 15-1,24 x 16,24- x 15, 22 x 10-1, 23-2 x 15-5, 21-2 X 16-4, 23 X 15, 22 x 15-7, 22 x 15, 228 x IS'O, 22-2 x 15, 22-8 x 14-9, 221 X 15-7, 22 X 15-2, 21-6 x 148, 22-6 x 156, 227 x 15-5 mm. One egg measuns only 19-7 x 14-8 mm. I should have taken it for an egg of Cnlandrella if it had not been verified, but I found the nest myself on April 30 on the way from the Hassi-Rebib to Ghardaia ; both Hilgert and I saw the bird on the nest. The other egg of the clutch was rather elongated and larger, but it was unfortunately broken by the Arab who handed it to me, while I was sitting on my mehari. Both eggs were very hard set, almost hatching. The eggs of the Ercmophila — though generally quite characteristic — run sometimes to extremes which are indistinguishable from certain eggs of Ammoinam's ih\st'rti algei-iensis and Calandrella bracl/i/dncfi/hi nihiiiiiiom, but they are more finely grained and their shell is thicker— peculiarities which are, however, not easily detected in dried empty shells. 10. Chersophilus diiponti dupouti (V'ieill.) In yov. Zool. xvii. p. 4(35 we said that we expected this interesting Lark to inhabit the Hants Plateaux of Algeria. Our expectation was justified and realised. On May 10, travelling in a motor-omnibus from Djelfa to Ain-Oussera, the vehicle stopped for three or four minutes a few kilometres north of Guelt-es-Stel ; there suddenly a cnrious song like " tssii dida diii " struck my ear, and knowing the song of every other bird which could be found on a desolate plain like the [ilace where we stojiped, I knew it could only be that of the coveted Clu'.rsophihis, a conclusion which was at once confirmed by Hilgert, who was acquainted with this Lark from Tunisia. I was rather sorry we could not stay at Guelt-es-Stel, but onr arrangements were made for Ain-Qussera, and so we had to proceed onwards over the dusty plain to that caravanserai, and the very same afternoon we had shot two Cliersnpliilus. The country round Ain-Oussera is a clayey plain with innumerable single bushes of Artemisia herba-alba, halfa-grass and other plants, and here and there meagre corn-fields. It had been a dry year here on the plateau, while, on the other hand, the northern Sahara had been blessed with unusually much rain, so that the surroundings of Biskra looked greener than I had ever seen them — more so even KOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXII. 1915. 73 than in 1912. Some distance from Ain-Oassera Chersophilas was not qnite rave, bnt these little brown birds rnn very swiftly over the gronnd, and harmonise so wonderfully with the soil that they are easily overlooked. They are generally shier than other larks, and it takes qnite a time to get a series. The song by which their presence is easily detected is either as described above, or " tsii didla didla diii," the last note almost like the call-note of Ammomanes plioenicura arenicolor. A male coming to the nest once uttered a churring " terrrrrrrr." The song is uttered while the male soars skywards until it is almost lost to sight, often higher than skylarks. On Blay 13, at the same time when full-grown young were running about, a nest with three fresh eggs was found. Though fresh, the clutch was completed, as we left it undisturbed for twenty-four hours, until the morning of our departure. The parents were rather shy, and it took a long time before they came back to the nest. The nest stood rather deep and well hidden under a bush of Artemisia herba- alba and consisted almost entirely of rootlets, fibres and twigs, with one small bunch of hair. Another empty nest stood under a halfa bush, very well hidden, and without any hairs, feathers, or vegetable wool ; both also qnite without a rampart of stones. The eggs resemble some varieties of the Skylark ; their ground-colour is a very pale brown and the markings are of a darker brown, bold on one, very fine on another, and intermediate on the third ; one egg has fine black hair-lines. The eggs are thick, the thin end rather pointed, and measure 2-lr-6 x IT'?, 23-8 x 17'0, and 24-4 X 18 mm. The Chersojjhihis of the Hants Plateaux is undoubtedly the typical dark form Ck. duponti duponti. The young birds have the npperside more rnfous, most of the feathers have creamy white tips, and the deep brown centres are less developed than in the adult birds. The narrow white nuchal collar is very conspicuous. The feathers of the chest have roundish (not longitudinal) brown tips and creamy white fringes. We have not seen a sign of Ckersophilus on the Oued Ncja, nor anywhere in the south. Tristram {Ibis, 1859, p. 427) says he shot the bird on the Oued Nna, where, he says, Loche also collected it. In the catalogue of his collection, Tristram mentions specimens from Ouargla and " near Mzab," which would probably mean Ghardaia. Loche says " Ras-Nili," a place which I cannot find, unless it is near the caravanserai of Nili between Laghouat and Ghardaia. The specimens in the Tristram collection, kindly sent me from Liverpool by the authorities of the Museum, are: two labelled Ouargla ("Waregla") December 1856, and one received from Loche, " Sahara, near Mzab." I doubt the full correctness of these statements. First of all, the statements do not agree, as Ouargla, Oued Nra and Mzab are not the same, and " Ras Nili " is apparently still another place. Moreover so far south one would surely expect the South Tunisian Chersophilm duponti margaritae, and nobody has since come across Ckersophilus near Ouargla, on the Oned N(;a, or at Ghardaia — neither we, nor Koenig, Spatz, Fromholz, or Geyr von Schweppenburg. I doubt, therefore, if Chersophilas duponti duponti is found near Onargla and on the Oued Nga, and its occurrence in Algeria south of the Saharan or Southern Atlas has still to be verified. It may occur in the region of the Dayats, but we have there searched for it in vain in 1911. The neighbourhood of Ouargla appears to be quite unsuited for it, and if a Ckersophilus should live there, it would not be C. d. duponti, but either margaritae or another subspecies. 74 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. IDItl. IT. Galerida cristata macrorhyncha Tristr. While during our short stay in 1912 we had only come across G. tkeklae carolinae in the Oued N^a, we found this year the long-billed Crested Lark almost as common. The two species were found close together, thongh generally the carolinae kept more to hammada bordering the river-bed of the Oued Nf a, while macrorhjncha, was met with, as a rule, in the tributary little oneds on its southern side, where the ground was less stony and where much small vegetation had sprung up. Out on the open hammada skylarks were never seen. In habits no marked difference was noticed, though carolinae was seen soaring skywards when singing, macrorhyncha only attempting to do so. From G. c. arenicola the G. c. macrorhyncha only differs in its generally darker npperside (e.«pecially the crown) ; while the larger dimensions are only noticeable on an average, when series are measured. 18. Galerida cristata randonii Loche. (See Nov. Zool. xviii. pp. 488, 493.) As Mr. Rothschild and I have said before, G. c. ramlonii, if different, must be restricted to the great plains of the Hants Plateaux. When rushing over them in 1911 we did not come across any form of G. cristata. In 1914 I decided to go to Ain-Oussera, a wayside caravanserai where, according to Loche's Catalogue of 1858, the type of randonii had been shot. It was there still, but very rare, and we only managed to shoot two males. These, however, together with the old specimen from the Riocour collection marked as randoni, show that this form has the bill stronger and apparently, as a rule, longer, the chest more heavily spotted, the crown (and l)erhaps the whole upperside as a rule) slightly darker. A larger series would also probably show that the wings are a little longer. Our <? from the Coll. Riocour has the wing 116, our two from Ain-Onssera llu'o and 117 mm. G. c. randonii was only seen on the clayey steppe, where some corn was trying to grow, while G. theklae hilgerti was not rare along the roads. 19. Anthus cervinus Pall. During the second half of April Anthus pratensis was often, A. trivialis some- times, seen. On April 18 I saw two A. cervinus together, at once recognised by their reddish throats. They were somewhat shy, and after shooting one the other disappeared and was not seen again. 20. Motacilla flava flava L. Flocks of Yellow Wagtails, apparently all M. f.jiam, were noticed almost daily during our stay in the Oued Noa, also on May 5 at Tilrhempt. 21. MotaciUa flava melanogrisea (Horn.) On April 18 a black-headed Wagtail was seen among many M. f. flara. When shot it proved to be a female oi M.f. melanogrisea, with the throat and chest pale whitish yellow. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 75 22. Lanius excubitor elegans Swaius. Common in the Oiied-N(;a. All uests, old and new, were placed in Zixyphas bushes. Clutches were taken from April 17 to 3U. 23. Muscicapa coUaris Bechst. An adnlt male shot at Biskra on April 5. 24. Hippolals pallida opaca Cab. Undoubtedly nesting at Ain-Oussera and Hammam Meskoutine, but at Ain- Oussera at least we were too early, as an unfinished nest was seen. 25. Hippolais polyg^lotta (Vieill.). Fresh and full clutches of four eggs each were found at Hammam Meskoutine on May 18, 27, and 28. The nests were placed in Zizijphus bushes from one to two metres high. 26. Sylvia nana deserti (Loche). This beautiful little Warbler is, as we saw in 1912, by no means rare in the sand-district of El-Arich, between El- Alia and Guerrara. On April 1:3 and 14 we found three nests with fresh eggs, one with hard-set ones, several with naked young, and some others quite finished but as yet empty. The clutches consisted here mostly of four, sometimes of five eggs. The nests stood this year all in the thick bunches of the Drin, Ai-iistida pungens. All are deep for Warblers' nests, but some mnch more so than others, the depth varying from 6 to 10 cm. They were here all built of grey, dry grasses and fine stems, here and there interwoven and lined with woolly particles of flowers and seeds and with insect cocoons, especially those of the various Myrmeleonides which are so numerous in these districts, and of which I discovered so many new species in l',(I2. The eggs agree with those described by Koenig and those fouud in 1909 and 1912. 27. Sylvia deserticola Tristr. Quite commonly breeding in the mountain-woods of the Hants Plateaux near Djelfa. On May 9 they had apparently not yet any eggs, and I saw a jiair busy building a nest in a Rosemary bush. 28. Sylvia conspicillata conspicillata Temm. A few pairs appeared to be nesting in the bushes of the Oned Nga. 29. Agrobates galactotes galactotes (Temm.). By no means rare in the Oued N^a, but only during the last days of Ai)ril they began to come into full song, and they had no nests yet at that time. "6 KOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 30. Crateropus fulvus fulvus (Desf.). It is cnrions how very few nests were fonud in the Oned N^a, where the bird is common enough, and those we saw were empty. Only once, on the 25th, a boy brought us three eggs, of which one got broken. 31. Monticola solitarius solitarius (L.). Evidently nesting near Hammam Meskontine. 32. Oenanthe deserti homochroa (Tristr.). Nesting in small numbers near the Oaed N^a. Hard-set eggs (three oul.v) were found on April 22, others (three and four) quite fresh on April 25. The eggs are not distinguishable from those of Oenanthe hispanicn. Measurements have been given, JS^ov. Zool. xxi. 1914, p. 198, under No. 65! By some unexplainable error these measurements, as well as the two lines at the top of p. 199, were misplaced under No. 65, while they belong of course to No. 63 ! 33. Chelidon rustica (L.). (Ilirunr/o rustica.) 34. Hirundo urbica meridionalis Hart. Both Vheliihn rustica and Hirundo urbica meridionalis nest in Laghouat, but farther south we have no evidence. In Laghouat //. urbica meridionalis breeds in fair numbers under certain colonnades — several streets, the hotel, and other buildings being colonnaded. C. rustica. breeds in small numbers. Both species of Swallows nest also at Sidi Maklonf and in other caravanserais between Laghonat and Boghari, H. u)-bica sometimes in hundreds, C. rustica always in a few pairs only. 35. Apus melba melba (L.). On May 21 we received five fresh eggs, taken from nests under the tiles of some building in Constantine, together with the female taken on a nest. The five eggs were probably from three nests, but as to this no certainty conld be gained. The bird is very pale {"tuneti" Tschusi), but I still doubt whether a North African race can be separated. 30. Apus apus apus (L.). In April a few were seen on the Hiissi-Kobib, but on the 22iid they were quite numerous. 37. Caprimulgus aegyptius saharae Erl. Ou April 24 a pair was found near Gamash, about fifteen kilometres from Biskra. We were disappointed not to see a single specimen among the sands of El-Arich nor near Hassi-Kebib, though we had seen and shot young birds in both places in June 1912. In vain were we searching for them and waiting in the NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. II evenings, until on April 25 they appeared in numbers — at least ten or twelve hawking about close to the bordj. We thought this was the arrival, but never again was a single specimen seen. Now what is the meaning of this ? Are they migratory to some extent ? Not really, I should say, because nowhere have they been found farther southwards. I am inclined to think that they move about in small flocks out of the breeding season, and possibly a number of pairs nest close together in suitable places, and these places are perhaps uncertain and variable. 38. Cuculus canorus minor Brehm. While on Blarch 30 C. canorus canorus (cJ, wing 220 mm.) was still met with on migration near Biskra, the small North African race was by no means rare near Hammam Meskoutine from the end of Ajiril to the end of May. (Wings measure : ? 199, ¥ 205, ? 210, ? ? 197 mm.) A specimen (not sexed) obtained by Mr. Rothschild at Hammam Meskoutine on April 26, with a wing of 219 mm., belongs to the large race, and must have been still on passage. An egg found in the forsaken nest of Si/icia melanocephala in May is of a pale pinkish cream with rufous markings and some deeper-lying greyish patches. It measures 20-5 x 16 mm., and is thus small compared with the eggs of C. canorus canorus. It closely resembles the two eggs found near Alger, and described in Nov. Zool. xviii. pp. 526, 527, in size and coloration. 39. Merops persicus chrysocercus Cab. & Heine. and 4(1. Merops apiaster L. Both species nest in small numbers on the banks of the Oued Nga, but neither of them had eggs up to the end of April. Eggs of M. apiaster were plentiful near Hammam Meskoutine on May 26 and 27. 41. Falco biarmicus erlangeri Kleinschm. Nesting from the Hants Plateaux to the Central Sahara. The nesting-site is more variable than I used to think. Formerly I only knew of nests on cliffs in small cavities or under ledges, partly high and almost inaccessible, sometimes quite low and easy to reach. This year a nest was found in a large cave, another on a clifi' not far from Biskra in a Raven's nest {Corcus corax tingi- ?««««), another in the nest of Corous corax ruJicoUis in a Betoum {Terebintkus) tree in the Oued N^a, on the same tree where Circaetus gallicus nested in 1912. Also the food is more variable than I was aware of Birds will doubtless be the chief food, especially during the migration period, when they are numerous. In the gizzards and stomachs we found Emberiza calandra (twice), Anthus or Motacilla (once), Calandrella brachydactijla (once), an unrecognisable bird (once). One female shot in the Oued N^a had gizzard and stomach full of remains of the Spine-tail Lizard, Uromastix acanthiiiurus, and once I found the jaw of a small hedgehog. The wings of adult birds measure in females 346, 353, and about 350 (worn), those of males about 309, 310 mm. A clutch of four, slightly incubated, was found near Biskra on March 23, ■another hard-set one of four, and one of three in and near the Oued Nva on April 17 and 20. T8 KOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915 The pggs nif.asnro : r)ii-l x 40-8, 51-0 x 40-7, 51-5 x 41-4, and Tils x 40-7 ; 52-6 X 30-4, 50-5 x 380, 52 x 38-7, and 49-5 x 37-8 ; 50-8 x 37-7, »0-8 x 39-5, and 50-8 x 40-2 mm. The clutch of slightly incubated eggs is beautifully red, the hard-set eggs are brown. 42. Circus aeruginosus aeruginosus (L). Marsh Harriers were imt rare near Biskra in March. In the gizzards and stomachs of two wliich we shot were found parts of a (julUimht cidoropus and a number of frogs. 43. Circus macrurus (Gm.). Harriers were common near Biskra in March and early April, and one or two were seen every day in the Oued N(;a, also at Djamaa, Bledet-Alimar, and Guerrara. The majority were undoubtedly C. macrourus, and those which we shot proved to belong to this species. In the stomachs were found only remains of birds, Pipits, CalandreUa, and other Larks. 44. Comatibis eremita (L.). It is, of course, possible that other breeding-places have existed or may still exist in out-of-the-way places in Algeria, but it seems to be very unlikely, and up to now we are only acquainted with the one nesting-place on the rocks south of Boghari (cf Xoi\ Zool. 1912, p. 540). At Boghari I inquired of the gentleman who sent us a male in 1911, but was told that the birds no longer nested in the old places, which had become much more noisy thau before, as the railway had been built right through these ranges of rocks, and much blasting had taken place ; single birds were seen rarely at intervals, but it would pro- bably be next to impossible to obtain any further specimens. Supposing that these accounts are correct — and I have no reason to doubt them — this would be another instance where civilisation has been instrumental in destroying an old and, to ornithologists, historical breeding-ground of a most interesting and beautiful bird. 45. Tadoma tadorna (L.). Hundreds were observed on April 9 on a salt lake north of Tamerna, between Touggourt and Djamaa. 46. Anas querquedula L. A number were frequenting the Oued Djeddi, near Biskra, during the last days of March. Several observed north of Tamerna, April 9 ; a large flock near Ain-Oassera, May 12. 47. Erolia ferruginea (Brnnn.), 48. Erolia minuta minuta (Leisl.), and 49. Erolia temminckii (Leisl.). A flock of Sandpipers frequented the little lake near Ain-Oussera on May 11 and 12, and out of it I brought down with one shot two E. fen-ugiiiea (= siib- arquata), one E. minuta, and one E. temimnckii. There were only a few small ones {minuta and temminckii), the majority being E. ferniginea. NOVITATES ZoolOgtcAe XXU. 191o. 79 50. Glareola pratincola pratincola (L.). A few were observed aud shot on the lake not far from Aia-Oussera oa May 11 and 12. They had evidently no eggs, and there was no sign of their nesting there. 51. Columba livia livia Gm. Wild Eock-doves are found on the rocks near the Hassi-Rebib, and several were shot flying overhead or sitting in sheltered places on the cliiTs in a gale. 52. Sterna nilotica Gm. A flock of these tine Terns frequented a small shallow lake on the Hants Plateaux near Ain-Oassera about the middle of May. They were sometimes very noisy. 53. Hydrochelidon nigra (L.) and 54. Hydrochelidon leucoptera (Temm.). Single specimens of each of these two Terns were seen on the lake near Ain-Oussera, middle of May. 55. Caccabis petrosa petrosa (Gm.) and 56. Caccabis petrosa spatzi Rchw. We collected a nnmber of eggs of both forms ; of C. p. petrosa near Hammam Meskoutine (very hard set on May 22) and of C. p. spatzi near El-Outaya, Biskra, and in the Oned-N(;a, March 25, April 1 and 20. The eggs of the two subspecies are indistinguishable. S(J NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. AN ANALYSIS OE THE SPECIES OF THE GENUS CURETIS, CHIEFLY BASED ON AN EXAMINATION OF THE SPECIMENS IN THE ZOOLOGICAL MUSEUM, TRING. By T. a. chapman, M.D. (Plates III.— XIX.) A FEW species of this genns having come into my possession, I fonml myself considerably puzzled by them. I made some additions to my material and mounted some of the male appendages. The result was to demonstrate that the accepted views (if there are any accepteil views) as to species within the genns were in need of being revised. I obtained the loan, with permission to examine them, of specimens from Mr. Bethnne-Baker, and especially from the Tring Museum and from other collections. I herewith present the resnlts. The Tring material especially is rich enough to have afforded a solution to most of the difficulties that were met with : it especially possesses the Felder types. I bad also access, of course, to the types in the British Museum, and was able to verify other specimens with them, so that I did not feel it necessary to desire to dissect any of these. De NicSville (1890) regards the Indian species as being only two, and Bingham (1907) accepts this as correct and says, "until extensive breeding experiments are undertaken it will be impossible to attain any certainty as to whether there are two or a dozen distinct forms." Both authors find the females to afford quite an insoluble problem, even within the Indian area, and de Niceville says, " The females of both groups " {bulls and thetis) "appear to be dimorphic, some being white, others ochroous." I think I may say that in the Indian region there are no dimorphic females. Nevertheless I raise a very similar question as regards species in the Pacific region : thetis has a white female, yet in the Solomon Islands, a race that is otherwise tkelis has au ochreous female, with markings different in form to typical thetis : are these races of thetis, or are they specifically distinct ? Again, tagalica has an ochreous female, yet in the island of Palawan a form palawanica Stand, has a white female, and so was considered a form of thetis : are these one or two species ? It is to be noticed that the dimorphism (if properly so called) does not occur within any one race, but only as between allied races— a somewhat different problem to that which de Niceville felt. Fruhstorfer has a survey of the known species of Cnretis in the Stettiner Ent. Zeituny for 1908, p. 49, which may perchance be of some use in naming specimens. As a discussion of the actual specific value of the various forms very little can be said for it. He quotes de Nic^ville's Butterflies of India, and says he makes no less than thirteen species from only Nortli India and Burma, and that Distant makes five from the Malay Peninsula. This misrepresents de Niceville, who distinctly asserts his belief that he is NOVITATES ZOOLOQICAE XXII. 1915. 81 dealing with only two species, though he records thirteen described forms. Fruhstorfer himself makes five species in all. He is nearly correct as to biilis and acuta, but his account of the other species is such a remarkable jumble that it seems useless to discuss it. Though he appears to have a keen scent for local races and varieties, which one sometimes fears is merely a prejudice that every locality has a local race which wants naming, the arrangement of the forms of Curetis he recognises under the five species he accejits leaves everything to be desired. In Moore's (Swinhoe) Lepidoptera Indica, vol. viii. p. 239, thetis and phaedru» are placed as one species, though they are not (the males at any rate) very difficult to distinguish apart from the examination of the appendages. The others are difficult or impossible without such examination : e.g. gloriosa and saronis are treated as distinct, and stigmata, dentata, angtdata and malayica are also regarded as distinct species. The species as decided by the structure of the male appendages fall distinctly into two sections, which correspond with de Nicfiville's First group A and Second group B. There is one species, insularis, that is in some degree intermediate. A. The thetis section. All the species in this section agree in having a harpe apparently soft and clothed with hairs. The aedeagns, besides the eversible vesica, with its rows of cornnti, possesses an apparently separate piece, articulated and movable, close to the extremity. Its movements are, however, restricted, and it is not eversible. For convenience I call it the " shuttle " piece. They generally have beneath a lunnlated postdiscal line, never apparently pointing to the apex, nor have they the dark margin of the forewing encroaching on the inner margin. 1. thetis. This form ranges from the plains of India to the Solomon Islands (and farther ?), and has many forms ; opinions may easily vary as to which forms, if any, are " good " species. a. barsine. b. egena. c. rihhei. d. solita. e. menestratus. f. fergussoni. g. bougaincillei and a good many others named or nameable. h. lucifuga (?). 2. 2)haedrus ( ? = aesopus Fabr.). a. arcuata. 3. celebensis. a. eos(J). 4. saronis. a. gloriosa. b. nicobarica. 5. nesoplnla. 6 82 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. G. tagalica. a. palaivainca. b. obsoleta ,{ah. ?) c. talautensis. 7. ? salei/erensis ( ? only). Section A may be tabulated by tlie S appendages : 1. Harpe with lateral (or rather ventral) process, shuttle piece serrated at side of extremity . . . . . . . . 1 . tlietis. 2. Harpe as with a terminal cap, shuttle piece serrated across end 2. cclebensis. 3. Harpe simple : a. Valves very long (3'2 mm. against 2'0 mm. or less), aedeagns very short ....... 3. tagalica. b. Valves very broad lint short (beyond harpe) . . 4. mronis. c. Harpe very short, aedeagns curved, very large shuttle piece 5. nesophila. d. Extremity of aedeagns highly chitinised, almost bulbous, and ending in a sharp point ..... 6. phaedrus. To tabulate Section A by general aspect, etc., is more than difficult. I make the following attempt : 1. Habitat confined to Southern India and Ceylon, copper of pale tint, border very narrow . . . . . . .1. phaedrus. 2. <S with a very distinct discal line on upperside forewing 2. celebensis. 3. Underside markings generally filled in with much dark shading 3. tagalica. 4. Hardly distinguishable from tagalica ; the shading beneath is usually less heavy and the Innules between veins 5 and 7 of forewing beneath project less beyond the others. The margin of copper of forewing has a very regular circular curvature .... 4. nesophila. 5. Postdiscal line always distinct, though it may be faint, Innules between 6 and 7 hardly project beyond others .... 5. saroni.H. 6. Postdiscal line, when present, has Innules .5 and 7 of forewing well bej-ond others, border upjicrside broad e.xcept in S.E. distribution C. thetis. I am not prepared to tabulate the females. Of most forms the corresponding males and females are fairly well recognised; to this knowledge I only add the recognition of the males oi celebensis and of egena, of which the types are females and hitherto no males belonging to them have been described. The species insularis, which is rather intermediate between the two sections, has the general facies of Section A. The harpe is soft and clothed with hairs as in A, except that the tip is chitinous as in B, and as in B there is no shuttle to the aedeagns. In its general aspect the species has one distinctive mark : the postdiscal line beneath, following the general direction as in Section A. can hardly be said to be at all lunulated, but rather follows one continuous curve, though curved, one may say a straight Hue rather than one broken into a succession of Innules, NOVITATER ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 83 In the apjiendages it is also distinct from all the other species in the dorsal hooks being short and sqnare-ended. B. The bulls section. Characterised by having the harjie smooth and iiard. The black border nsnally retnrns along the inner margin (except in forms felderi and santaim) of forewing. The underside markings, instead of being parallel to hindmargin, are diagonal, pointing to apex of forewing (except in sperthis). This is the Section B of de Niceville. It may be tabulated : 1. Aedeagus about or over 26 mm. to 2'9 ram. in length, bulls, with races a. felderi. b. santana. 2. Aedeagns about 2-0 mm. in length, a. with square end, acuta. b. with pointed end, .ipertkis. The species as decided by the <S appendages appear to be as follows : 1. iidis with various named subspecies. a. cliscalis. b. stigmata. c. a race occurring with angulata and hardly separable except by appendages. d. malayica. e. felderi. f. santana. 2. acuta. a. dentata. b. truncata. 0. angulata. d. paracuta. e. ,, brunnea. 3. sperthis. a. minima. The underside of sperthis brings it into relation rather with the thetis than the bulis section, but the upperside and the S appendages indicate that its proper position is rather with bulis. The underside markings of bulis and acuta differ as shown in figs. 1 and 2, but there are specimens that it would be difificnlt to place by this character. Another very distinctive character is that the pale patches in the female are brown in bulis, white (nr faintly bluish) in acuta ; one item no doubt leading de Nic(5ville to consider the females in this genus were dimorphic in this respect. Another, to be referred to later, was no doubt the brown female oi gloriosa (saronis), supposed to be a form of thetis. How far the conclnsions thus summarised are sound must be judged from the 84 ' NOVITATES ZoOLOniCAE XXII. 1915 detailed facts on which I have reached tliem, and which are given under each species. In most cases I have no doubt that they are correct, the genitalia of the males being in each species very definite and easily recognised from those of other species. Nor do I myself entertain mnch donbt in the remaining cases, involving for the most part the diflicnlt qnestions as to snbspecies and geographical races, but I fully recognise that a considerably wider research is necessary to arrive at any result that may be accepted as founded not on some definite facts but on a sufficient number and variety of them, of which the breeding experiments that de Niceville desired would be a very important section. Such doubts as I have refer in some degree to the forms of bulis, and more particularly to those oitketis. Especially in the case of C. thetis, the general facies and the genitalia vary together, giving local forms that may be regarded as distinct or as geographical races. There is just sufficient gradation in the forms as one leaves India with typical thetis and goes southward and eastward, though the gradation is not very regular, to make one feel satisfied that there is only one species, though of course on the other hand there may be a score or possibly a hundred or more. The belief that there is only one species commends itself most to me. Such questions must always arise in cases of closely allied forms, and one must recognise that until abundant breeding experiments with the allied forms are made, one's conclusions are, so far as they are crisp and definite, more a matter of faith and prejudice than of sound scientific appreciation. 1. Curetis thetis Drury. Figs. 8, 9, Bornean example, under- and upperside. „ 14, 15, var. bougaini-illei <J upper- and underside. ,, 1 /, 18, ,, ,, ¥ ,, „ „ „ 20, 21, „ egena S, upper- and underside. „' 22, 25, „ fergussoni S , upper- and underside. Appendages fig. 53. Indian form. „ „ 54. Ceram „ „ „ 55. British New Guinea. „ „ 56. var. barsine. „ „ 57. „ menestratus. „ „ 58. „ fergussoni. „ „ 59. ,, bougainvillei. „ „ 60. ,, egena. „ „ 61. ,, ribbei. thetis Drury, ]ll. Ex. Eiit. ii. (1773) p. 16, pi. ix. figs. 3 and 4, ? . I am not prepared to assert that Drury's figures represent the species we accept as thetis, or whether they may not be phaedrus ; the locality (Bombay) almost points to the latter, but it is probable that Bombay is rather the place of exportation than the locality of capture. However, it has been agreed, apparently nemine contradicente, even by those who regard them as forms of one species, that the broad-bordered Indian form shall be thetis and the narrow-bordered one phuednis, though it is quite jwssible that Drury's insect was really /jhaedrus. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIl. 1915. 85 I accept as thetis all those forms whose male appendages are, if iKit quite identical, still very nearly so, and differ abundantly from those of the forms I regard as distinct species. With this definition, thetis has a very wide range, and a good deal of variety in several respects; and until the evidence of the genitalia appears, these forms seem in some cases to be more entitled to be accepted as distinct species than others that really are so, but have been by various authorities lumped with tlietis. C. thetis has usually a fairly broad dark border and large dark tip, whilst phaeclrus has usually a comparatively very narrow border and tip, and the red colour is paler and yellower, or if not so in the field more readily becomes so in the cabinet. On the underside both are given to be pure white with so little black marking that not much can be made of it. In better-marked specimens, however, there is a very marked distinction : in phaedrm the postdiscal line on both wings is fairly straight and regular, whilst in thetis it has a separate curve in each space, and varies in distance from the base, as it does in many other species ; for comparison with phaeclrus it may be sufficient to note that the line on each side of vein 5 of hindwing is markedly advanced to the margin. In Iris xii. p. 247 (1899), Ribbe has some remarks on solita of Butler and thetis generally, that one must agree with. He says he has a specimen from Neu Pommern and one from Bongainvillo wliich he believes to be solita. He says the Curetis from the neighbouring regions are so much alike, that it is extremely difficult to distinguish between them. Dr. Pagenstecher, he says, desires to lump, but he would rather separate them ; as for instance thetis Drury has females with white patches, barsine Felder with golden, and solita with nearly obsolete golden patches. When one has examined the appendages of a number of these forms, much the same considerations hold. All these species (that is all I regard as being in this group), which I have examined, have appendages that agree very closely with those of thetis. They all have the shuttle piece in the aedeagus of much the same form. The chief differences are in the harpes. lu what I assume to be thetis (Drury) the harpe has at about 0i5 mm. from its extremity a projection or flap on the margin next the valve, giving it in fact two extremities, one direct, one lateral. In the forms of thetis from these islands, there seems to be considerable variation in these two extremities, which gradually approach each other, culminating in a broad and thickened end such as characterises ribhei. It must be largely a matter of personal equation how many of these forms are held distinct and how many are geographical races of one species. Whilst the data are in so many directions defective we cannot answer the question which are distinct species ? but only the more vague one, which shall we assume to be distinct species? In the Solomon Islands we have the females with brown, not white patches ; we may assume this to be a good specific character, or minimise it as a kind of dimorphism. In ribbei, that seems distinct, the ? ? have all the appearance of fine large thetis. I should incline myself to call them all geographical races, and to expect to find a slightly different race on fairly separated islands or groups of islands, and with a sufficient series of such races to find a large amount of grading between the different forms. No doubt each 86 - NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. separate form might receive a varietal name. C. xolif/i of Butler wonkl be one of these. The form from Fergnssoii Island is very distinct, so that I venture to give it a name, and that from Bongainville Island is a very marked form with a very distinct female, and shonld be named ; the others of this group have not come before me in more than odd specimens, which it is nnsatisfactory to deal with, beyond ]ilacing them as representing races of tkefi.^. In dealing with thetis I speak of "forms of thetis." In doing so it is necessary to explain that I use the phrase in what may be called a new sense in this connection, but in reality in its ordinary and proper acceptance. I begin by clearing the conception of flicfis of all the species that used to be included in such a phrase as " forms oi thetis" but which are all very distinct and definite species, such as pkaedrus, gloriosa, palawanica, etc., and include only such forms as occur in various of the insular portions of its range, and as to which questions may be raised both on the superficial appearance and on the structure of the genitalia whether they are sirajily thetis, or are geographical races deserving of a name, or even have diverged far enough to be established species. barsirie is perhaps as good an example of such a " form of thetis " as can be quoted, as it has for long had a recognised name. The Tring collection afFmds several marked exam])les of such forms, and also others probably equally definite were there more material. It is highly probable that no small proportion of the Pacific islands, from Sumatra to the Solomon Islands or even farther, have each a race of thetis, more or less possible to diiferentiate from others. I propose to deal only with those that are adequately represented in the Tring collection. The males vary, especially in the width and proportions of the black border and of the invasion of the copper by dark shading. The appendages difi'er in the variations of the harpe elsewhere referred to. In the Solomon Islands, the ? S have not white but brown (yellow ?) patches, yet these forms have the more ordinary form of harpe. A Borneau form, on the other hand, has an extremely condensed one. harsine Fclder, Silzungsher. Kals. Akad. Wish. Wien, xl. (ISGO) p. 451 ; id., Reise Nncara, Lep. p. 220 (1865) tab. xxviii. fig. 10. 17 (Amboina). Has some claim to be regarded as a " good" species, but it may perhaps equally justly be held to be a geographical race of thetis. The genitalia are almost identical with Indian thetis. The type and other Felderian specimens are in the Tring collection. egeiia Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. p. 222 (1865) (no figure). The type specimen, a ? , of this species is in the Tring collection from Halma- hera (Gilolo). There are identical specimens from Batchian (= Batjan) collected by Doherty. One of these has a trace of white patches. These Batchian ? ? are almost certainly those corresponding to some males with identical locality labels. These males are very remarkable ; they are, both on the uj)per- and undersides, very similar indeed to tagalica from Celebes. There are thus in Celebes and Batchian, taken together (probably also in other Muluccan Islands) three very distinct species of Curctis — viz. egena {thetis), taf/alica, and celehensis — that have, in the males at least, a nearly identical facies which is not the usual one of tagalica, (in other districts) or of thetis. I may say that till I examined the appendages of these insects, I was a good deal puzzled by them, and was inclined to regard them all as celehensis, NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 191.'i. 87 and that probably as a variety of tayaUca. I may add tliat iiesopltila is also very close to these three species iu appearance, but by the appendages is very distinct. C. thetis (? is characterised by having the underside markings obsolete, or nearly so, though occasional specimens and some races show them in some degree. C. egena has these markings nearly as pronounced as in nesophlla or celebensis,Yf\Vo. some trace of the dark shading of tagalica. In the postdiscal line the curve across vein 1 of the forewing is much more prominent towards the hind-margin than in the other species. One curious point that makes these specimens approach celebensis and leads them right away from the usual form of thetis,* is that towards the apex of the forewing the copper colour is divided by the veins as in that species ; the black border is reduced all round more like phnedrus than thetis, really like celebensis. The appendages are nearly as iu ordinary thetis, but the branches of the harpe are a little ajiproximated. There is a specimen from Little Key that is apparently identical with egena ; this is no doubt the form called eberaldahj Fruhstorfer. Two examples from Waigeu, possibly the geli>tt/iiaso( Fruhstorfer, have slightly wider borders, the apical portion of copper distinctly notched, almost divided, the underside markings almost faint ; appendages as egena. ferr/ussoni nov. var. There are two specimens from Fergusson Island (eastern end of New Guinea) that have a remarkable form hardly suggesting thetis, but the appendages are almost identical with those of the (continental ?) New Guinea form menestratus, in the two branches of the harpe almost coalescing. Yet on close comparison it really agrees to a great extent with menestratus. The dark shading of the bases of the wings and of the inner side of the hindwing is rather greater and has a greater intensity and different character given it by the veins, especially of the hindwings, being much more outlined iu black ; indeed this feature is trifling in menestratus. The underside markings are the same ; the ground colour is pure white. soUta Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. (5). x. p. 149 (1882) (New Britain). A d specimen from Herbertshohe, Neu Pommern (New Britain), is probably the (S of this species (the type is a ? ). It has all the appearance of thetis ; it differs from bougainvillei in possessing a definite (though small) discal mark, and no detached pear-shaped marks. In a series it is very possible that i( would jirove that the two forms are more identical than they at present appear to be. The appendages are nearly normal thetis. bougainvillei nov. var. Very close to a i supposed to be solita (from Neu Pommern), but is without the discal mark of that insect, and has, which sotita (?) wants, the pear- shaped costal detached portions of copper as in celebensis ; the lateral process of the harpe is rather smaller than in solita, but both are very close to typical thetis. Expanse 46 mm. The females are large (44 mm.), very dark in colour, with * Found also in var. mejie^tratus and a few other forms. 88 ■ NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. a moderate-sized rather pale brown ]iatch on f'orcwing; none ou himlwing, except a trace in one specimen. Bongainville Island, 12 cf J', 5 ? ¥ , in Tring collectioa. menestratus Fruhst., Strtl. Ent. Zeit. 1908, p. 50. This seems to be the form in Dntch New Guinea. It has very broad black borders of fairly nniforiu width (except, of conrse, at apex), the pattern almost snggesting Col/as etfusa <?, and there is considerable dark shading basally. The $ is very mnch like typical thetis, the appendages showing the branches of the harpe nearly fnsed (as in ribbei). In British New Gninea the females are mnch the same, bnt in the males the borders are narrower, and in the appendages the branches of the harpe are separate, nearly as in typical thetis. The undersides are well marked in both forms, and are sometimes white, sometimes creamy — the former more frequent in the Dutch section, the yellowish in the British. ribbei Ebber, Iris i. p. 70. pi. v, figs. 2 and 3 (1886). Well figured, though without colour. This form has perhaps diverged sufficiently from typical t/tet/s to be a " good " species. It is small, very pale, and with a very narrow margin. The ? is exceedingly like that of thetis; it is larger than the c?. Both sexes have the pure white underside of thetis; the chief difference from thetis in the cj appendages is in a tendency to approximation and fusion of the two branches of the harpe, in which it is very close to the New Gninea forms, though the superficial appearance is so different ; the harpes are rather long and straight as compared with typical thetis ; the aedeagus is almost typical thetis. Aru Islands. liicifaga Fruhst., Soc. Ent. 1909, p. 121. " lucifuga is probably the thetis form of the island." Formosa. No figure. I have not seen this. 2. Curetis phaedrus Fabr. Fig. 7. Underside. Appendages. Figs. 62, 63, 64, 78. phaedrus Fabr., Spec. Ins. ii. p. 125. n. 566 (1781) ; Hubn., Ex. Schin. pi. 237. fig. 263, 264, under- side (poor) ; Cramer, iii. pi. ccxxxviii. fig. c. The aedeagus in phaedrus is very characteristic, and is distinguishable from that of any other species at first glance. The extremity is a conspicuous black mass, a little pear-shaped, and with a projecting jjoint carrying a small siiine or two. The harpe is soft, clothed with hairs much like the valve, from which it is separate for only a short way. msopus Fabr., Spec. Ins. p. 12.5. n. 565 (1781) ; Distant, Rlmp. .V,il. Tab. xx'iv. fig. 12 ^. xliv. fig. 14 ?. The type specimen is a ? , and Mr. Distant's comparison of his specimens with this may or may not be accepted. My own examination of the type sjiecimen leads me strongly to believe that they (there are two of them) are ? ? of phaedrus ; so far as their collocation in the N0VITATE3 ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 89 Bauksiau collection goes, Fabricius' treatment of them and the assignment to them of the same locality, vague as it is, all go to suggest that the specimen oi phaedrus, placed close to them in the Banksian collection and described by Fabricius under the following number, really came from the same place, and are S and ? of the same species. Fabricius quotes Drtiry's figure of thctis as being the same insect. He quotes it, by the way, as theti/s, a circumstance tliat accounts for the confused variation in the spelling of the name, which is common ; Drury, however, says thetis. The ? ? of thetis and phaedrus are so much alike that neither de Niceville nor Bingham attempt to discriminate between them ; they both, in fact, accept the two species in both sexes to be identical. They are, however, quite distinct ; but, omitting this fact for the moment, I fully accept Bingham's conclusion as to aesopus, that it " falls as a synonym of G. thetis* as acknowledged by Fabricius himself. The type, a ? , is in the Banksian collection now in the British Museum, and is undoubtedly a ? of ordinary C. thetis, Drury." I have examined a good many specimens claiming to be aesopus, and nearly all of these prove to be bulis, but I have two specimens whose S appendages agree precisely with those of C. sperthis {q.i\). arcuata Moore, Proc. ZooL Sue. Land. 1883. p. 52.3. PI. xlviii. fig. 3 (Malabar). The iignre and description agree with a specimen labelled " Curetis arcuata Moore," " Malabar," from the Moore collection, and apparently in Moore's writing. This specimen is phaedrus. Unauthenticated specimens sent me as arcuata from Nias are forms of bulis. C. phaedrus seems to have a comparatively restricted range, the extreme South of India, Balai, "Malabar," Ceylon, Bombay, Barrackpore. So far as I know, phaedrus is the only Curetis occurring in Ceylon ; but it is surely highly probable that thetis occurs there also. What any particular records mean is of course donbtfnl, so long as phaedrus and thetis are more or less confounded. On the other hand, the thetis of Moore's Lepidoptera of Ceylon is no doubt phaedrus. 3. Curetis celebensis Felder. Figs. 23 and 24. Male, upper- and underside. Appendages. Fig. 68. celebensis Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. p. 220. Tab. xxviii. fig. 14, 1.5 (1865). The figures are of the ? upper- and undersides, and agree exactly with the specimens. The reduction of the rusty marks on upperside to somewhat linear marks on the forewing, and tendency to divide that on hindwing into two portions, is characteristic. There seems to be no figure of the male, and this sex does not appear to have been known to Felder. There are, however, in the Tring collection several males, collected by Doherty in South Celebes in August and September 1891. The South Celebes specimens in the Tring Museum belonging to this species and to C. tagalica form a remarkable group. The two species are so much alike that in both sexes the distinction is at first sight diflftcult. Both seem to have been taken by Doherty at the same time and place. In the males in both species * M^?!> and ^^(2p(?r;/^ being in Bingham's ^^ew synonyms. 90 ■ NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. the veins run some little way into the wing as black lines from the black border. This black border and the outline of the wings is fairly identical in the two species, and it is to be remarked that in both, the dark veins cut off two or three small pear-shaj)ed portions opposite the middle of the costa. Opposite the middle of the hindmargin of the forewing the sections of copper between tbe veins are rounded or convex in celebeiisis and somewhat concave in tagalica. In celebensis there is also a dark (discal) line down the discocellular nervure. I have called this form of tagalica var. doherti/i. On the underside the specimens of tagalicah&ve a good deal of the dark clouding that so often characterises that species. This is almost absent in celcbensis. In celebensis the sections of the postdiscal line are more conve.K than in tagalica, in one specimen only the one descending to vein iv on both wings, instead of curving inwards as in other specimens and as in fagalica, continues obliquely outwards and meets vein IV much nearer the hindmargin than when the line continues on the other side of the vein. The Appendages. The aedeagns is just over 2 mm. long. It much resembles that of thetis ; the loose terminal plate is very large ; there is an ordinary-looking series of corunti. The hooks of the tetrnmen have their tips bent sharply round into a hook. The harjie is largely free from the valve, is clothed sparsely with hairs, and has the appearance of having a chitinous cap, overhanging towards the valve. C. thetis var. egrna {q.v.) is also a member of this mimetic group. eos Eober, Iris i. p. 1S8. pi. vii. 6g. 9 (1887). I have not seen a specimen of this variety. The description and figure are of a ? specimen, and I have not met with any account of the male. The figure seems to be a very good one, except that, being photographic, the rusty areas are not shown. The nnderside markings leave little doubt that it is identical with celebensis Felder. The only difference is that it is a very small specimen — 32 mm. against 40 mm. and upwards. 4. Curetis saronis Moore. Fig. 19. Male, nnderside. Appendages. Fig. 65. saronis (Andamans). ,, „ 66. „ var. nicobarica (Nicobars). ,, „ 67. „ „ gloriosa (Rangoon). saronis Moore, Proc. Zool. Sue. Loud. 1877. p. 587 (S. Andamans). gloriosa Moore, I.e. 1883. p. 522. pi. xlviii. fig. 1. ^ . nicobarica Swinhoe, Ann. ]tftig. N. II. (6). v. p. 451 (1890). These three forms are one species : gloriosa is a continental race of large size, saronis is a smaller insular form. Of nicobarica I have not yet been able to obtain a specimen that did not prove on dissection to be saronis. Referring to Col. Swinhoe a question as to a sjiecimen I had as nicobarica, he informed me that the sj)ecimen came from tlie Andamans and was saronis, and that at one time specimens in his collection were marked nicobarica = saronis. He now differentiates nicobarica from saronis by the females — " the female of nicobarica is a brown insect, the female of this insect has white patches in the middle of the wings." To this I may say, however, that I have an Andaman female that has no white patches, and that. ? nicobarica in the Tring and in my collection have the \OVITATES ZOOLOOICAK XXII. 1015. 91 outer corner of the pale patch of the hiudwing white. These differences are very short of possessing- specific vahie ; the i S are indistinguishable either by wings or genitalia. I had not noticed till after I had decided that gloriosa was a form of saronis, that Moore describes the female as having " forewing with broad golden yellow discal area, hindwing with a narrow curved discal streak." This confirms, had it been necessary, its relationship to saronis, and shows it to be unrelated to Indian thetis. I have a specimen of gloriosa from the Moore collection that is interesting in two ])oiuts : in the first place (labelled Sylhet) it is only 42 mm. in expanse against 52 mm. gloriosa, thus showing the difference in size between gloriosa and saronis to be of no specific value. It has the postdiscal lines beneath arched as in typical gloriosa ; in saronis they are much straightcr, but certainly variable, as I have a nicoharica almost identical in this (and other) respects with this small gloriosa. The other point of interest abont this s])ecimen is that it has attached to it a memorandum by Moore. " Anops. Sylhet x — near to insularis (Java), smaller, fw. shorter, the red area smaller, rounded opposite the apex, the brown border of exterior margin much broader at the posterior end ; h.w. with comparatively broader brown marginal border, the red area suffused with brown on abdominal border ; underside greyish white, with bluish grey discal Innular band and submargiual luuular line. The discocellular streak, basal spots and inner margin of the luuular bands dark speckled. Hab. Sylhet. Coll. F. M." The appendages of saronis are very distinct ; the aedeagus is TO mm. long. of thetcs type, with movable accessory smaller than in thetis, the extremity less strongly chitinised than in thetis ; the cornuti are very abundant, small, and very regularly arranged in ribbon form. The most characteristic feature is the short, very broad valves, with a short harpe, conjoined to them more closely, or rather free from them for a much shorter distance than in any other species except nesophila, in which the outline both of val ve and harpe is very different. The distribution of the species would seem to be from Sylhet, by Rangoon, and the chain of Nicobars and Andamans to Sumatra, avoiding the Malay Peninsula. 5. Curetis nesophila Felder. Fig. 10. Male, upperside. ,, 28. „ underside. Appendages. Figs. 71, 72. msophila Felder, Wien. Enl. Moiials. 1862. p. 289. Figured in Semper's Philippinen, pi. xx.xi. fig. 28, 29, p. 158. I find it very difficult to define this species by the general facies. Nor, indeed, am 1 quite confident that the species I am dealing with is the one described as nesophila. Nevertheless, by a process of exclusion, I conclude I am right, as the specimens accord with no other species, nor are there other specimens that can possibly be nesophila. Semper's description of the black margin of the forewing having its inner margin circularly curved, is the best and most easily seized character I can find to distinguish it from other species and especially from tagalica. 92 NOVITATES ZOOLOGIOAE XXII. 1915. The species is ven- ranch like tfu/nlica, differiug chiefly in being less clouded and by the dark shading on the underside. The appendages are easily recognised; the aedeagns is short (TT mm.), and has a marked curvature, the only species with this character ; the loose shuttle piece is very long (0-65 mm.), bnt is possibly attached at its near extremity ; the cornnti are small, and not very numerous. The valves have beyond the harpes parallel sides (for 1-3 mm.) and ronnded ends. The harpes are free for a very short distance, and are so short that their free portion is triangular. Fruhstorfer calls this species insularis : see remarks under that species. There are specimens of nesopkila from Penang and from Borneo. 6. Curetis tagalica Felder. Figs. 26, 27, var. dokerti/i (S. Celebes). „ 11, 12, 13, 16, var. talautensis. Appendages. Fig. 73. (Kalim Bungo). „ „ 74. Sent me as insularis. ,, „ 75. „ „ 76. var. pala/c/mica. J, „ 77. ,, talautensis. lagalirn Felder. Wieii. Enl. Monat^. vi. p. 289 (18G2) (Luzon) ; id., Rcise Nnoara, Lep. p. 22!. tab. xxviii. fig. 19, 20 (1«65). thetys \a.T. pnlawanica Stand., Irh 1889. p. 121. obsoleta Felder, Wien. Enl. .Urmala. 1862. p. 289. C. tagalica appears to be a rather widespread species and lias many varieties, some of very large size, some very small, some with very wide black borders, some with them very reduced, some in which the copper colour is very coppery, almost red, others in which it is pale, almost golden. The species with which it is most likely to be confounded are celebensis, nesophila, and egena. It may generally be recognised, at least in the S, by the large amount of dark shading on the underside, especially along the basal side of the jiostdiscal line. The cJ appendages are most characteristic, and are recognisable without a lens ; they have the longest valves and the smallest aedeagns of any species. The remarkable circumstance that the males of tagalica and the form palnwanica are indistinguishable both in facies and as to the appendages, whilst the ? ? have brown patches in tagalica and white in palawanica,, shows that this colour variation has not such specific value in this genus as has been supposed, and in this case repre- sents a dimorphism of the ? similar to that which occurs in other Lepidoptera. There is another similar case in the genus : C. tJietis has a ? with white patches, but the form of tketis from Bougainville, in the Solomon Islands, and from other localities in its south-eastern distribution, has a very different ¥ with brown patches, and these are of a diiferent outline — so that, though the cj has not diverged from thetis more than would amount to a geographical race, the ? has diverged beyond what that aspect usually covers. In the case of palawanica the divergence has not gone so far, and may be covered under some hypothesis suggestive of dimorphism, such as I have referred to. palatvanica is a variety not of tht'tis bnt of tagalica ; that Staudinger placed it as a variety of thetis was possibly due to his regarding tagalica as a variety of NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 93 thetis, but more probabl}' to the fact (bat palaivanica has a ? with white patches, whilst they are brown in tagalica. I have seen no white females of any other race. palawanica S is smaller than the largest tagalica, is of a rather paler copper, and has very narrow black borders ; the underside is not often as dark as in tagalica, and may be quite pale ; the markings are identical. In the absence of specimens of the female it is impossible to say whether males more like palawanica than like typical tagalica belong to one form or the other. In the Tring collection there are specimens (4) from Snla Mongola, which on personal appearance one would call palaivanica without doubt, but which, looking to the habitat, are almost certainly tagalica. The Felder specimens of tagalica include the type (Manilla) and eleven other specimens — 4 cJcJ, 7 ¥ ? — from Celebes, Luzon, and Borneo. From Sumatra there are 3 (? c? of a rather small form with the black border wide, with 3 ? ? ajiparently belonging to them, though not collected at same time and place. From South Celebes are 4 cJ cj and one very large (50 mm.) ?, and 2 iS from Dongola. From Mindoro 4 c?(?, 3 ? ? (46 mm.) of average appearance ; there is a fifth <S from Mindoro that differs from the others only in being small (37 mm.), and which agrees very closely with a specimen in the Felder collection that I take to be the type of obsoleta, though it is not so marked. This Felder specimen is labelled, however, Luzon, and obsoleta is said to come from Mindanao. All these localities are Philippine, but of course the labelling of the supposed type of obsoleta is rather against its being so. On the other hand, if this is not the type, where is it ? It agrees well enough with the description, and is a very small specimen (36 mm.). Felder notes that obsoleta is the smallest species of the genus that he knows, and that it is very close to tagalica. The specimen is in poor condition, and is one of the most mended of the Felder examples. Bnngao provides two rather small (42 mm.) c?c? of some- what Palawanic facies ; 2 cJ c? from Bnngnran have rather wider borders to the hiudwing than usual, and 1 ?. There is 1 c? from Manilla (much smaller than type specimen), 6 tj J and 2 ? ? from Nias, 1 c? and 1 ? from Borneo. doherlyi nov. var., South Celebes, mimics celehensis. This form is referred to under celebensis and thetis, var. egena {q.v.). obsoleta Felder, Wieii. Ent. Moiials. 1862. p. 289 (Mindanao). Specimen (much mended) in Tring collection seems to agree with description. It has all the appearance of being a very dwarf specimen of tagalica. Though it has no label to that eifect, it is with the highest probability the type specimen of C. obsoleta Felder. talautensis nov. var. There are four specimens from the Talant Islands, which I refer to tagalica as a variety, though they might claim specific rank. They look very different from any other form of tagalica known to me, and only on examining the appendages are they seen to be very close to, if not identical with, that species. The iS has a black border very wide at the apex of the upper wing, and it maintains its width down the hiudmargin much more than in tagalica, but the width of the border of the hindwiug is much as in tagalica. From these margins the '*■* KOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1916. veins are marked inwards by black lines in a way that there is sometimes a trace of in tagtdica, bat is here very marked, and between these lines the copper is dnsted with dark scales so as to give a heavy dark rich appearance, assisted by the darkness and brilliance of the copper and by dark shading from the base; in this respect there is no form of tagalica that approaches it. There is further a definite difference of wing-form : the apex of the forewing and the anal angle of the hind- wing are both produced, so as to be obviously in contrast with tagalica. The underside has much the same lines as tagalica, bnt the appearance is very different, as the whole underside has the silvery whiteness of tlietis with no dark shading, only the fine lines and marginal dots. In the ? the npperside rusty markings are more reduced than any specimen (?) of tagalica, though one approaches it; the underside presents no appreciable difference. The appendages are but slightly different ; the aedeagas is 21 mm. long (in tagalica 1-8 mm.), and the harpes are distinctly narrower. 7. Curetis saleyerensis nov. spec. ? Fig. 29. Upper surface, ¥. „ 30. Underside, ?. There are two f ? specimens from Saleyer Island (just south of Celebes), unfortunately unaccompanied by males; these are very unlike any other species I have seen, but belong, judging from the underside markings, to the tagalica section. It seems desirable to give them a name, provisionally, saleyerensis. 8. Curetis insularis Horsf. Appendages. Figs. 69, 70 (N.E. Sumatra). imiilaris, Horsf. Cat. Lej>. E./.C. p. 125. n. 52 (1829) ; id. and Moore, Cat. Lep. ilus. E.I.C. vol. i. p. 53. t. 1 a. fig. 14 (upperside) ; Distant, Rhop. .\fiihii/. Tab. xli. fig. G, 7, J ? (upper- and underside). This is a very well-defined species, not likely to be confounded with any other. The figure of the underside in Distant's J^/top. Malay, is very good. The distinguishing character is that the postdiscal line beneath is very smooth and regular, with hardly any or very slight undulations. There seems to be nothing in the assertion that the ground colour is of a creamy tint : some specimens are so, but some are quite white. The statement probably arises from the circumstance XhsX'saronis has some resemblance beneath to insularis, and is usually very white but the real distinction is that suroni.-i is less distinctly marked and the post- discal__^line is undulated. The male appendages are equally distinctive : the dorsal hooks have the appearance of being broken off instead of being long, sweejiing and pointed ; thev are rather short, taper very little if at all, and end in a square blunt tip. The harpes have a lateral process very much like thetis, and the extreme end of the straight piece is smooth and chitinous ; this, together with the sjiertliis-\\ke aedeagus, in which the shuttle piece does not seem detached from the rest of the tube, indicates au alliance with the Imlis section. The specimens in the Tring Museum came from Sumatra, Java, Malay Peninsula, Banka, etc. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXlI. 1915. §§ Frnhstorfer {Stett. Eiit. Zeit. 1908, p. 53) calls this species "a ? forma pseudinsularis nova (= insalaris Dist. nee Horsfield)," and I received from Staudinger, apparently in accordance with this, specimens of insulans labelled "pseudinsularis," and of msophila labelled " insularis." How this cnrions assertion arises I do not know ; Staudinger's pseudinsularis is certainly identical with the Horsfield type in the British Museum, as it is identical with specimens I have compared with the type, and I accept Distant's figures as fairly good of the species, which is so distinct in its underside markings that it can hardly be confused with anything else. Frnhstorfer makes this statement so categorically that one supposes he has examined Horsfield's type ; if so, some mistake must have arisen in the notes taken, or in some other way. I have not studied Fruhstorfer's paper closely enough to say that there are no other faulty identifications, but that is my impression. The localities of the specimens at Tring are N.E. Sumatra, 7 <?(?, 3 ? ? ; W. Sumatra, 2 c?c? ; Sumatra, 2 S S ; Mt. Tahau (Mai. Pen.), 2 S i \ Selangor, 1 ? ; Banka, 5 (?(^, 5 ¥ ¥ ; Java (Felder coll.), 1 S ; Borneo, 1 cT. 9. Curetis bulls Doubleday and Westwood. Fig. 5. Underside, S. Appendages. Fig. 31. Clasps. „ „ 32. Aedeagus. „ „ 33. var. malayica. „ „ 34. from Borneo. ), „ 35. labelled angulata. ,, „ 36. from Sikkim. ,1 „ 37. var. santana (N. Borneo). „ „ 38. „ „ (Pahang). » „ 39. ,, felderi (Borneo). .. „ 40. „ „ (Coll. Bethnne-Baker). bulls Doubleday and Westwood, Genera Diurn. Lep. ii. p. 47.3, pi. 75, fig. 5 (1852). This species has had attributed to it portions, and indeed the whole of the following species, acuta. The $ appendages at once distinguish them ; the size and form of the aedeagus differ so as to be at once recognisable, and appear to be quite constant in the very considerable number of specimens that I have examined of each species ; that is, the extreme variations in each species still leave a marked gap between them at their nearest approach to each other. There are various named forms of bulis, such as discalis Moore, stigmata Moore, malayica Felder, to which I add santana Horsf. & Moore, and felderi Distant, though these require a little more discussion. angulata Moore is no doubt a form of acuta, but it so happens that there is a very similar form of bulis, and these two (both of which occur in collections under the name angulata) come from the same region (N.W. Himalayas), whether from the same localities or not I do not know, but this area is the extreme northern range of bulis and the extreme western of acuta. &6 iJoVlTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII 1915. Ill this, as ill tlic other species aiul forms, I depend rather on the photographs than on description to convey the characters of the appendages ; in bidis I note that the corunti are very numerous and rattier small, the aedoagns 2'0-3'U mm. long, with a terminal form and armament that is very distinctive. The harpe is smooth, solid, sometimes rather pointed, more often ronnded at the tip, rarely in some races inclined to broaden out. The valve is rather long and narrow, as iu the species of this B section. Unauthenticated specimens labelled arcuata Moore from Nias, but really balis, have the harpes rather more blnnt. A specimen labelled malai/ica (in Moore's writing) from Burmah has the harpe rather sharp. muUni'ica Felder, Rcixp. Norani, Lejj. p. 221. Tub. xxviii. fig. 18 (18tJi) ; Distant, Rlmji. Miilii/i^ p. '202. Tab. xxii. fig. 28 J' (1884). The type specimen of malayica agrees with specimens I have examined, obtained from various quarters ; these all prove to be forms of bulls. Specimens of bulls from Penang and Province Wellesley have a very close resemblance on the upper surface to acuta ; they are nevertheless bulis. sanlana Horsf. and Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I.C. p. 54. n. 97. 1857. refer to Boisd., Sp. Gen. Lep. 1. Tab. 23. fig. 1. (183(5). This name has puzzled me a good deal : two examples so named from the Moore collection proved both by wing markings and genitalia to be sperthis; they both hailed from Java, and are no doubt the same as Staudinger's javana (see sperthis). Boisduval's ligure is of the male upper surface, and might be thetis or various other species. There is, however, in the Tring collection a specimen labelled santana that probably represents the name correctly ; it is from the Felder collection, and has labels " Java ell. de Capellen." " Santana, Moore, Java, v. d. Cap." 1 happen to possess a similar specimen, but from Borneo, at least as labelled. On the upper surface these are not at all unlike titetis, but there are one or two points, such as the produced anal angle of the hindwing, that receive their explana- tion when it is seen that the underside is that of bulis. Both these specimens have appendages the same as those of bulis. It appears, then, that santana is a Javan race of C. bulis, iu which the black border is not returned along the inner margin, a feature that characterises bulis almost everywhere else, but the extent of which is so variable that snch a form as santana only carries this variation a trifle farther than usual. If my specimen is correctly labelled, which 1 doubt (it is from the Moore collection), this form also occurs in Borneo. There are two specimens, one (No. 4) from the Straits Settlements, that has a certain amount of black along inner margin, and one (No. 20), purely santana in marking, from N. Borneo, that both show the enlarged harpe oi santana. felderi Distant, Rhop. Malayana, p. 203. Tab. xxiv. fig. 3. ^ xxii. fig. 20 ? (1884). Mr. Distant writes me that he believes the type specimen is in the Zoological Museum at Tring. I have seen only one specimen, not labelled " type," bat " Felderi, Dist." apparently in Mr. Distant's writing, and a locality label " Sing XOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXII. 1915. 97 Kea " or something like that. This specimen belongs to the species I have called and believe to be " nesophila." The underside of nesophila is quite unlike that figured in Rhop. Malay, as felderi, so that if this is the type speci- men it is Incky it is not so labelled ; the upperside agrees well enough with the figure oi felderi. The underside figure of the male is clearly of the bulls group, a little blurred or rubbed, that of the female is highly suggestive of nesophila. There is in Mr. Bethune-Baker's collection a specimen labelled " Felderi " that agrees well enough with the figure ((?) iu Rhop. Malay. This specimen, however, is not Malayan, but comes from Sandakan, Borneo ; this is not, of course, decisive against its being felderi. My information, then, allows me (1) to leave the species alone, (2) to sink ■ it as a synon3-m of nesophila {nesophila in the Tring collection is Blalayau and Bornean), (3) to accept provisionally the Bakerian specimen as authentic. I adopt the latter course as more likely to advance knowledge, even if itself an error — as it proposes a,s felderi a form with strong claim to be a "good" species, but more especially because I believe it more nearly represents the fact. This same locality prodnces ordinary btdis and also sperthis. I conclude, in fact, that Mr. Distant had what I accept &s, felderi — namely, that of which he fignres the male underside, and which is represented in Mr. Bethune- Baker's collection under the name felderi ; he had also, and mixed with them, specimens of what I accept as nesophila. Of these he figured a female, and labelled ^% felderi the male in the Tring Museum. felderi on this assumption is a subspecies (or distinct species) of C. bulis, differing from tlie usual form in having the black margins as in santana or thetis — i.e. narrowing to anal angle of forewing, and not extending at all along the inner margin. In this respect it does not differ from the form santana, of which I have a Bornean specimen. The genitalia, however, of this specimen i)i felderi differ from ordinary (and usual Bornean) specimens of bulis by the dorsal hooks being shorter and blunter, and by the harpes being expanded to a tdnnt square tip. A variation of this sort is common in C. acuta, but the only specimen of bulis in which I have found it is another Borueau specimen — and in a minor degree a bulis (from Sikkim) and a discalis. This difference in the genitalia might give this felderi some claim to be a " good " species. My numerous preparations of the c? appendages of bulis do not present a complete series iu this matter of the harpe, from one extreme form to the other, but in view of the considerable variation iu specimens from each locality, and that I have some localities poorly and many not represented, I conclude that a sufficient number of specimens would show the range of variation to be continuous. Some few specimens present the discal mark that is more characteristic of the dentata form of acuta, but the range of variation on the upper surface covers nearly all the ground that de Niceville assigns to the whole group, and it must be agreed that the upper surface at least gives no certain characters by which to separate bulis from the other species of the section. C. bulis has a rather wide range : N. W. Himalayas (where it imitates the form angulata of acuta), Sikkim, S. Barmah, Malacca, Beuang, Banka, Sumatra, Nias, N. Borneo. 98 NOVITATBS ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 10. Curetis acuta Moore. Fig. 6. Underside, cJ . Appendages. Fig. 41. var. angulata (Bnsar). „ 42. „ „ (Kangra). 43. 44. Bnrmah. 4.5. „ dentata. 46. » !) 47. „ paraeuta (Formosa). 48. „ paraeuta brunnea. acuta Moore, Ami. Mag. N. H. (4) xx. 50-51 (1877) (Shanghai) ; Pryer, Rhip. Nihon., pi. iv. fig. 1 and 2. {J and $ (both surfaces). ikntaki Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Land. 1879, p. 1.37 ; 1882, p. 244. truncata Moore, Ann. Mag. N. IJ. (4) xx. 50-51, $ (1877). [This seems to be a form of acuta. I have had no ^ to examine.] paraeuta Nic^v. = acuta Pryer nee Moore, Journ. Bomh, N. II. Soc. xiv. p. 248 (1902). Ue Nic^ville says acuta Moore = truncata Moore = angulata Moore. Bnt paraeuta, though it looks very dilFerent from acuta, agrees with that species as to the appendages, and must be regarded as the geographical race of that species inhabiting China, Formosa and Japan rather than as a distinct species. angulata Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Loml. 1883, p. 522 pi. xlviii. fig. 2 (an angulated form of buVs much resembles and passes for angulata). My own specimens of "a>iffulata" from several sources all prove to be bulis ; they were named no doubt from the form of the wings, and these angulated specimens of bulls are very similar indeed to true angulata, which, from its habitat (N.W. Himalayas) and its having a ? with white patches, is no doubt a form not of huUs, but of acuta. acuta var. brunnea Wileman, Annnl. Zool. Jap. vii. p. 88 (1909). I do not know whether this is a distinct race of paraeuta, or is aberrational. In the preparation (and photograph) the aedeagus has unfortunately got crushed towards the extrcmit}'. I should define acuta: 1. Stigmatal mark distinct. 2. Harpe expanded at tip. paraeuta : 1. Stigmatal mark lost in the black area beyond it. 2. Harpe pointed at tip. I see no objection to any one regarding these as good species, though I think it seems better to consider them geographical races of one species. C. acuta differs from bulis in being usually provided with the dark tooth {dentata, stigmata) or stigma projecting from the costal dark border into the copper area. The angulata form of bulis is as angulated as any acuta, but acuta is usually angulated, bulis round-winged. On the underside, the oblicpie postdiscal line, which in these two species is more or less straight, in the t/ietis section Innulated, is comparatively, at its lower termination, decidedly farther from the NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1913. 99 hind-margin (figs. 5 and 6) than in bulis. The varied intensity of the markings and the great range in wing form do not make this always self-evident. The appendages difier from those of bulis chiefly in the aedeagus, which is 2'0 to 2-2 mm. long (bulis, 30 mm.), straight, and somewhat expanded towards its distal extremity. The actual extremity is much narrower than in bulis, almost pointed, and therefore carries only a few spines, which are more numerous down the margin. The harpe varies as in bulis ; in the paracuta form it is generally rather sharp ; in the Indian forms it is blnnt, and may be broad and tending to duplica- tion at the end. This is the only definite character in the appendages by which I could define paracuta from acuta, and the variation in acuta in this matter is so considerable that it does not seem to be a satisfactory character for the purpose. The distribution of acuta seems to be North-West India, Nepal, Darjeeling, Bnrmah, Hainan, Upper Meku, Tenasserim ; oi paracuta, Japan, Formosa, China. The pale patches in ? acuta are white, with a bluish aspect most pronounced in paracuta ; in bulis ¥ they are brown. 11. Curetis sperthis Felder. Fig. 1. Underside S. „ 2. Upperside c?. ,, 3. var. ininima. Upperside. 11 4. „ ,, Underside. Appendages. Fig. 49. Sent me as santana. » ), 50. „ „ javana. » 51. „ „ santana. (Sandakan, Borneo). „ 52. var. minima. sjieHhis, Felder, Reise Novara, Lep. p. 222 (18G5). aesopus, auct. pars, nee Fabr, (see discussion nnier phaedrua). Ou-retis mhiiina, Distant and Pryer, Amt. Mag. N, H, (5). xix. p. 265 (1887). Description agrees with specimen in Tring collection labelled " inhiima D. and P." " North Borneo " — which is either a type or a paratype. Comparing these specimens with the type of sperthis, and accejiting a specimen in the Tring collection which agrees absolutely with the type specimen for the examination of the appendages, shows all these named forms to be one species. The figure of a male in Distaut's lihop. Mala;/, pi. .xxiv. fig. 12 (called aesopus) is ajjparently the species under review, presenting — what is a characteristic of the species— the abundant irroration of the underside with black jioints, though the fasciae are rather too much in the bulis pattern. The ? of aesopus is possibly that species (viz. phaedrus), but has nothing in that case to do with sperthis {I.e. pi. xxiv. fig. 12), nor probably does pi. xxii. fig. 27 represent the ? of sperthis, though so named. I have not with certainty recognised the ¥ of sperthis. C. sperthis is a smaller nsect than hulls or acuta, and in the form minima is the smallest form of Curetis. It may be distinguished from bulis and acuta by the underside band being rather of the lunulated thetis type, than of that of bulis, and by the underside being more frequently thickly irrorated with fine black points.* These are seen in the * The black irroration beneath is a character of the B. (hiilis) section ; it is more frequently present in sjierthis than in the other species, but it may be absent in sperthis, and is often present in hulls and still more in some forms of acuta. iOO NOVITATES ZoOLOaiCAE XXII. 1915. photographs, figs. 4 and 5. Fig. 2, acuta, has a very similar appearance, bnt here the Jots are damages to the specimens, mnch more visible to the camera than to the nnaided eye. The extent to which the black border invades the inner margin of the wing varies a good deal. The appendages are on the same type as bulis ; they may be at once distin- guished by the aedeagus being much shorter (2'0 mm.) ; the extremity, instead of being square, has a pointed trowel-shaped form, and so looks much narrower ; and instead of the long compound double row of very numerous small coruuti, it has only a few of comparatively very large size. There are specimens of spertkis from Malacca, N.E. Sumatra, Java, and Borneo. In mounting the abdomina of S specimens of Curetis my attention was at once attracted by the existence of a fan on the basal abdominal segment, which I found in all the examples of the genus in which I looked for it. It is very similar to the fan that exists in Sphinges, and still more like that found in some Noctuae. I am not aware that a similar abdominal fan has hitherto been described in any butterfly. The fan consists of a large pencil of hairs arising from a special area on the lower posterior angle of the dorsal plate of the second abdominal segment. The hairs are rather more than 2-0 mm. long. No doubt, in use, they are spread and displayed and probably diffuse a scent, but I have not met with any record of their having been observed. At rest, they lie closely together in a special pocket, which crosses obliquely the steruite of the third abdominal segment and encroaches on the fourth. The precise disx'osition of the pockets will jierhaps be better gathered from figs. 78 ( x 8), 79 and 80 ( x 15). In fig. 80, though all the hairs are in the pocket, a number have been torn away from their point of origin. Fig. S3 shows the hairs and their origin ( x 25). Fig. 82 is similar, a number of the hairs have been lost, but one side of the pocket separated from its attachments is seen. The scale sockets of the area about the pocket present the usual vase-like or dumb-bell outline (fig. 84, x 300) ; passing from these to the pocket, they gradually change their form, until in the pocket itself they have a flask-like, nearly globular form, and give rise not to scales, but to short tapering hairs (fig. 85, x 300). It would seem that the sockets have been modified into scent glands, with a certain capacity to accommodate an accumulation of the scent material, and that the fine hairs served to conduct it to the hairs of the fan when about to be expanded. The hairs of the fan have no spicules, but are very straight and simple, yet when highly magnified, have a spongy, corky look, not the smooth, polished surface of most insect hairs, so that one supposes them to be somewhat spongy in order to absorb a supply of scent. The well-known scent-fans of Sphinges much resemble these fans of Curetis, but their disposition diff'ers somewhat; the fan or pencil of hairs in Sphinges arises from the same segment, the second abdominal, not however from the tergite, but from the middle of the dorsal margin of the sternitc ; the pocket in which it rests is merely the fold of membrane between the dorsal and ventral plates. In a Koctna (an American Acontian is figured) the fan arises from the first abdominal sternite, and occupies a pocket almost identical in appearance with that in Curetis; the difference from Curetis is in the point of origin of the fan and in the pocket being longitudinal instead of oblique; a photograph of a portion of this preparation is shown in fig. 81. KOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 101 EXPLANATIONS OF PLATES IIL— XIX. Figures 1 to 30 are the npper- and undersides of certain species, to show points of resemblance or distinction between them which are not well or not at all illus- trated by figures alreadj- published. They are enlarged something less than two diameters, generally as about 11, 12, or 13 to 7 ; and are from photographs by A. E. Tonge. Figures 31 to 77 are photographs of c? genitalia, also by Mr. Tonge, and are magnified by 25 diameters. Figures 78 to 85 illustrate the scent fans or pencils ; these are by BIr. F. N. Clark. I do not present any figures of the female genitalia. These appear to present items for specific characters in the structures of the eighth abdominal sternite, but the preparations I have made and had photographed refer to species whose distinc- tive characters are otherwise adequate, or to specimens whose determinations I am not sufficiently sure of to rely on them ; these remain therefore for some future occasion, and I expect for some other observer. Imagines. Figs. 1 and 2. sperthis c?, under- and upperside. „ 3 and 4. ,, var. minima, upper- and underside. Note the numerous minute black dots on the underside, which are character- istic of the species. Fig. 6 appears to show similar dots, but in this figure these are blemishes of the specimen hardly visible to the naked eye, but picked up, as the figure shows, by the camera; iu figs. 1 and 4 they are actual markings. Fig. 5. bulis S underside. ,, 6. acuta S „ These show the different position of the oblique postdiscal line in the two species, especially how much nearer the base of the wing it is on the inner margin in acuta. Unfortunately both species vary so much in wing outline that it is often difficult to verify this difierence. Fig. 7. pkae(/rus cJ, underside, shows the postdiscal line faintly. Figs. 8 and 0. t/tetis S under- and uppersides. British North Borneo form. A comparison of 7 and 8 shows that the advance towards the hlnd-margia of the lunulated line forward of vein 4, which obtains in various species, is absent in pkaedrun, but marked in thetis. C. thetis from India is usually too devoid of markings to illustrate this. Fig. lu. iiesophila, upperside, shows the regular arch-like curve of the outer margin of the copper area, which is approached, but not so definite in other forms of Cicretis, fig. 28, underside. Figs. 11 and 12. tagalica var. talautensis c?, upper- and undersides differ from the type form in the outline of the copper area and in the paleness of the underside. Figs. 13 and 16. tagalica var. talautensis ?, under- and uppersides ; this differs less than the S from the tyjncal form. Figs. 14 and 15. thetis var. hougaincillei S , under- and upperside. „ 17 and 18. „ „ „ ?, upper- and undersides. The figures sufficiently show the difl'erences from typical (Indian) thetis. 102 . NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. Fig. 16. talautensis. See fig. 13. Fig. 19. Aa;'o««.s (?, underside; beneath the npper wing the postdiscal line approaches the straightness that it has in phaedrus. Figs. 2U and 21. tketis var. e<jena S , upper- and underside. Note the mimetism between figs. 20, 23, and 26 ; 20 does not resemble typical tketis, nor 26 typical tagalica, as regards the uppersides, bat beneath they agree well with those species, which the genitalia show them to belong to. Figs. 22, 2.5. thetis y&v.fergussoiii S , upper- and underside. This has the wedge-shaped portions on the costal margin of the copper of upper wing, characteristic of other South-Eastern races of tketis, and found in celebensis and tagalica var. clohertyi. Figs. 23, 24. celebensis cj, upper- and underside. „ 26, 27. tagalica. var. clohertyi S , upper- and underside. „ 28. nesophila i, underside (and fig. 10). „ 29, 30. salegerensis ? , upper- and underside. Appendages. Fig. 31. hiilis, clasps. These can be exhibited in this way only by separating them from the other parts ; this gives a better idea of their structure than the other photographs, from specimens mounted to show (so far as may be) all the parts, and demonstrate specific differences. Fig. 32. bulis, aedeagus. Its characteristic form is equally evident in the four following figures. Fig. 33. bulis var. malayica. „ 34. „ (Borneo). This is from the same specimen as fig. 5 ; on the npperside the black margin returning along the inner margin is little more than a line along vein 1, a close approach to var. santana. Fig. 35. bulis (labelled angulata). „ 36. ,, a Sikkim specimen, shows thickening of ends of harpe approaching var. santana. Fig. 37. bulis var. santana (North Borneo). ), 38. ,, „ ,, (Fahang, Malay Pen.). These show expansion of the end of the harpe unlike typical bulis ; but fig 3S is not very different from fig. 36, and I have other similar specimens. The curve in the aedeagus in fig. 37 is due to a bend (in preijaration) of which an indentation on its left side may be seen. Fig. 39. bulis var. fcldcvi (Borneo). „ 40. ,, „ „ (coll. Bethnne-Baker). Hardly differ from 37 and 38 ; in fig. 40 undue jjarsimouy in amputating the abdominal extremity left behind portions of the aedeagus and saccus. Fig. 41. acuta var. angulata (Buxar). ,) 42. „ (Kangra). » 43. „ J, 44. „ (Burmah). Attempts to mount the whole appendages in figs. 42 and 43 (as in fig. 31) are not very successful. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAB XXII. 1915. . 1()3 These figures show well the short, wide, urceolate aedeagus and the variabilit}' of the harpes. Figs. 45 and 46. acuta var. dentata. Fig. 47. acuta var. paracuta (Formosa). „ 48. ,, ,, ,, ab. hrunnea (coll. Bethnue-Baker). In the last preparation, the aedeagus has unfortunately been crushed (in pre- paring, probably). All these are within the limits of variation shown in a number of preparations of acuta, of which figs. 41-44 are a sample ; in fig. 48 the dorsal hooks are longer and more slender than usual, and 47 and 48 are altogether larger, especially in the tegumen. Fig. 49. spertkis sent me as santana. „ 50. „ „ „ javana. ,, .51. „ „ „ santana (Sandakan, Borneo). „ 52. „ var. mimnia. The aedeagus is shorter than in acuta, narrower, and has a characteristic pointed extremity. Fig. 53. thetis India. „ 54. „ Ceram (sent me as phaedrus). „ 55. „ British New CTuinea. „ 56. „ var. barsine (coll. Bethune-Baker). All these show the " shuttle " piece fairly well, 53 and 55 especially show the position of the serrations it carries. Fiff. 57. tkctis var. menestratusYvnh&i. „ 58. ,, „ fe.i-giissoni. Both these show the tendency to fusion of the two lobes of the harpe, giving some resemblance to the peculiar caplike end in celebensis. Fig. 59. thetis var. bougainvillei. „ 6U. „ „ egena. These two are more like typical thetis ; in one harpe of 59, and both of 60, the lateral lobe is folded over so as to be not so easily seen. Fig. 61. thetis var. ribbei. The aedeagus is typical of thetis, the harpes are rather lengthened for thetis, but the differences can hardly be said to be beyond those of geographical races. Fig. 62. phaedrus. „ 63. ,, (Balai, India). „ 64. „ These show (as compared with thetis) the much broader valve, the shorter simple harpe and the heavy extremity of the aedeagus. Fig. 65. saroids, type form from Andamans. „ 66. ,, var. nicobarica from Nicobars. „ 67. „ ,, gloriosa (Rangoon). These have a very broad valve, a short harpe, and a rather long shuttle. Fig. 68. celebensis. Differs from thetis in the caplike end of the harpe, and the serrations being at the end of the shuttle, and in minor points, such as the hooked extremity of the dorsal hooks, which are less suddenly curved at the end in thetis. Fig. 69. insularis. N.E. Sumatra. 104 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. The abrnpt end of the dorsal hooks is not met with in any other species, the valves are shorter than in tketis, the harpes have a side-process very similar to but not identical with those in thetis. The shuttle is very weakly chitinised. Figs. 71 and 72. nesopkila. The base of the barpe is wide and cylindrical, the end short, the free portion of the valve straight apd cylindrical, the cormiti are few, the shuttle is long ; and the most noticeable character, because not occurring in other species, is the curvature of the aedeagns. Fig. 73. tagalica (Kalim Bnngo). ,, 74. „ sent me as insularis. „ '5. ,. These are conspicuous at once from their large size (the insect itself is not especially large), and the actually as well as comparatively short and slender aedeagus. Fig. 76. tagalica var. palawanica, „ 77. „ „ talautensis. „ 78. Abdomen of C. phaedrus $ , x 8, shows positions of origin of fan and of pockets. „ 79. Shows position of fan and pocket on 2nd, 3rd, and 4th abdominal segments, x 15. „ 80. Another specimen, x 15. „ 81. A very similar fan and pocket in a Noctna (Acontian), but with quite a different point of origin for the fan. x 20. „ 82. Fan and portion of pocket, x 25. „ 83. Fan. x 25. „ 84. Scale sockets close to pocket, x 300. „ 85. Modified scale sockets (glands ?) and hairs in the pocket, x 300. These (84 and 85) merge into each other at the margins of the pocket. NOVITATES ZOOLOGIOAE XXII. 1915. 105 ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM THE ISLANDS OF CERAM (SERAN), BURU, BALI, AND MISOL. By the Hon. WALTER ROTHSCHILD, F.R.S., Pn.D. THE material I am describing was collected during the " II. Freibnrger Molukken Expedition," by Herr Erwin Stresemann, and, after the Expe- dition had split up, by Dr. Tauern. The fact that Herr Stresemann was an ornithologist and Dr. Tauern a geologist accounts for the disproportionately small number of species of lepidoptera compared with the fine collections of birds described in the preceding volumes of Novitates Zoologicae. That a large number of the specimens are defective is surely due to the season and the inexperience of their native hunters. The most remarkable discovery faunlstically was undoubtedly the capture on Ceram of Papilio ( Troides) procus and Papilio weiskei stresemanni, both belonging to types hitherto considered exclusively Papuan. I have arranged the Rhopalocera and Gnjpocera approximately according to " Seitz," and the Heterocera according to Sir George Hampson. There are of Rhopalocera and irri/pocera from Ceram 140 species and subspecies, from Burn 17, and from Bali 87, all collected by Herr Stresemann, while from Misol there are 48, collected by Dr. Tauern. The total number of species of Rhopalocera and Gnjpocera is only 286, owing to several being common to two or more islands. It is curious that — in spite of the fact that Amboina and Ceram have furnished large quantities of species from the time of Linnaeus, and even Seba, for more than 180 years — there should still be large and conspicuous novelties on the latter island. RHOPALOCERA F A F I L I O N I D A E Fapilionuiae L Papilio (Troides) procus (-Rothsch.). Troides procus Rothschild, Nov.Zool. vol. xxi. p. 262 (1914) (Interior of Ceram). The specimen had slipped sideways in the box, so that we could not decide for certain which of the three localities in Ceram it came from ; but I have no doubt that, like P. weiskei stresemanni, it came from above 1000 metres in Central Ceram. 1 ?, Interior of Ceram. It is a great pity no c? of this remarkable species was obtained. 2. Papilio (Troides) tithonus tithonus (De Haan). Ornithoptera tithonus De Haan, Verh. Nat. Gescli. Ned. overs, bes. p. 18. t. 1. f. 1 ((J) (1840) (New Guinea). The single ? here enumerated agrees exactly with the S ? collected by Doherty at Kapaur and those collected by the Pratts at Fak Fak and in the Ninay Valley. Whether, as in the case of other species of this group, the c? will prove very different remains for future collectors to discover. 1 ? , Blisol. 106 . NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 3. Papilio (Troides) hypolitus hypolitus Cram. Papilio Eques Trojanushi/polltiis Cramer, Paj). E.mt. vol. i. part 1, p. 14, t. 10. ff. A, B ( J ) t 1 1 ff A. B. ( ? ) (1775) (Amboina). 2<?c?, 1 ?, Wabai, North Ceram ; 1 <?, 1?, Mansnela, Central Ceram, 650 metres = 2113 ft., 1912. 4. Papilio (Troides) helena oblongomaculatus Goeze. Pajj/lio Equen Trnjanus obliingomaculatus Goeze, Enlom. Beijti: vol. iii. p. 44. No. 22 (1779) (ex Colonia Surinamensi ! !). Siogl}' in open conntry. — E. S. 10 Si, 11 ¥ ?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 5. Papilio (Troides) helena mannus (Frnhst.). Troides helena mannus Pruhstorfer, Intern. Enlom. Zpil.<clir. Guhen, p. 238 (1908) (Bali). 1 (?, Bali, 1912 ; 1 ?, Kintamani, Bali, 4O0o ft., February— March 1911. 0. Papilio polydorus polydorus Linu. Papilio j)o!y<lijriiK Linnaeus, Aiiioi-n. Acad. vi. p. 401. No. 50 (1763) (" India"). 4 c?c?, 2 ? ?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 05() metres ; 1 cJ, 2 ? ?, Wahai, North Ceram. T. Papilio aristolochiae balinus Frnhst. Papilio aristolochiae balinus Fruhstorfer, Eiitom. Ziil^rhr. Slultijart, p. 72 (1908) (Bali). 1 c?, 1 ?, Biileleng, North Bali, January— April 1911 ; 4 ? ?, Bali, 1012. 8. Papilio euchenor misolensis Rothsch. Papilio euchenor misolensis Rothschild, Nov. Zool. vol. .\v. p. 169. No. 23 (1908) (Misol). 1 cJ, Misol. 9. Papilio demolion demolion Cram. Papilio Eques Achivus demolion Cramer, Paii. Exnt. vol. i. pt. viii. p. 140. t. 89. ff. A. B. (1771',) (Java). 1 c?, Gitgit, Bali, 1500—2000 ft. 10. Papilio helenus enganins Doh. Papilio {Chnrnx) helenus var. emjanius Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beug. 1891. p. 31. No. 50 (Engano). 4 (?(?, 1 ?, Danau B;-atan, Bali, 2500 ft., January 1911 ; 2 cJcJ, Kintamani, Bali, 4000 ft., February— March 1911. 11. Papilio fuscus fuscus Goeze. Papilio Eques Achivus fuscus Goeze, Entom. Bei/tr. vol. iii. p. 87. n. 71 (1779) (Seba tab. 43 ff. 1. 2). Seba's iignres, though poor,are evidently the same insect as Cramer's F. secene-t from Amboina, which therefore becomes the typical locality. Ceram and Burn examples cannot be separated. Four aberrational forms occur : — NOVIIATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1015. 107 (1) ab. cinereo-maculatus Goeze, with white spots beyond the cell of forewiug ; (2) ab. madanas Frnhst., with a more or less complete postmedian white band on forewing ; (3) &h. fuscus Goeze, no white on forewing, band of hiudwing long, becoming pointed towards the abdominal margin ; (4) ab. castarteits Goeze, white band on hiudwing short, consisting only of four spots. ~i <?(?, 3 ? ?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 050 metres, 1912 {IS, ab. cinereo- maculatus ; 1 (J, 3 ? ?, z!o.fuscus) ; 1 S, "Wahai, North Ceram ; 1 i (ab. madam(s), Mgesawain, Central Burn, 800 metres = 2600 ft. 12. Papilio polytes javauus Feld. Papilhi pohjtes vnr.Japamts Felder, VerJi. zool. hutan. GeseJl. Wieii (1862) p. 48lj. No. 127 (Java). The polytex form of ? form jut-anus appears to be much rarer than the ojrus form of ? form virilis ROb., for out of 7 ¥ ? sent by Herr Stresemann, only one is iorm javanus. 0 t?c?, 3 ? ?, Bali, 1912 (2 ? ? form ci/rus, 1 ? form javanus) ; 2 c?c?, 1 ?, Kintamani, Bali, 4000 ft, February— March 1911 ; 1 J, 1 ? , Gitgit, Bali, 1500— 2000 ft.; 1 cJ, 1 ?, Danau Bratan, Bali, 2500 ft., January 1911; 1 tj, (Juimng Bratan, Bali, 4000— 4500 ft., January— February 1911 ;7 cjcj, 1 ¥, Buleleng, North Bali, January— April 1911. 13. Papilio polytes alphenor Cram. Papilio Eques TnyamiK aljihenov Cramer, Pap. E.rot. vol. i. pt. viii. p. 141. t. SO. f. B. (177tj) (" China " !). 3 <?<?, 2 ??, Wahai, North Ceram; 1 S, Sukaradja, North-west Ceram; 3 ? ?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres. 14. Papilio ambrax ambrax Boisd. Papilio iimbrax Boisduval, Voij. Astrolabe Eutom. p. 40. No. 5 (1832) (New Guinea). 2 c? c? (ab. ambrax) Misol. 15. Papilio gambrisius gambrisius Cram. Papilio Eqiies Achivus gambrisius Cramer, Pap. E.i-at. vol. ii. pt. xiv. p. 95. t. 157. ff. A. B. (1779) (Amboina). 1 c?, Ceram; 3 cJc?, 2 ¥ ?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 050 metres. 16. Papilio aegeus ormenus Gndr. Papilio nrmotus Guerin, Voy. C'oqnille, t. 14. f. J (I82'J) (uo locality). 1 c? (ah. pandion Wall.) Misol. 17. Papilio memnon memnon Linn. Papilio Equcs Trujanus memnon Linnaeus, Sijst. Xal. edit. x. p. 400. No. 12 (1758) (Asia). 5 cJcJ, Buleleng, North Bali, January- April 1911 ; 1 ¥ (form laomedon Cram.), Bali, 1912. 108 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 18. Papilio deiphobus deiphobus Linn. PapiUii Equex Trnjamts (hiphohua Linnaeus, Sysl. Xat. edit. x. p. 459. Nos. 6 (1758) (Asia). 5 <?c?, 1 ?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres. 10. Papilio ulysses ulysses Linn. Papilio Eques Acinous tili/sses Linnaeus, .%.■.■<. Nut. edit. x. p. 4(V2. No. 20 (1758) (Asia). 9 c?c?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres. 20. Papilio aristeus aristeus Cram. Papilio Eqiies Achiviis aristeus Cramer, Piij). Exot. vol. iv. pt. xxvii. p. GO. t. .SIS. ff. E. F. (1780) (Amboina). 1 (?, Ceram ; 1 cJ, Wahai, North Ceram. 21. Papilio weiskei stresemanni Rothsch. Papilio weiskei stresemanni Rothschild, Lepid. Brit, Ornifh. & Woll. Exps. p. 4 (1015) (Ceram). This most surprising discovery proves once more how arbitrary our ideas of fanual limits nsnally are, for if any butterflies could be considered solely oceano- papnan in distribution, it was the Papilio maclea >ianiis group (P. gclon, weiskei, and macleai/anus), and now it turns up suddenly in the South Moluccas. Only observed in the Central Mountains of Middle Ceram above 1000 metres = 3250 ft. It frequents light forest, and is found there on the flowers of an Euf/enia species. — E. S. 8 c?(?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, above 32.50 ft., 1912. 22. Papilio codrus codrus Cram. Papilio Eques Trojanus codrus Cramer, Pap. E.i-fit. vol. ii. pt. xv. p. 127. t. 170. iT. A. B. (1777) (Amboina). 1 ?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres; 1 <J, Mgesawain, Central Burn, 800 metres. 23. Papilio sarpedon sarpedon Linn. Papilio Eques Trojanus sarpedon Linnaeus, Sysl. Nat. edit. x. p. 4G1. No. 14 (1758) (Asia). 2 (?(?, Danan Bratan, Bali, 2500 ft., .January 1911. 24. Papilio sarpedon anthedon Feld. Papilio anthedon Felder, Verh. zaol. hot. Gesell. Wien (18G4) p. 305. No. 217 and p. 350. No. 124 (Amboina). 3 c?c?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres. 25. Papilio doson evemonides Hour. Papdio jason var. eremonidcs Honrath, Ucrl. Enlum. Zeils'li. Bd. xxviii. p. 306. t. 10. f. 2 (1884) (Malacca ; S.E. Borneo). 1 cJ, Bali, 1912. NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXII. 1915. 109 26. Papilio eurypylus eurypylus Linn. PapiUn Eqiies AcJilvus emypyhis Linnaens, Syst. Nat. edit. x. p. 464. No. 37 (1758) (" in Indiis "). 1 i, C'eram ; 1 t?, Wahai, North Ceram ; 3 cJcJ, Blannsela, Central Cerani, 650 metres. 27. Papilio macfarlanei cestius Fruhst. Papilio macfarhiiiei cestius Fruhstorfer, Soc. KiUoin. VMi. p. 49 (locality unknown). 1 c? , 3 ? ? , Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres. 28. Papilio agamemnon plisthenes Feld. Papilio jiJisthenes Felder, Verh. sool. hot. Gesell. Wieii (18G4) p. 30G. No. 232 ; id Reise Nomra Lep Tol. i. p. 70. No. 53. (1865) (Amboina). ' ' 1 (J, 3 ? ?, Wahai, North Ceram; 3 c?(?, 3 ¥ ?, Maunsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres. 29. Papilio agamemnon meton Fruhst. Papilin ttijaiiieiiinon melon Fruhstorfer, Ins. Borne 1904. p. 181 (Lombok). 1 6, Bali, 1912. Fieriuae 30. Leptosia xiphia chlorographa Hftbn. Leptosia chlnrographa HUbner, Zutr. Exot. Schmett. ff. 47. 48. (1818) (Java). 1 c?, Danau Bratan, Bali, 2500 ft., January 1911. 31. Delias dorimene dorimene (Cram.). Papilin dorimene Cramer, Pap. Exot. vol. iv. pt. x.Kxiii. pi. 387. ff. C. D. (1782) (Amboina). 1 c?, 1 ? , Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres. 32. Delias periboea wallacei Rothsch. Delias periboea var. toallacei Rothschild, Iris, vol. v, p. 441. t. 5. f. 2. (1892) (S. Celebes ! !). 4 c?c?, 1 ?, Buleleng, North Bali, January— April 1911. Herr Fruhstorfer assumes that my type from S. Celebes was erroneously labelled and really came from Bali ; it certainly is strange that it has never turned up in Celebes again, but just the same as large Papilios have only been got on Celebes in single e.xamples, so much more likely would a dirty, dingy Pierid be overlooked. 33. Delias mysis cruentata (Butl.). Pieris cruentata Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Loud. 1865. p. 455. t.' 26. f . 2. (Misol). 1 ¥ , Misol. 34. Delias caeneus caeneus (Linn.). Papilio caeneus Linnaeus, Mus. Ludov. Dlr. p. 271 (1764) (Amboina). 1 <?, 2 ¥ ¥, Blanusela, Central Ceram, 65i» metres, 1912. 110 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 35. Delias duns duris (Hew.). Pkris duris Hewitson, Exot. Biitl. vol. ii. Pier. t. h. f. 34 (1861) (Ceram). 1 (?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 36. Delias funerea buruana Rothsch. Delias funcrca buruana Rothsch. Nov. Zool. vol. vi. p. 68 (1899) (Mt. Mada, Buru). ?. Above differs from S in the whole costa of forewiug and the whole wing obliquely from termeu above vein 4 to costa across upper half of eud of cell being black, and in the hindwing being grey with the outer two-thirds between veins 4 and 7 black. Below 6 and ? are identical. 1 ? , Wahai, North Ceram. 37. Delias isse (('ram.). PajjUio isse Cramer, Paji. Exot. vol. i. pt. v. t. 55. ff. E. F. (1775) (Amboina). 2 c?c?, I ?, Manusela*, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 38. Delias belisama balina Frnhst. Delias belisama balina Fruhstorfer, Intern. Entom. Zeitschr. Guben, 1908. p. 238 (Bali). 1 c?, Buleleng, North Bali, January — April 1911. 39. Delias rothschildi Holl. Delias rothschildi Holland, Nor. Zoul. vol. vii. p. 81 (1900) (Buru), Herr Fruhstorfer was quite wrong in placing this species as a form of dorimene, though from no fault of his own ; it is nearer echidna Hew. The S not being recorded, I describe it below, and also re-describe the ? , the single ¥ type being in poor condition. (J. Above. Forewing greyish white, apical half of wing obliquely across cell to tornns black. Hindwing white with broad black border ; the yellow of underside shining through. — Below. Forewing black, five spots at apex and wing below vein 1 white. Hindwing golden yellow, a large irregular area at, around, and beyond tornns fiery orange, a broad black margin (one-sixth of wing) black with five large, almost coalesceut golden and orange patches in it. ? . Above. Forewing black with greyish white streak above inner margin. Hindwing base grey, rest of wing white, outer one-third of wing black. — Below. Forewing black, base greyish, a quadrate white spot beyond cell, five yellow patches at apex. Hindwing golden yellow, nervures broadly white, outer black border with slightly smaller yellow patches than in S . 1 c?, Bara, N.W. Buru. [3 (?c7, 1 ?, Mt. Blada, Burn, 3U(iO ft., September 1898 (Dumas)]. 40. Delias stresemanni sp. nov. (J. Above. Forewing cream- white, apex broadly black running down in diminishing width along termen to vein 2, costa black. Hindwing cream-white narrowly edged with black. — Below. Forewing black-brown with strong metallic NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. Ill bronzy glaze, a white dot at end of cell, three yellow spots in apex and three whitish small spots along teruien. Hindwiug black-brown strongly glazed with metallic bronze, an orange costal band and a terminal line of orange streaks, a white spot at apex of cell and a broad clond-like whitish postmedian band. ?. Above. Forewing, basal three-fifths obliqnely pale grey, outer two-fifths obliquely black-brown with a curved snbterminal row of grey streaks. Hind- wing, basal two-thirds pale grey, outer one-third black-brown. — Below. Fore- wing black-brown glossed with metallic bronze basal and cellular areas slightly powdered with yellow scales, a snbterminal curved band of white oblong spots. Hindwing black-brown strongly glossed with metallic bronze, a white spot at end of cell, basal streak and row of snbterminal spots goldea yellow. Length of forewing : S 30 mm., ? 27 mm. ; expanse, c? *54 mm., ? .58 mm. 1 c?, 1 ?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1012. 41. Anaphaeis Java Java (Sparrm.) PaplUo Java Sparrman, Amoeii. Aaid. vol. vii. p. 504. note. 1 (17C7) (Java). 1 (?, Kintamani, Bali, 4000 ft., February— March 1911 ; 9 (?c?, 8 9 ? , Buleleug, North Bali, .January— April 1911 ; 1 6,2 ? ? , Bali, 1912 ; 1 ¥ , ?. 1912. 42. Huphina nerissa corva (Wall.). 3)!s. Eiitom. Soe. Loiul, ser. iii. vol. iv. p. 3 1 c?, 1 ?, Buleleug, North Bali, .January— April 1911 ; 3 (?<?, 1 ?, Bali, Pieris corra Wallace, Tram. Eiitom. Soc. Loiitl. ser. iii. vol. iv. p. 339. No. 32 (1867) (Java, Bali). 43. Huphina aspasia aspasia (Stoll). Papilio aspasia Stoll, Siippl. Cramer's Pap. E.r.ot. pt. v. p. 148. pi. xxxiii. ff. 3, 3 c. (1790) (Amboina). 2 c?(?, Wahai, North Ceram ; 19 cJc?, 2 ? ?, Sukaradja, N.W. Ceram ; 2 c?c?, Mansuela, Central Ceram, 6.50 metres, 1912. 44. Huphina aspasia jael (Wall.). Pierisjael Wallace, Trans. Eiilom. Soc. Loud. ser. iii. vol. iv. p. 335. No. 20 (1867) (Buru). 2 c?(?, Mgesawaiu, Central Burn, 800 metres. 45. Huphina perimale rachel (Boisd.). Pieris rachel Boisduval, Hist. Nat. Ins. Spec. G<'n. Lepid. vol. i. p. 469. No. 46 (1836) (Java !). There is some doubt about this form, as since Boisduval's time it has not been received from Java. Fruhstorfer in " Seitz " quite omits all mention of a form of H. perimale from the Molnccas. I, however, in addition to the 4 cj (J enumerated below, possess 'Z H from Burn, 1 ? from Ceram, 2 cJcJ from Batjan, and 2 c?c? from Ceram Laut ; a 6 from Obi is slightly different. As all these specimens agree with Boisduval's description of rachel in possessing the very large yellow subapical patch, which is less developed in all the other forms oi perimale, I have come to the conclusion that the locality of Boisduval's type was wrong, and that/*, rachel is the South Muluccan race. 112 NOVITATES ZOOLOQICAE XXII. 1915. 2 cJc?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, ]ltl2 ; 1 (?, Sukaradja, N.W. Ceram; 1 <?, Ceram. 40. Appias lyncida lyncida (Cram.). Papilio lyncida Cramer, Pcq). E.cid. vol. ii. pt. xi. p. 5,^. t 131. f. B. (1777) (Java). 1 i, Bali, 1912. 4T. Appias ada ada (Cram.). Pupilio luh Cramer, PajJ. Exol. vol. iv. pt. x.\xi. p. 14:>. t. 303. ff. C. D. (1781) (Amboina). 1 c?, Sukaradja, N.W. Ceram; 7 6 6, 1 ?, Maunsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 48. Appias melania antoniae Frnhst. Appias melania antoniae Fruhstorfer, Seitz Gnmschm. der Erde, vol. ix. p. 150 (1910) (East Ceram, Saparua). 1 (?, 1 ?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 050 metres, 1912 ; 2 c^c?, Wahai, North Ceram. 49. Appias placidia (Stoll.). Popilio placidia Stoll, Stipp>l. Cramer's Pap. E.rot. pt. iv. p. 133. pi. xxviii. ff. 4. 4 C. (1790) (Amboina). Dr. Standinger separated the Batjau specimens as a subspecies under the name var. macuhttii, and Herr Fruhstorfer in " Seitz " followed him, adding the localities Halmaheira and Obi. I cannot agree to this, for out of seventeen ? ? sent by Herr Stresemann from Ceram, nine are like the c? unspotted above, seven are normal or like Standinger's maculata, while the other one has a band of large distinct yellow patches much stronger developed than in any of Standinger's maculata. I consider, therefore, at the most the yellow-spotted ? ? can only be treated as aberrations and must stand as ab. maculata Stand. 25 (?c?, 15 ? ?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912 ; 2 (JcJ, Kanike, North Ceram, 000 metres = 1950 ft., 1912 ; 1 c?, 3 ? ?, Wahai, North Ceram. in large numbers on the ground where covered with leaves in high primeval forest with little undergrowth. In the coast region and Central Mountain Range. Never found in open country. — E. 8. 50. Appias celestina celestina (Boisd.). Pierix celestina Boisduval, Voy. Astrolabe Lipid, p. 46. No. 1 (1832) (Waigiou). When a good series of both the yellow and white forms of ? is available, the Misol form of celestina will have to be separated, but the three white ? ¥ obtained by H. Kiihu are not sufficient for this purpose. 15??, Misol [2 c?(J, 3 ? ? (white form), Misol, January 1899 (Heinrich Kiihu)]. 51. Catopsilia pyranthe evangelina (Butl.). Callidryoi evangelina Butler, Trans. Entom. Soc. Land. 1870. p. 11. No. 6 (Flores). 1 J, 1 ?, Buleleng, North Bali, January— April 1011 ; 3 (J J, 2 ¥ ?, Bali, 1912. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 113 52. Catopsilia crocale crocale (Cram.). Papilio crocale Cramer, Pap. Exot. vol. i. pt. v. p. 87, t. 55. ff. C. D. (1775) (East Indies). This insect is very variable, but in spite of its great range has developed into only fonr subspecies. The S 3 have two chief forms : a yellow one, S forma Jiavescens Fruhst., and a form with the outer half of wings white, c? forma alcmene Fabr. In the more western portions of its range three principal ? forms occur: ? forma jagurtha Cram, with narrow margins to the wings and more or less white hindwings ; ? forma crocale Cram, with yellow hindwings and wider margins ; and ? forma latilimbata Fruhst. with a lot of sooty black on the wings. 2 c?(? (c? forma alcmene), 1 c? (c? forma Jiavescens), Buleleng, North Bali, January— April 1911 ; 2 ? ¥ ($ ioTms.jugurtha), Bali, 1912. 53. Catopsilia crocale rivalis Fruhst. Catopsilia crocale /lava J forma rivalis Fruhstorfer, Seitz Grosssclim. Ercle, vol. ix. p. 163. t. 68. f. d. 4 and fE. d. 2-4 and e. 1-5 (1910) (Moluccas and Papua). Herr Fruhstorfer applied the name Jlava Butler to the subspecies of crocale reaching from the Koluccas to the Solomons, and named the Celebes race celebica. He had evidently never looked up Butler's original description, or he wonld have seen that Butler's name flava was given to specimens obtained by A. R. Wallace in Celebes in 1858. I find that no other names have been given to the Molncco- Papuan race except the three ? ? forms riealis, crocalina, and jugiirthina Fruhst. As I do not wish to create a new name, I apply the name rivalis to the whole subspecies as it stands first on the page. 3 (?(?, 1 ? (? forma rivalis), Wahai, North Ceram ; 4 c?t?, 4 ? ?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912; 1 S, Misol. 54. Catopsilia scylla scylla (Linn.). Pajnlin scylla Linnaeus, Mus. Loude. Ulr. p. 242 (1764) (Java). 1 ¥, Kintamani, Bali, 4000 ft., February— March 1911. 55. Catopsilia scylla moluccarum Frahst. Catopsilia scylla moluccarum Fruhstorfer, Seitz Grosssclim. Erdc, vol. ix. p. 165. t. 68. c. fit. 4. 5 (1910) (Moluccas). 2S(5, 2??, Wahai, North Ceram; 1 c?, 1 ?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 56. Terias hecabe sankapura Frahst. Terias hecabe sankapura Fruhstorfer, Seitz Grossschm. Erde, vol. ix. p. 167 (1910) (Bawean, Java, Bali, and Lombok). Terias hecabe is the most puzzling and variable insect. It varies locally, it has three seasonal forms which, however, all iutergrade, it varies individnally, and it varies both in colour and shape, and in some cases is sexually dimorphic and in others not. I have four local races to enumerate in this paper, but I shall only treat of them under their sub.specific entities, as it would carry too far to split them up under the host of aberrational and formal names they possess. ScJcJ, 8??, Buleleng, North Bali, January— April 1911; 1?, Dauaa 114 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. Bratan, Bali, 2500 ft., January 1911 ; 1 cJ, 1 ? , Gnnung Bratan, Bali, 4000—6500 ft, January — February 1911 (this pair is quite unlike the other Bali specimens, for the ground colour of the c? is pale lemon-yellow and of the ? creamy white) ; 2 cJcJ, 2 ? ?, Bali, 1912. 57. Terias hecabe diversa Wall. Terias diversa Wallace, Trans. Entom. Soc. Lorul. ser. iii. vol. iv. p. 324. No. 20 (1867) (Buru). 2 (?c?, Bara, N.W. Burn. 58. Terias hecabe biformis Butl. Terias biformis Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. t. vol. xiii. p. 19G (1884) (Amboina). The colour of the d type is exactly that of the Gnnung Bratan <J of k. sankapura, while none of the series mentioned below is of that colour. The females vary in colour, some being pure white, while others are decidedly washed with lemon-yellow. Two males are paler yellow and have a broader black margin to hindwings. 13 (?(?, 14 ? ?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912 ; 5 (?(?, 1 ?, Wahia, North Ceram. 59. Terias hecabe oeta Frnhst. Terias hecabe oeta Frnhstorfer, Seitz Grossschm. Erde, vol. ix. p. 168 (1910) (New Guinea). 1 c?, Misol. 60. Terias blanda blanda Boisd. Terias blanda Boisduval, Hist. Nat. /«.?. Spec. Gen. Lipid, vol. i. p. 672. No. 32 (1836) (Batavia). 4 c?c?, 1 ?, Buleleng, North Bali, January— April 1911 ; 2 ? ?, Bali, 1912. 61. Terias blanda cungata Fruhst. Terias blanda cungata P'ruhstorfer, Seitz Grossschm. Erde, vol. ix. p. 169 (1910) (Amboina). 11 <S(S,5 ? ?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 050 metres, 1912. 62. Terias libythea drona Horsf. Terias drona Horsfield, Cat. Lepid. Mas. E.I.C. p. 137. t. 1. f. 13 (1829) (Java). This subspecies has two seasonal forms : (1) seas. f. drona is the wet-season form, and (2) seas. f. herlina is the dry-season form. 2 SS (seas. f. drona), Danau Bratan, Bali, 2500 ft., January 1911 ; 1 ? (seas. f. drona), Gitgit, Bali, 1500—2000 ft. ; 1 c?, 1 ? (seas, f drona), 13 <?(?, 2 ? ? (seas. f. herlina), Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres. 63. Terias laeta stigmatica subsp. nov. 5 ? . Differs from I. laeta in the yellow underside and in the distinct black discocellnlar stigma. 1 cJ, 1 ? , Kintamani, Bali, 4000 ft., February- March 1911. NOVITATEa ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 115 64. Terias tilaha tilaha Horsf. Teiias tilaha Horsfield, Cat. Lepid. Mus. E.I.C. p. 136. No. 62 (1829) (Java). a cJc?, 1 ?, Danau Bratan, Bali, January 1911; 1 ?,Gunnng Bratan, Bali, 4000-650U ft., January— February 1911. 65. Terias norbana depicta Fruhst. Terias norhana depicta Fruhstorfer, Seitz Gvonsschm. Erde, vol. ix. p. 172 (1910) (Amboiaa). 1 cJ, 2 ? ?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 66. Terias Candida Candida (Cram.). PapiUo Candida Cramer, Pap. Exot. vol. iv. pt. xxviii. p. 8.3. pi. 331 (1780) (Amboiaa). 15 cJcJ, 13 ? ?, Manusela, Central (Jeram, 650 ft., 1912; 1 <S, Sukaradja, N.W. Ceram ; 1 ?, Kanike, North Ceram, 600 metres, 1912 ; 4 cJc?, 7 ? ?, Wahai, Nortb Ceram. Abundant in open places!! — E. S. [Hagen says always only in forest lands.] 67. Terias Candida papuana Butl. Terias paptiatia Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hixt. ser. vii. vol. i. p. 60. No. 9 (1898) (Misol). I (?, 9 ¥ ?, Misol. 68. Gandaca harina aiguina Fruhst. Gandaca harina aiguina Fruhstorfer, Seits Grossschm. Erde, vol. ix. p. 173 (1910) (Obi, Moluccas, to New Guinea ! !). The bulk of the New Guinea specimens have a much wider black apex to the forewing in the males, but I have specimens even more exaggerated from India, the Malay Islands, and the Philippines, so that before I venture to describe the Papuan race I require a better series from the Moluccas, for the eleven specimens enumerated below are all I have from there. II (?c?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912; 1 S, Misol. 69. Hebomoia glaucippe javanensis (Wall.). Iphias glaucippe loc. var. {3) javanensis Wallace, Journ. Entom. ii. p. 3 (1863). 1 (?, 1 ?, Bnleleng, North Bali, January — April 1911. 70. Hebomoia leucippe leucippe (Cram.). PapiUo leucippe Cramer, Pap. Exot. vol. i. pt. iii. p. 57. t. 36. ff. A. B. C. (1775) (Amboina). Fruhstorfer has separated the Ceram leucippe as a distinct subspecies under the name of leucippe daemonis. He gives as the differences the great reduction of orange above in the forewing and the whitish not yellowish underside of hind- wing. This does not hold good : out of my seven Amboina females five have more black and less orange than Frnhstorfer's figure of his daemonis female, while six of them have the hindwing below white. Of my two Ceram females one has more orange in forewing than the figure shows. 1 t?, Ceram ; 1 c?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. Rather rare in river valleys in open country. — E. S. llg . NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1015. 71. Pareronia jobaea elsa (Frnhst.). Nepheronia jobam eha Fruhatorfer, Berl. Entom. Zellschr. vol. xlviii. p. 98 (l'J03) (Ceram). b S 3, Snkaradja, N.W. Ceram. 72. Saletara liberia liberia (Cram.). Papilio ZjJeWa Cramer, Pap. Exot. vol. iii. pt. xviii. p. 31. t. 210. fi. G. H. (1779)(Amboina). 6 SS, 2 ? ?, Mansnela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912; 2 SS, 2 ? ?, Wahai, North Ceram ; 1 c?, Kanike, North Ceram, 600 metres, 1912. In hitch virgia forest with little undergrowth on the ground where covered with leaves. — E. S. 73. Saletara cycinna cycinna (Hew.). Pieris cycinna Hewitson, Exot. Bull. vol. ii. Pier. t. 4. ft'. ".^3. "iC (1861) (Aru). 1 (5', Misol. SAITAIDAE Sanainae 74. Danaida chrysippus bataviana (Moore). Limnas bataviana Moore, Pro:: Zool. Soc. Land. 1883. p. 238. No. 5 (Java). 1 c?, 1 ?, Bnleleng, North Bali, January— April 1911 ; 3 ??, Kintamani, Bali, 4000 ft. ; 4 c?(J, Bali, 1912. 75. Danaida chrysippus petilia (Stoll). Papilio petilia Stoll, Suppl. Cramer's Pap. E.r.ut. pt. iv. p. 132. pi. xxviii. f. 3. (1790) (Coast of Coromandel). 3 tJt?, 2 ¥ ?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912 ; 1 cf, Wahai, North Ceram ; 2 cJcJ, Bara, N.W. Barn. 76. Danaida plexippus intensa (Moore). Salatura inten.ia Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Loud. 1883. p. 240. No. 3 (Java). 4 cJcJ, 5 ¥ ?, Kintamani, Bali, 4000 ft., Febrnary— March 1911 ; 1 c?, Gitgit, Bali, 15U0— 2000 ft. ; 2 cJc?, 3 ? ¥, Danau Bratan, Bali, 2500 ft., January 1911 ; 1 t?, 1 ¥, Buleleng, North Bali, January— April 1911. 77. Danaida philene philene (Cram.). Papilio philene Cramer, Pap. Exut. vol. iv. pt. xxxii. p. Iij8. t. 375. S. A. B. (1781) (Amboina). This form varies much in the intensity of the brown colonr, and Fruhstorfer has named the extreme pale individuals forma lu.mrians, and he states that this form has more often white marks on the upperside of hindwings. Out of the fifty specimens sent by Herr Stresemaun, twenty-two are forma luxurians and twenty- seven forma philene, while one S has almost entirely black hindwings. Now, of these tifty specimens only two have white on the hindwings above, one a i forma luxurians, and the other the <S with almost black hindwings {i.e. the brown on hindwiug having almost disappeared). NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 117 4 c?c?, 3 ? ?,Wahai, North Ceram ; 30 cJcJ, 13 ? ?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. Very abundant in open country in the Coast region and Central Mountain Ranges. — E. S. 78. Danaida philene mysolica (Moore). Salatura mysolica Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. Land. 1883. p. 24'2. No. 13 (Misol). One 6 has, as in the preceding form, an almost black hind wing, but in this case it is more extreme. 4 c?c?, 1 ?, Misol. 79. Danaida ismare ismare (Cram.). Papilio ismare Cramer, Paj}. Exol. vol. iii. pt xxiv. p. 156. pi. '279. fli. E. F. (1780) (Amboina). 7 c?c?, 3 ? ?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912 ; 1 ?, Wahai, North Ceram. 80. Danaida melissa melissa (Cram.). Papilio melissa Cramer, Pap. Exot. vol. iv. pt. xxxii. p. 17-2. t. 377. if. C. D. (1781) (Java). There are two well-marked forms of this insect found on Java — a large wet- season form, " forma" m>/rsilos Fruhst., with all the lines and spots much reduced, and a smaller drj'-season form, " forma " rnelissa, with the lines and spots large and broad. On Bali the dry-season form is identical with that on Java, but the wet- season form has the narrow lines and small spots of tw/rsilos, but is if anything smaller than " forma " mdiasa. I propose to call this " form. loc. melissiaa form, nov." 1 ? (forma melissa), Buleleng, North Bali, January — April 1911 ; 1 ? (forma loc. melissina), Bali, 1912; 1 ? (forma loc. melissina), Kintamani, Bali, 4000 ft., February— March 1911. 81. Danaida melissa nigra (Mart.). Danais (Tirumala) melissa nigra Martin, Iris, vol. xxiv. p. 24 (1910) (Ceram). 2 cJcJ, 3 ? ?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 82. Danaida aspasia philomela (Ziuk.-Somm.). Euploea philomela Zinken-Sommer, Nova Act. Acad. Nat. Cur. xv. p. 184. t. 10. f. 17 (1831) (Java). 1 (J, Danau Bratan, Bali, 2.500 ft, January 1911; 3c?rf, Gitgit, Bali, 1500—2000 ft.; 1 c?, Bali, 1912 ; 1 <^, 2 ? ?, Buleleng, North Bali, January- April 1911. 83. Danaida cleona cleona (Cram.). Papilio cleona Cramer, Pap. Exot. vol. iv. pt. xxxii. p. 173. t. 377. f. F. (1781) (Amboina). 16 c?c?, 8 ? ?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912; 2 SS, 1 ?, Wahai, North Ceram. Common in open country on the coast, and in the Central Mountain Range. 118 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 84. Danaida cleona lutescens (Butl.). Da/iais lutescens Butler, Proc. Zuol. Soc. Land. 1866, p. 172. No. 5 ; p. 173. f. 3. (Buru). 2 ? ¥ , Mgesawaia, Central Bnru, 800 metres. 85. Danaida albata gilva Frnhst. Danaida albata gilva Fruhstorfer, Seitz Grossschm. Erde, vol. ix. p. 209 (1910) (East Java). 5 c?c?, 5 S ?, Gunnng Bratan, 7020 ft, January— February 1911. Only found ou summit of Gnnung Bratau — E. S. 86. Danaida juventa juventa (Cram.). Papilio jiwenta Cramer, Pap. Exot. vol. ii. pt. xvi. p. 139. t. 188. f. B. (1777) (Java, Amboini, and Coast of Coromandel). 4 SS, 2 ? ?, Bali, 1912; 1 3, 1 ? , Kintamani, Bali, 4000 ft., February- March 1911 ; 1 ?, Guuung Bratan, Bali, 4000—6500 ft., Jaunary— February 1911 ; 2 SS,2 ? ?, Buleleng, Bali, Jaunary— April 1911. 87. Danaida juventa meganira (Godt.). Danais meganira Godart, Encycl. Method, vol. ix. p. 102. No. 51. (1819) (Java). 12 iS, 10 ? ?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912; 7 <^c?, 2 ? ?, Wahai, North Ceram. Eestiinae 88. Ideopsis stresemanni sp. nov. (?. Antennae black, club very large ; palpi wliite outside, black inside, tip of last segment black ; head black-brown, two spots on frons and two on vertex white ; thorax black-brown, white dots on tegulae and patagia ; abdomen seal- brown above. Forewing long and narrow, seal-brown ; a broad central baud below vein 1, a large patch above it, patches between veins 2 and 3, 4 and 5, 5 and 6, a spot above vein 0, two spots (one above and one behind) apex of cell, and a row of six submarginal spots bright canary-yellow with a slight olive tinge. Ilindioing, basal two-fifths bright olivaceous canary-yellow divided into patches by the seal- brown nervnres ; outer three-fifths seal-brown, streaks along abdominal folds, a postdiscal band of seven large spots and three or four indistinct submarginal dots. ? . Larger wings, much broader and rounder ; on forewing between vein 4 and tornns the submarginal row of spots is double, and on hindwing there is a complete row of twin submarginal spots. Expanse: S, 94 mm.; ?, 109 mm. Length of forewing: S, 45 mm.; ?, 52 mm. 20 c^cJ, 10 ? ?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. Abundant in light forest and in open spots above 500 metres = 1650 ft., and singly even as high as the summit of Gunung Pinaia, 2500 metres = 8150 ft. ; below 500 metres rarelv to be seen. — E. S. NOVITATBB ZOOLOQICAK XXII. 1915. 119 89. Hestia idea (Clerck). Papilio idea Clerck, Icones Insect. Ear. sect, seounda, t. 38. f. 1 (1764). Hestia idea novella Fruhstorfer, Seitz Grossschm. Erde, vol. ix. p. 224. pi. 75b. No. 1 (1910) (Banda, Goram, and Ceram). Fruhstorfer has separated the Banda, Goram, and Ceram specimens as a subspecies, chiefly on the greater amount of black in the cell of Amboina specimens, but the distinction breaks down in a series. 6 (?(?, 6 ??, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912; 10 c?(?,8 ? ?, Wahai, North Ceram; 1 ?, Kanike, North Ceram, 600 metres, 1912. Solitary in tall virgin forest having scanty undergrowth. Native Molnccan name " Kupu Kupu Swangi " (Malayan name, " Kupu Knpn Hantn ") = Ghost butterfly.— E. S. Euploeinae 90. Euploea -climena climena (Cram.). Papilio climena Cramer, Pap. Exot. vol. iv. pt. xxxiii. p. 207. t. 389. ff. E. F. (1782) (Amboina). 6(?c?, 7 ??, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912; 5c?c?, 5??, Wahai, North Ceram. 91. Euploea climena elwesiana (Nic^v.). Euploea (Vadebra) elwesiana Niceville, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. 66. pt. ii. No. iii. p. 543. No. 1 (1897) (Bali Lombok, Sambawa). 1 c?, Kintamani, Bali, 4000 ft., February— March 1911. 92. Euploea confiisa confusa Bntl. Euploea confusa Butler, Proc. Znol. Soc. Lund. 18G6, p. 285. No. 52. p. 283. f. 3 (Waigiou). 3cJ(?, 1 ?,Misol. 93. Euploea alecto Butl. Euploea alecto Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1866, p. 275. No. 21 (Ceram). 3 c? (J, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912; 2??, Wahai, North Ceram. 94. Euploea duponcheli duponcheli Boisd. Euploea duponcheli Boisduval, Voi/. Astrolabe Lep. p. 97. No. 6 (1832) (Burn). 1 ? , Bara, North-west Burn. 95. Euploea duponcheli anthracina Butl. Euploea anthracina Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1860, pp. 280. 281. Nos; 39. 39a. f. 1 (Ceram). 15 c?c?, 5 ? ?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912 ; 1 c?, 1 ?, Wahai, North Ceram. 96. Euploea melanopa cissia Fmhst. Euploea melanopa cissia Fruhstorfer, Seitz Grossschm. Erdr, vol. ix. p. 243 (1910) (Misol). 7 cJ<J, 1 ¥, Misol. 120 NOVITATES ZOOLOUICAE XXII. 1915. 97. Euploea picina inaequalis Batl. Eupluea inaeqttalis Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Land. 1878, p. 302 (Ceram). 2 (?c?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 6.50 metres, 1912. 98. Euploea mulciber basilissa (Cram.). Papilio basilissa Cramer, Pap. Exot. vol. ii. pt. xi. p. 45. t. 127. ff. C. D. (1777) (Java). Fruhstorfer has named the ? ? with no bhie in apical one-third of wing forma donada. 4 c?c?, 1 ?, 1 ? f donada, Baleleng, North Bali, January— April 1911; 1 c?, 1 ?, Gitgit, Bali, 1500—2000 ft. ; IcJ, 1 ? f. donada, Bali, 1912 ; Ic?, 1 S, Danau Bratan, January 1911 ; 1 ? f. donada, Gnnnng Bratan, Bali, 4000 — 6500 ft., January— February 1911 ; 1 S, Kintamani, Bali, 4000 ft., February — March 1911. 99. Euploea salabanda cledonia (Fruhst.). Calliploea adyte? cledonia Fruhstorfer, Soc. Entom. vol. 19. p. 68 (1904) (Ceram). 2SS, 1?, Maausela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912; 1?, Wahai, North Ceram. 100. Euploea mazares mazares Horsf. & Moore. lorsfi 1 ?, Bali, 1912. Euploea mazares Horsfield & Moore, Cat Lep. Ins. .Ua.i. E.I.C. ed. ii. p. 127. No. 25.3 (1857) (Java). 101. Euploea corus defiguratus (Fruhst.). Macroploea corus defiguratus Fruhstorfer, liitrrn. Kninm. Zcitschr. Giihen, ii. p. 238 (1908) (Bali). 3 c?c?, 1 ?, Buleleng, North Bali, January— April 1911 ; 2 ? ?, Gitgit, Bali, 1500—2000 ft. 102. Euploea phaenareta phaenareta (Schall.). Papilio phaenareta Schaller, Natiirf. vol. x.xi. p. 177. t. 5. f. 1. 2 (1785) (Amboina). 13 (SS, 4 ? ¥, Mannsela, Central (Jeram, 650 metres, 1912. 103. Euploea phaenareta hoUandi Fruhst. Euploea phaenareta hollandi Fruhstorfer, /)■(», vol. xvi. p. 303 (1003) (Buru). 1 ? , Burn. 104. Euploea nemertes nemertes (Hubn.). Lemttas mutabilis Tieniertes Hiibner, Samml. E.rot. Schmett., i. t. 26 (1806 — 1816). 9 (i(S, 0 ? ?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 6.50 metres, 1912 ; 1 J', 1 ?, Wahai, North Ceram. 105. Euploea nemertes bouruana (Moore). Salpinx bouruana Moore, Proc. Zaul. Soc. Land. 1883, p. 302. No. 9 (Buru). 1 ?, Mgesawain, Central Buru, 800 metres. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 121 106. Euploea dentiplaga sp. uov. ? . Head, thorax, and abdomen velvety black, a row of white dots along edge of eye and a whitish band on sides of anal half of abdomen. Forewing pale coflfee-brown, disc black-brown ; a white spot in cell, a postmedian and postdiscal row of four white spots each, an indistinct white dot between veins 11 and 12. Hindwing black-brown, paler beyond vein 0 to costa, a jiostmedian band of large white blotches which are strongly dentate externally and less strongly internally. Underside similar but much paler, postmedian band of spots on forewing bluish ; a median band of spots and spot in cell on hindwiug blnish white. Expanse, 120 mm. ; length of forewing, 57 mm. This species is unlike anything I know, but its nearest allies are leachi leachi and leachi coracina. 4 ? ?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912 ; 1 ?, Ceram. Exclusively a mountain species, affects specially flowering Eugenia trees. Observed even at 260U metres = 8450 feet on Guunng Pinaia. — E. S. 107. Euploea crameri singaradha Fruhst. Euploea crameri singaradha Fruhstorfer, Intern. Eiitom. ZeitS'-Jir. Gubcn, p. 238 (1908) (Bali). 1 <J, Gitgit, Bali, 1500—2000 ft. 108. Euploea deione wallengrenii Feld. Euploea wallengrenii Felder, Reise Nomra, Lepid. vol. ii. p. 336. No. 465 (1867) (Java). 1 cJ, 1 ? (ab. demaculata Fruhst.), Bali, 1912. Falaeotropinae 109. Tellervo assarica assarica (Cram.). Papilio assarica Cramer, Pap. Exot. vol. iv. pt. xxxi. p. 142. t. 3tj3. ff. A. B. (1781) (Amboina). 7 c?c?, 10 ¥ ?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 110. Tellervo zoilus coalescens subsp. nov. S. Diifers from z.fallax in the cell patch of forewing being much larger and almost coalescent with the subapical patch. ? . Differs in the still larger subapical patch, which quite coalesces with the very large cellular patch. 3 (?c?, 1 ?, Misol. SATTSIDAE Satyrinae 111. Ypthima pandocus pandocus Horsf. & Moore. Tpthima pandocus Horsfield & Moore, Cat. Lepid. Ins. Mus. E.I.C. vol. i. p. 235. No. 506 (1857) (Java). 1 (?, Buleleng, North Bali, January — April 1911 ; 3 (?(?, Kintamani, Bali, 4000 ft., February— March 1911 ; 2 SS, Danau Bratan, 2500 ft., January 1911. 122 KOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 112. Ypthima philomela philomela (Joli.). Papilio philomela Johansson, Amoeu. Acad. vol. vi. p. 404. No. 60 (1763) (Java). 2 c?<?, Gitgit, Bali, 1500—2000 ft. ; 1 ? , Kiatamaai, Bali, 4000 ft., February- March 1911. 113. Hypocysta osyris (Boisd.). Satj/rus os!^)-/s Boisduval, Voy. Astrolabe, Lep. p. 154. No. 17 (1832) (Offak). 2 ¥ ? , Misol. 114. Lethe arete arete (Cram.). Papilio arete Cramer, Pap. Exol. vol. iv. pt. xxvii. p. 50. t. 313. fE. E. F. (1780) (Amboina). 2 SS, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 115. Lethe europa europa (Fabr.). Papilio europa Fabricius, Syst. Entom, p. 60i1. No. '247 (1775) (America ! !). 1 ?, Danaa Bratan, Bali, 2500 ft, Jauaary 1911. 116. Mycalesis sirius manipa (Boisd.). Satyms manipa Boisduval, Voy. Astrolabe, Lep. p. 150, No. 10 (1832) (Amboina). 1 (?, 2 ? ?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912; 1 ?, Wahai, North Ceram. 117. Mycalesis terminus nemulia (Cram.). Papilio nemulia Cramer, Pap. Exot. vol. iii. pt. xx. p. 76. t. 237. fe. F. G. (1779) (Amboina). 21 t?c?, 5 ? ?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912; Si <S 3 , 3 ? ?, Wahai, North Ceram. 118. Mycalesis terminus wakolo Frnhst. Mycalesis terminus wakolo Fruhstorfer, Verhand. zool. bot. Gese Is. Wien (1908), p. 164 (Burn). 2 (?<?, Mgesawain, Central Barn, 800 metres. 119. Mycalesis phidon phidon Hew. Mycalesis phidon Hewitson, Exot. Bait. vol. iii. Myad. t. 3. £. 16 (18G2) (Aru). 1 (J, Misol. 120. Mycalesis mehadeva mehadeva (Boisd.). Satyms mehadeva Boisduval, Vny. .lutrolahe, Lep. p. 151. No. 12 (1832) (Dorei). 2 (?cJ, 2 ? ?, Misol. 121. Mycalesis duponcheli umbonia Frnhst. Mycalesis duponcheli umbonia Fruhstorfer, Soc. Entom. vol. xxi. p. 91 (1900) (Waigiou). 1 ? , Misol. NOVITATBS ZOOLOOICAE XXU. 1915. 12S 122. Mycalesis janardana janardana Horsf. & Moore. Mycalesis janardana Horsfield & Moore, Cat. Lepid. Ins. Mus. E.I.C. p. 234. No. 502 (1857) (Java). 2 c?(?, 1 ?, Baleleng, North Bali, January— April 1911. 123. Mycalesis sudra taunis Frnhst. Mycalesis sudra taiiuis Fruhstorfer, Seitz Grosssf/im. Erde, vol. ix. p. 355 (1910) (Bali). 10 cJc?, 3 ? ?, Danau Bratan, Bali, 2500 ft., January 1911. 124. Orsotriaena medus zipoetina Pruhst. Orsotriaena medus zipoetina Fruhstorfer, Verhand. zool. hot. Gesells. Wien 1908, p. 214 (Sumatra). Fruhstorfer treats tbis as a form. loc. only ; but as it aj^pear.s to be the only form on Bali, I consider it must rank as a subspecies. 2c?c^, 3 ??, Buleleng, North Bali, January— April 1911; 2 3<S, 2 ??, Bali, 1912. 125. Melanitis leda leda (Linn.). Papilio leda Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. ed. xii. vol. i. pt. 2. p. 773. No. 151 (1707) (" Asia"). 1 c?, 3 ? ?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912; 1 ?, Wahai, North Ceram. 126. Melanitis leda simessa Fruhst. Melanitis simessa Fruhstorfer, Seitz Grossschm. Erde, vol. ix. p. 362 (1910) (Java). 2 (?J, 3 ? ?, Buleleng, North Bali, January— April 1911 ; 1 c?, Bali, 1912. (Both the wet-season form lacrima Fruhst. and the dry-season form ismenides Frnhst. are represented.) 127. Melanitis leda buruana Holl. Melanitis leda buruana Holland, Nov. Zool. vol. vii. p. 61. No. 18 (1900) (Burn). 1 (J, Bara, North-west Burn. 128. Melanitis constantia constantia (Cram.). Papilio constantia Cramer, Pap. Exot. vol. ii. pt. xii. p. 57. t. 133. ff. A. B. (1777) (Amboina). The males and females appear in two extreme forms and an intermediate third form. The c? form with barely any transverse band on forewing is d f. depicta Fruhst, and for the ? form without ocelli in forewing above I propose the name of ? f. inocnlata form, nov., and for the intermediate ? form with only one ocellus the name ? f. semioculata, form. nov. If it is considered worthy of a name, the i intermediate form conkl be called 3 f intermedia form. nov. 3 cJc?, 7 ¥ ? (1 c? f. depicta, 2 cj c? f . intermedia, 1 ? f. iiiocidata), Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912 ; 1 ? (f. semioculata), Kanike, North Ceram, 600 metres, 1912 ; 1 S, Wahai, North Ceram. 129. Melanitis amabilis crameri (Batl). Cyllo crameri Butler, Entom. Moii. Mag. vol. iii. p. 77. No. 4 (18G6) (Oceania 1 !). 1 (J, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912 ; 1 ? , Ceram. (I have followed Fruhstorfer temporarily in applying Butler's name to the Ceram race.) 124 " NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXII. 1915. 130. Melanitis amabilis kajelana Frnhst. Melanitis amabilis kajelatia Fruhstorfer, Entom. Zeitschr. Stuttgart, vol. xxii. p. 83 (1908) (Bum). I tJ, Bara, North-west Baru. Elymniinae 131. Elymnias hypermnestra baliensis Frahst. Elymnias protogenia baliensis Fruhstorfer, Soe. Entom. vol. xl. No. 18. p. 147 (1896) (Bali). II c?c?, 3 ? ?, Bali, 1912 ; 29 <?c?, 5 ? ?, Biileleng, North Bali, Jannary— April 1911 ; 1 r^, Kiutamani, Bali, 4000 ft., February— March 1911. 132. Elymnias nigrescens bulelenga subsp, nov. ?. Differs from 7iiq. sumbawana Frubst. iu the submarginal spots of the fore- wiug being smaller and much whiter, and iu there being a submarginal line of whitish streaks on Jiindwing. 1 ?, Buleleng, North Bali, January — April 1911. 133. Elymnias vitellia ceramensis Mart. Elymnias vitellia ceramensis Martin, Iris, vol. xxii. p. 65. No. 2 (1909) (Ceram). This is rather a poor subspecies, as specimens occur with two, three, and four snbapical spots. Fruhstorfer's ab. suaciiim I have not seen, but one of the Kanike specimens has a blue spot on hindwing al)ove. T cJcJ, Mauusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912; 2SS, Kanike, North Ceram, 600 metres, 1912. 134. Elymnias agendas agendas (Boisd.). Dychis agoiulas Boisduval, Voy. Astrolabe, Lep. p. 13.S. t. ,3. f. 5 (1832) (Vanikoro ? ! !). 2 c?c7, 1 ? (?/ bloculams Donbld. & Hew.), Misol. AMATHUSIIDAB Amathnsiinae 135. Faunis arcesilans canens Hiibn. Faunis canens Htibner, Samml. Exot. Schmett, vol. ii. pi. 82. £E. 3. 4 (1820-1826). 3 ??, Danau Bratan, Bali, 2500 ft, January 1911; 1 c?, Gunung Bratan, Bali, 4000—6500 ft., January— February 1911. 136. Taenaris urania pandemos Frnhst. Taenaris urania jmndemos Fruhstorfer, Seitz Grossschm. Erde, vol. ix. p. 411 (1911) (Ceram). 11 c?c?,4 ? ?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912; 8 cJc?, Wahai, North Ceram. 137. Taenaris selene gigas (Stand.). Tenaris macrops gigas Staudinger, E.rot. Tarif. vol. i. p. 194 (1888) (Ceram). Among the series sent by Herr Stresemaun are two specimens ( cJ ? ) which struck me at once as very strange : the c? has the forewing very ranch paler than NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. X25 the remaining 15 (Sd, fawn-grey or greyish fawn instead of sooty brown, and the hindwing, except the outer quarter obliquely from vein 3 to costa, which is fawn-grey, pure white, the ocellus having a narrow outer fawn ring ; the ? has the whole forewing brownish grey with an oblique dirty white band from subcostal nervure beyond cell to termen between veins 3 and 4, broad nearest costa, narrowing sharply to termen, the hindwing has basal two-thirds white. This form I pro- pose to call forma pseadomacrops form. nov. On the ground in light forest occasionally abundant. — E. S. 16 c?t?, 6 ? ? (1 (?, 1 ?, f. pseudomacrops), Manusela, Central (.'eram, 650 metres, 1912. 138. Taenaris myops praxedes Fruhst. Taenaris myops /)raa:afe.5 Fruhstorfer, Entum. Zeitsdir., vol. xviii. p. 119 (1904) (Salwatti?). A poor subspecies. 13c?d~, 1 ?, Kisol. 139. Taenaris artemis ziada (Fruhst.). Tenarls artemis ziada Fruhstorfer, Insekteii-Borse, vol. xxi. p. 389 (1904) (Misol). 4 (?(?, 3 ? ?, Misol. 140. Taenaris dimona ofiFaka Fruhst. Taenaris dimona offaka Fruhstorfer, Wien. Entom. Zeil. vol. xxiv. p. 82 (1905) (Waigiou). 1 <?, Misol. 141. Taenaris dimona desdemona (Stand.). Tenaris dimotui (ksdemona Staudinger, Exot. Tagf. vol. i. p. 201 (1888) (Ceram). 1 ?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 142. Taenaris catops fulvida (Butl.). Termris fulvida Butler, Tram. Entom. Soo. Land. 1870. p. 487. No. 2 (Misol). 5 (?^, 2 ? ?, Misol. I9rTiaFHAI,IDAE ITymphalinae 143. Ergolis ariadne ariadne (Joh.). Papilio ariadne Johansson, Anweii. Acadeiii. vol. vi. p. 407. No. 71 (1764) (Java). 1 c?, 1 ?, Bali, 1912 ; 1 c?, Buleleng, North Bali, January— April 1911. 144. Cupha erymanthis synnara Fruhst. Cupha erymanthis synnara Fruhstorfer, Seilz Grossschm. Erde, vol. ix. p. 467 (1912) (Java). 2 cJc?, 1 ?, Buleleng, North Bali, January— April 1911 ; 1 d, Gitgit, Bali, 1500— 200U ft. 126 , NOVITATES ZOOLOOIOAE XXII. 1915. 145. Cupha crameri crameri (Feld.). Messaraa crameri Felder, Silzungsber. Akad. Wiss. Wiea. Math. Nat. CI. xl. p. 449. No. 5 (1860) (Amboina). 1 (J, 1 ?, Wahai, North Ceram. 146. Cupha lampetia lampetia (Linn.). Papilio lampetia Lianaeus, Mus. Liidov. Ulr. p. 286 (1764) (Amboina). 3 c?c?, 3 ? ?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912 ; 2 ? ?, Waliai, North Ceram. 147. Cupha madestes turneri (Bntl.). Messaras turneri Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. iv. vol. xviii. p. 244. No. 17 (1876) (Misol). 2 (?(?, 1 ?, Misol. 148. Atella phalanta phalanta (Drnry). Papilio phalanta Drury, IHuslr. Exot. Entom. vol. i. p. 41. t. xxi. fE. 1. 2. (177.3) (China). 1 S, Bnleleng, North Bali, January — April 1911. 149. Atella alcippe alcippe (Cram.). Papilio alcippe Cramer, Pap. Exnt. vol. iv. pt. xxxiii. p. 207. t. 389. ff. G. H. (1782) (Amboina). 2 (?(?, 1 ?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912, 150. Issoria egista egista (Cram.). Papilio egista Cramer, Pap. Exot. vol. iii. pt. xxiv. p. 158. t. 281. ff. C. D. (1780) (Amboina). 3 c?(?, 5 ? ?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 19"12; 1 ?, Wahai, North Ceram. 151. Cynthia arsinoe arsinoe (Cram.). Papiliu arsinoe Cramer, Pap. Exot. vol. ii. pt. xiv. p. 100. t. 160. ff. B. C. (1777) (Amboina). Frnhstorfer has separated arsinoe from Ceram as arsinoe ardea on the ground that the ? ? have the forewing tinged with cream-yellow, the green of the onter portion of the hindwing paler, and that also below they are paler and show less white on onter portions of wings. I cannot accept this as fact, for the ? enumerated below is much darker than most of my Amboina ? ? , and has uo cream-yellow above but a lot of white below, while several of my Amboina ¥ ? have all the characters Fruhstorfer gives for his arsinoe ardea. Abundant in the Central Mountain chain on river banks. It often comes in large masses to fresh excrement. — E. S. 45 c?(?, 1 ?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 152. Cynthia arsinoe rebeli Frnlist. Cynthia arsinoS rebeli Fruhstorfer, Entom. Zeitschr. vol. xix. p. 215 (190G) (New Guinea). 4 cJc?, Misol. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 127 153. Cynthia arsinoe buruana Frnhst. Cynthia arsinoe hunmna Fruhstorfer, Iris, vol. xiv. p. 329 (1901) (Buru). Described from three S S. ? . Differs from ? a. arsinoe above in the forewing being mnch darker grey with a dark olive-green sheen and no snffasion of brown on rnfotis ; the post- median bands of white markings are absent, having been entirely suffused with dark scales ; a median white band bordered outside with a greyish black crennlated line. Hindwing entirely grey with green sheen, the outer two-thirds suffnsed with dnll orange ; a median white band with crennlated line on outside followed by an indistinct greenish bine band ; ocelli smaller than in a. arsinoe and the pale ring is deep orange, not pale yellow. Below there is a median white band on both wings not found in a. arsinoe, and on forewing there is a postdiscal red line not in the nametypical form. It has also an anal ocellus on hindwing above and below; in fact it almost agrees with ? C. erota albotaeniata except being darker grey. 6 c?t?, 1 ?, Mgesawain, Central Bnru, 800 metres. 154. Cirrochroa regina ducalis Wall. Cirrochroa ducalis Wallace, Trans. Entom. Soc. Land. 1869, p. 340 (New Guinea). 1 cJ, Misol. 155. Cethosia biblis narmadoides Nicdv. Cethosia narmadoides de Nic(5ville, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. 60. pt. ii. No. iv. p. 683. No. 85 (1898) (Bali). 1 c?, Gitgit, Bali, 1500-2000 ft.; 1 S, Kintamaui, 4000 ft., Febrnary— March 1911. (The list of original references in Seitz Grosssckmetterlinge der Erde is most carelessly and inefficiently prepared ; not only omissions bat absolutely wrong quotations occnr continually.) 150. Cethosia biblis ceramensis Frnhst. Cethosia biblis ceramensis Fruhstorfer, Stettin. Entom. Zeit. vol. 63. p. 349 (1902) (Ceram). 10 (?(?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 157. Cethosia cydippe cydippe (Job.). Papilio cydippe Johansson, Amoenit. Academ. vol. vi. p. 409 (1763) (India). The question of authorship of this insect and the dates of publication are rather puzzling ; however, it is quite certain that those many authors who attribute cydippe to Linnaeus are entirely wrong, as he only described it in 1767. It merely remains a question between Johansson and Clerck, who are both quoted as 1764. Now Clerck's [cones Tnsectorum Rarioram, pt. ii. is dated " Holmiae 1764," and it is on plate 36, f. 1 that ojdippe is figured. Johansson's " Genturia Insectorum " forms article cxxi. of the periodical issued by Linnaeus entitled Amoenitates Academicae, and is the twenty-first article 128 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. of the twenty-four composing vol. G, and is dated " Upsaliae 1763, Junii 23," on p. 409 of which c>/dippe is described. It would at first sight be obvious that 1763 is earlier than 1764; but Johansson quotes Clerck, giving the plate 36 f. 1 correctly. I think, however, this may be explained by supposing that Clerck showed Johansson an advance proof of his work. It is a fact that the Icones of Clerck were never distributed through the booksellers, but only under the direct aegis of Queen Louisa Ulrica of Sweden. I therefore consider Johansson to be the author of cijdippe. 7 cJc?, 3 ? ¥, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912 ; 1 c?, 2 ? ?, Wahai, North (!eram ; 2 c?c?, Sukaradja, North-west Ceram ; 1 ?, Ceram. 158. Cethosia cydippe claudilla Fruhst. Cethosia cydippe claudilla Fruhstorfer, Seitz Grusxsclini. Erde, vol. ix. p. 509 (1912) (Dutch New Guinea). 1 have adopted Fruhstorfer's name to save the coining of a new one ; for in reality, as he says it is impossible to tell from the description whether Felder's name damasippe is founded on the N.W. or S.W. Dutch New Guinea form and proposes claudilla at random for the form which turns out not to be damasippe, the name cannot stand. Moreover, the type of Felder's damasippe is an aberration with the marginal dark portion of the hindwing much wider and the light part much darker than in any other specimen from the Papuan region which I have, so that it is impossible to say which form of the two it is. I there- fore fix the type locality of Fruhstorfer's name as Misol. 7cJc?,6"? ¥, Misol. 159. Argynnis hyperbius javanica Oberth. Argijnnis niphe jaoanica Oberthiir, Bull. Soc. Eiitoni. Fraw/e, 1889, p. 236 (Java). 3 (^S, 1 ¥, Kintamani, Bali, 4000 fr., February— March 1911 ; 1 S , Gunung Bratan, Bali, 4000— 6500 ft., January— February 1911 ; 1 c?, Bali, 1912. 160. Precis ipMta horsfieldi (Moore). Junonia hontfitldi Moore, Lepid. Ind. vol. iv. p. 82 (1899) (Java). 2 c?(J, 1 ?, Buleleng, North Bali, January — April 1911 ; 2 ¥ ?, Danau Bratan, Bali, 2500 ft., January 1911 ; 1 ¥, Gitgit, Bali, 1500—2000 ft, ; 3 S3, 1 ¥, Bali, 1912. 161. Precis hedonia hedonia (Linn.). Papilio hedonia Linnaaus, Mus. Ludov. Ulr. p. 279 (17G4) (Amboina). 4 c?t?, 5 ¥¥, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912; 4 cJJ, 1 ¥, Wahai, North Ceram. 162. Precis hedonia ida (Cram.). Papilio ida Cramer, Pap. Exol. vol. i. pt. iv. p. Gfi. t. 42. ff. C. D. (1775) (Java). 2 cJc?, 3 ¥ ¥, Buleleng, North Bali, January — April 1911 ; 1 ?, Kintamani, Bali, 4000 ft., February- March 1911 ; 4 <?t?, 5 ¥ ?, Bali, 1912. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. l29 163. Precis hedonia zelima (Fabr.). Papilio zelima Fabricius, System. Entom. p. 492. No. 212 (1775) (New Holland). 2 (?cJ, 1 ?,Misol. 164. Precis atlites atlites (Job.). Papilio atlites Johan.'ison, Ainoen. Academ. vol. vi. p. 407. No. 72 (17G.^) (Asia). 1 S, Buleleng, North Bali, Jannar} — April 1911 ; 1 ?, Bali, 1912. 165. Precis atlites acera Frnbst. Precis atlites acera Fruhstorfer, Seitz Grosssclim. Erde, vol. ix. p. 510 (1912) (Celebes). 2 (? (?, 2 ¥ ¥ , Mansnela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912 ; 2 c? c?, 3 ¥ ¥ , Wahai, North Ceram. 160. Precis erigone erigone (Cram.). Papilio erigone Cramer, Pap. E.eot. vol. i. pt. vi. p. 07. t. Ixii. ff. E. F. (1775) (Java). 2 JcJ, Bali, 1912. 167. Precis orithya minagara (Fruhst.). Junonla orithya minagara Fruhstorfer, Iiisekten-BUrse, vol. xxi. nr. 41. p. 325 (1904) (Java). 2 (?c?, Buleleng, North Bali January— April 1911 ; 1 <?, Kintamani, Bali, 4000 ft., February— March 1911 ; 3 <S <S , Bali, 1912. 168. Precis orithya orthosia (Godt.). Vanessa orthosia Godart, Encyclop. Method, vol. ix. suppl. p. 821 (1823) (Amboina). 10 c?c?, 4 ¥ ¥, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 169. Precis almana javana (Feld.). Jnnonia asteriae var. javana Felder, Verhand. zool. bolan. Geselln, Wien, vol. xii. p. 487. No. 13G (1862) (Java). 4 33, 3 ?¥, Buleleng, North Bali, January— April 1911; 2 33, Danan Bratan, Bali, 2.500 ft., January 1911 ; 9 JJ, 4 ¥ ¥, Bali, 1912. 170. Pyrameis dejeani sambaluna Fruhst. Pyramels dejeani sambaluna Fruhstorfer, Iris, vol. xi. p. 150 (1898) (Lombok). The Bali form of dejeani is certainly identical with Lombok specimens ; the diiferences from Java examples are very slight, but appear to be constant. 1 3, Kintamani, Bali, 4000 ft., February— March 1911; 'i 3 3 , 1 ¥, Danau Bratan, Bali, 2500 ft., January 1911. 171. Symbrenthia hypselis optatus Fruhst. Symbrenthia hypselis optatus Fruhstorfer, Scit- Grossschin. Erde, vol. ix. p. 533 (1912) (Bali). 1 cJ, 1 ¥, Kintamani, Bali, 4000 ft., February— March 1911; 2 33, Bali, 1912. 9 130 NoVITATBS ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 172. Symbrenthia hippoclus hippoclus (Cram.). Papilio hippoclus Cramer, Pap. Exot. vol. iii. pt. six. p. 46. t. 220. £P. 0. D. (1779) (Amboina). 3 c?c?, 1 ?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, G50 metres, 1912. 173. Symbrenthia hippoclus balinus Fnihst. Symhrenthki hij)podus balinus Fruhstorfer, Seilz Grossschm. Erde, vol. ix. p. 531 (1912) (Bali). The wet-season form has narrow falvous bands on hindwing, and the dry- season form very broad, but there is one narrow banded S among the Danaii Bratan January specimens. ? is white. 14 (?cJ, 2 ? ?, Dauau Bratan, Bali, 2500 ft., January 1911 (1 6 wet-season coloration) ; 1 (?, Bali, 1912 (wet-season form). 174. Mynes doubledaii doubledaii Wall. Mynea duuhledaii Wallace, Tram. Entom. Soc. Land. 1869. p. 79. No. 3 (Ceram). 1 c?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912 ; 1 ? Ceram. Y oma sabina (Cram.). Papilio sahina Cramer, Pap. E.vot. vol. iv. pt. xxv. p. 1. t. 289. ff. A. B. C, D. (1780) (Amboina). 2 ? ? , "VVahai, North Ceram. 176. Hypolimnas antilope antilope (Cram.). Papilio antilope Cramer, Pap. Exot. vol. ii. pt. .\vi. p. 132. t. 183. ff. E. F. (1777) (Amboina). 5 t?c?, 1 ?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 177. Hypolimnas alimena alimena (Linn.). Papilio alimena Linnaeus, Mus. Ludov. Ulric. p. 291 (1764) (Amboina). 4 <?c?, 1 ?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912; 1 cJ, 1 9,Wahai, North Ceram. 178. Hypolimnas misippus (Linn.). Papilio misippus Linnaeus, Mus. Ludov. Ulric. p. 264 (1764) (In Indiis). 1 c?, Gitgit, Bali, 1500—2000 ft. 179. Hypolimnas bolina (Linn.). Papilio bolina Linnaeus, Mus. Ludov. Ulric. p. 295 (1764) (In Indiis). This insect, with its gigantic range from Socotra to the farthest Paciiic Islands, is so extremely variable and inconstant that I do not venture to separate as yet the various subspecies. It is the ? ? which are so extremely variable ; the number of S forms is not large. Herr Stresemanu has collected on Ceram and Burn two very different forms, a small one whose tJ cJ have white ocelli edged with blue (violet), true bolina Linn., and the ? ? with broad white bands and white centres to hiadwings = aitffe Cram. ; then a very large form with violet ocelli in the c? <J broadly surrounded with deep hlne = lisianassa Cram., and the $ ? as NOVITATES 2oOLOGiICAE XXlI. 191S. l3l large as the largest //. pandarus ? ? with no wliite bands or white on hindwing = manilia Cram. Of these there are — 8 (?c? bolina, 9 cJc? lisianassa, 2 ? ? auge, and 2 ¥ ? ?n«w?7/«, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 050 metres, 1912; 2 SS bolina and 1 i lisianassa, Wahai, North Ceram ; 3 cJc? bolina, 1 c? lisianassa, and 2 ? ? aage, Mgesawain, Central Bnrn,80U metres ; 4 c?c? bolina and 2 ? ? auge, Bara, N.W. Burn ; 1 3 lisianassa ?, 2 c? c? bolina, Bali, 1912; 1 ^ auge, Bnleleng, North Bali, January — April 1911; 1 ? intermediate between euryanthe Fruhst. and kezia Butl., Buleleng, North Bali, January — April 1911. ' 180. Hypolimnas pandarus pandarus (Linn.). Papilio pandarm Linnaeus, ilus. Ludovic. Ulric. p. 198 (1764) (Amboina). " Rather abnndant in shady places in open country ; often about midday they enter the cool honses, or settle on the clothes of human beings on the side away from the sun. The odour of sweat appears to attract this species, and often when on the march one is pursued and surrounded for considerable intervals of time by these insects." — E. S. 22 <SS, 6 ? ?, Manusela, (Central Ceram, G.50 metres, 1912. 181. Hypolimnas pandarus pandora (Wall.). Diadema pandora Wallace, Trans. Eidoiii. Sor. Lnnd. 1809, p. 281. No. C (Burn). "iSS, Mgesawain, Central Burn, 800 metres; 1 c?, Bara, N.W. Burn; 1 <?, Burn. 182. Doleschallia melana sinis (Gr. Smith). Doleschallia sinis Grose Smith, Rhnpa/orera Erotica, vol. ii. Doleschallia, p. 2. pi. 1. ff. 2, 3 (1893) (Ceram). 3 ? ?, Mann.sela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 183. Cyrestis paulinus Feld. Cyrestis paulinus Felder, Wien. Entom. Monais. vol. iv. p. 247. No. xcv (18G0) (Moluccas). 2 a, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912 ; 1 cJ, 4 ¥ ?, Wahai, North Ceram ; 1 cJ, 2 ¥ ¥, Snkaradja, N.W. Ceram. 184. Cyrestis telamon telamon (Linn.). Papilio telamon Linnaeus, Mus. Lndovic. Ulric, p. 316 (1764) (Amboina). & S3, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912 ; 1 3, Wahai, N. Ceram. " Mostly in open places in the Central Mountain Range, but occasionally also on the coast." — E. S. 185. Cyrestis lutea doliones Frulist. Cyrestis lutea doliones Frubstorfer, Sfitz Grvssschni. Erde, vol. ix. p. 585 (1912) (Bali). lOcfc?, Danau Bratau, Bali, 2500 ft., January 1911; 1 c?, Gnnnng Bratan, Bali, 4000—6500 ft., January— February 1911 ; 1 3, Buleleng, North Bali, January —April 1911. 132 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 186. Cyrestis thyonneus tbyonneus (Cram.). Pupilio ihyniineus Cramer, Pap. Exot. vol. iii. pt. xix. p. 4G. t, 220. £E. E. F. (1779) (Amboina). 1 cJ, 1 ?, Mannsela, Central Cevaiu, G5U metres, 1912; 1 c?, 1 ?, Wahai, North Ceram. 187. Cyrestis thyonneus buruanus Mart. Cyrestis thyotmeus Imiiamis Martin, Iris, vol. xvi. p. 121. no. 22f( (1903) (Bum). 1 c?, Bara, North-west Burn. 188. Cyrestis acilia misolensis Mart. Cyrestis acilia misolensis Martin, Iris, vol. xvi. p. 131. no. 27a (1903) (Misol). 1 ? , Misol. 189. Acca venilia venilia (Linn.). Papilio venilia Linnaeus, Mus. Ludovic. Ulric. p. 290 (1764) (Amboina). T c?(?, 2 ? ?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912 ; 3 ? ?, Wahai, North Ceram ; 1 ?, Kanike, North Ceram, 600 metres, 1912; 1 <?, Snkaradja, North- west Ceram. 190. Acca venilia mysolensis subsp. nov. c?. Above. Foreiving diflers from all other forms of venilia in the complete absence of any bine edging to white median band by the large white elongated patch below vein 1, in the presence of a few dots of a second snbmarginal row of white spots, in the absence of the small white cellular and postcellular spots, and in the reduction to four spots and one dot of the normal submarginal row which in ven. venilia consists of eight spots. Hindwing has no snbmarginal spots and no blue edging to white band. Below it differs in the complete two rows of sub- marginal pale spots on both wings, in the absence of the two postcellular spots and the very large cellular patches on forewing. 1 $, Misol. 191. Neptis satina damarete Fruhst. Neptis satiiia (hmarete Fruhstorfer, Eiit. Zeit. Stett. vol. 69. p. 357 (1908) (German New Guinea). 1 ? , Misol. 192. Neptis amphion amphion (Linn.). Papilio amphion Linnaeus, Sysl. Nat. ed. x. vol. i. p. 486. No. 177 (1758) (Amboina). 8 (?(?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912; 2 S'i, Kanike, North Ceram, 600 metres, 1912 ; 2 (?c?, Wahai, North Ceram. 193. Neptis hylas satellitica Fruhst. Neptis hi/las salelliiica Fruhstorfer, Seilz Grossschm. Erde, vol. ix. p. 603 (1912) (Bali). 1 c?, Buleleng, North Bah, .January— April 1911 ; 1 cJ, 2 ? ?, Danau Bratan, North Bali, 2500 ft, January 191 1. NoVITATEa ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. -133 194. Neptis columella bataviana (Moore). Andrapana bataviana Moore, Lejikl. hid. vol. iii. p. 225 (1808) (Java). 5<?(?, 5??, Baleleng, North Bali, January— April 1911; 1 J, -1 ??, Danan Bratan, 2500 ft., North Bali, January 1911 ; 1 c?, Kintamani, Bali, 4000 ft., February— March 1911; 3(?(?,5??, Bali, 1912. 195. Neptis vikasi fuscescens subsp. nov. t?. Differs from v. vikasi in the paler bands being much obscured (more so than in any other form). 1 cJ, Bali, 1912. 196. Pantoporia perius perinus (Fruhst.). Athyma j>erius per'mus Fruhstorfer, Berl, Eiitom. Zeitsck. vol. 48. p. 95 (1903) (Java). 1 <J, Bali, 1912. 197. Pantoporia nefte nefte (Cram.). Papilio nefte Cramer, Pap. Exot. vol. iii. pt. xxii. p. 111. t. 25G ff. E. F. (1779) (Java). 1 (?, Bali, 1912. 198. Pantoporia eulimene eulimene (Godt.). Xt/nipJialis eulimene Godart, Encijdop. Method. Hist. Nat. Entom. vol. ix. p. 429. No. 250 (1819 — 1824 ?) (Moluccas ?). I <?, Wahai, North Ceram. 199. Parthenos sylvia brunnea Stdgr. Parthenos sylcia var. hrunnea Staudinger, Exot. Tagf. vol. i. p. 141 (1888) (Amboina). II c?c?, 1 ?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912 ; 1 3, Kanike, North Ceram, 600 metres, 1912. " In open spots, particularly in river valleys of the coast region and Central Mountain Range. A very bold flier." — E. S. 200. Parthenos tigrina mysolica subsp. nov. cf . Differs from all the other forms of tigrina in the very bright foxy red of the basal third of wings, the very large pure white semivitreons patches of the forewing, and the intense uniform black outer third of fore- and outer two-thirds of hindwing. 3 (?<?, Misol. 201. Tanaecia palguna balina Fruhst. TanaScia palguna balina Fruhstorfer, Intern. Entom. Zeitsch. Guben, vol. ii. p. 238 (1908) (Bali). 1 S,l ?, Buleleng, North Bali, January — April 1911. 134 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 202. Euthalia aeropus aeropus (Linu.). Papilio aeropus Linnaeus, Mus. Ludoi: Ulric. p. 251) (1764) (Amboiua). 14 c?c?, 4 ? ?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1913 ; \'> S 3 , Waliai, Xorth Ceram; 2 S3, Kanike, North Ceram, 600 metres, 1912; 2 3 3, 1 ?, Sukaradja, North-west Ceram. 203. Dichorragia ninus ninus (Feld.). Adolias ninus Felder, Wieii. Enloin. Monat. vol. iii. p. 185. No. 9 (1859) (Amboina). 6 33, 2 ??, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912; 1 3, Kanike, North Ceram, 500 metres, 1912 ; 1 3, Ceram. " In open country not common."— E. S. 204. Apaturina erminea (('ram.). Papilio erminea Cramer, Pup. E.cot. vol. iii. pt. xvii. p. 5. t. 196. ff. A. B. (1779) (Amboina). 1 3, Wahai, North Ceram; 1 3, Sukaradja, North-west Ceram. 205. Prothoe australis australis (Guer.). Nymplialis australis Guc'rin, Vo<j. Coq. t. U bis. f. 14 (1829) (Waigiou). 1 3, Misol. 206. Eulepis athamas attains (Feld.). Charaxes attains Felder, Reise Novara, Lrp. vol. iii. p. 438. No. 714 (1867) (Java). 1 3, Bnleleng, North Bali, January— April 1911. 207. Eulepis pyrrhus pyrrhus (Linn.). Papilio piirrhiis Linnaeus, Si/sl. .Vnf. ed. x. vol. i. p. 462. No. 24 (1758) (lu Indiis). " In open country, rare." — E. S. 8 33,1 ?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 208. Eulepis pyrrhus buruanus Rothsch. & Jord. Eulepis pyrrhus bnruamis Rothschild & Jordan, Noc. Zool. v. p. 582. No. 5. ff. 26 (1898) (Baru). 1 ? , Bara, North-west Buru. 209. Charaxes eurialus (Cram.). Ptipih'i euriiihis Cramer, Pap. Exul. vol. i. pt. vii. p. 116. t. 74. ff. A. B. (1775) (Amboina). 1 3, f. eurialus, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. Acraeinae 210. Acraea moluccana buruensis Rothsch. Aa-aca buruensis Rothschild, Nov. Zool. vol. vi. p. 68 (1899) (Buru). 1 3, Mgesawain, Central Born, 800 metres. NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXII. 1915. 135 211. Acraea vesta vestoides (Moore). Pareba vestoides Moore, Lepkloptera Indica, vol. v. p. 35 (1901) (West .Java). 7 <?(?, 2 ? ?, Danau Bratau, Bali, 2500 ft, January 1911. LEMOXIIDAi: Libythaeinae 212. Libythea myrrha myrrha Godt. Lihythea myrrha Godart, Encycl. Method. Hist. Nat. Eiilom. vol. ix. No. 4 (1819) (Java). 1 (?, Kintamani, Bali, 4000 ft., February— March 1911. Nemeobiinae 213. Dicallaneura decorata sangha Fruhst. Dicallaneura decorata sangha Fruhstorfer, Seitz Grossschm. Erde, vol. ix. p. 787 (1914) (Misol). 1 c?, 1 ?, Misol. LYCAENIDAi: 214. Gerydus leos (Giu^r.). Simaethus leos Guerin, Vny. Coquille, t. 18. f. 8. (1829) (Buru). This species in both sexes is very variable in the amonnt of white on the fore- wing ; some also have the nervnres of hindwing picked out in dirty white. 13 (?c?, 16 ? ?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912 ; 3 ? ?, Wahai, North Ceram. 215. Gerydus symethus (Cram.). Papilio symethus Cramer, Pap. Exot. vol. ii. pt. 1.3. p. 84. t. 149. fE. B. C. (1777) (lades Occidentales ! !). 1 c?, Bdeleng, North Bali, January— April 1911 ; 1 ?, Bali, 1012. 216. Gerydus stygianus Butl. Gerydus stygianus Butler, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) xiii. p. 194. No. 30 (1884) (Ternate). 1 ?, Mansnela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 217. Lycaenopsis akasa (Horsf.). Polyommatus alcasa Horsfield, Cut. Lepid. E.I.C. p. 67. t. 1. ff. 1, la (1828) (Java). 3 ? ?, Gunung Bratan, Bali, 4000—6.500 ft., January- February 1911 ; 1 ?, Danau Bratan, Bali, 2500 ft., January 1911. 218. Lycaenopsis coalita (Nic^v.). Cyaniris coalita Nic^ville, Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc. vi, p. 363. No. 14. pi. F. figs. 12 cJ, 13 ? (1891) (Java). 1 <?, Gunung Bratan, Bali, 4000—6500 ft., January— February 1911, 136 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 219. Lycaenopsis subcoalita sji. nov. Very close to coalita but smaller, and above luiicb paler ami more Iradeu ; below whiter and the pattern much obliterated. Length of forewing, coalita <S, 19 mm. ; subcoalita cj ? , 17 mra. E.xpanse, coalita i, 42 mm.; subcoalita S, 37 mm., ? 38 mm. 3 c?c?, Danan Bratan, Bali, 2500 ft., January 1911 ; 1 ?, Gitgit, Bali, loOO— 2000 ft. 220. Lycaenopsis nedda (Gr. Sm.). Cijanirh nedda Grose Smith, JVor. Zool. i. p. 572. No. 197 (1894) (Humboldt Bay, Batjati, Amboina. etc.). 10 c?(?, 1 ?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 221. Lycaenopsis coalitoides sp. nov. Resembles subcoalita above in its more leaden bine colour ; below it differs from coalita in the postdiscal line of coalescent Innules on both wiugs being farther away from the sabmarginal spots, and on the hindwing in the antemedian band of spots being joined into a complete line and there being two instead of one median spot above vein .5. Length of forewing : 14-17 mm. Expanse 31-38 mm. 5 (JcJ, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 222. Lycaenopsis? cupidoides sp. nov. c?. Above. Foreiring pearl-bhie, outer quarter dull brown. Himhcing costal one-third brown, rest jjearl-blue, marginal line black-brown. Below brownish grey snfFused with dirty white ; forewing with two antemedian black-brown spots below median vein, a brownish cellular stigma, a row of four dark brown postmedian spots below vein 5, and a double snbterminal row of brownish spots ; hindwing with three dark brown subcostal spots, two similar antemedian spots below median vein, a row of five similar postmedian sjiots below vein 0 ; cellular stigma and double row of subterminal spots brownish. Length of forewing : 12 mm. Expanse : 27 mm. 1 S, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 223. Pithecops hylax (Fab.). Papilio hylax Fabricius, Si/stem. Entom. p. 526. No. 351 (1775) (India Orient.). 3 (?c?, Danau Bratan, Bali, 2500 ft., January 1911. 224. Eupsychellus dionisius (Boisd.). Lycaena dioniiius Boisduval, Voi/. Astrolabe, Lrjmlojt. p. 82. No. 11 (1832) (New Guinea). 10 c?t?, 7 ? ?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912 ; 3 c?c?, 3 ? ?, Wahai, North Ceram; 2 tjrj, Misol. 225. Castalius angustior Stand. Li/ciiena (Castalius) rnxits God. var, aiir/iustior Staudinger, Iris, ii. p. 95 (1889) (Palawan). 1 ?, Bali, 1912. NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAB XXII. 1015. .137 226. Jamides astraptes (Feld.). Lycwna aMmptes Felder, SiUb. Akcul. Wiss. Wkn Math. Nat. CI. xl. p. 4515. No. 31 (1860) (Amboina). 1 (?, 1 ?, Maiiusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 227. Catachrysops strabo (Fabr.). Pajiilio strabo Fabriciu.s, Eiitom. Si/stem. vol. iii. pt. i. p. 287. No. 101 (1793) (ladia Orient.), 1 S, Wahai, North Ceram. 228. Catachrysops lithargyria (Moore). Lampides Uthargyrla Moore, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hid. ser. 4. vol. 20. p. 340 (1877) (Ceylon). This species has been united with C. strabo (Fabr.) by some later authors, bnt it is quite erroneous, as lithargi/ria is always distinguishable by the white mealy suffusion of the upperside, and on the underside by the whitish ground-colour and the much darker and stronger markings which stand out in bold relief ; whereas the markings in strabo are scarcely darker than the ground-colour and not very apparent at first sight. 'iii, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 229. Euchrysops cnejus (Fabr.). Hesperia cnejus Fabricius, Entom. System. Supptem. p. 430. N03. 100. 101 (1798) (India Orient.). 1 c?, 1 ¥, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 230. Euchrysops suffusus sp. nov. c?. Near luzonica Rob. Above brown suffused with pale violet-blue decreasing in density distally ; a black spot at base of tail and a smaller one at tornus. Below differs from cnejus (Fabr.) in the whiter ground-colour and less distinct and reduced markings. Length of forewing : 14 mm. Expanse: 31 mm. 1 S, Bali, 1912. 231. Lampides masu Doh. Lampides masu Doherty, Joimi. As. Soc. Beng. Ix. 2. p. 184. No. 86. pi. 2. fig. 11 (1891) (Sumba-Sumbawa). 21 (?(?, 6 ? ?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912 ; 2 ii, Wahai, North Ceram ; 1 ?, Kanike, North Ceram, 600 metres, 1912. 232. Lampides stresemanni sp. nov. t?. Differs at first sight from weasM by the fore- and hindwings being of a different colour. Above, forewing bright blue metallic, hindwing silvery bine washed slightly with darker blue. Below, differs from masu on forewing in having the second postdiscal white line, not the first, and the antemedian instead of the median complete. On hindwing the white Hues on basal two-thirds of wiug narrower and less distinct, the black triangles edged with white more acute and only one yellow patch above tail. 138 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXII. 1915. ?. A6oi-e more lavender-grey-blue, the onter brown baud inncli broader, occupying onter one-third of forcwiug, the bauds on hindwiug less distinct, and all above vein 6 in onter two-thirds of hindwiug brown. Below differs from ?nasu ? as does (?, but almost all yellow is absent. 1 (?, 1 ?, Wahai, North Ceram. 233. Lampides tertius sp. nov. ?. Abope pale lavender-bine, not blnish silver as in ? masu ; black-brown border of forewing narrower and of even width from apex to above tornns ; on hindwiug submarginal band complete from costa to black ocellus above tail not broken into spots, postdiscal line in form of a slightly crennlate unbroken band, not a line of coalescent Innulate marks. Below the ground-colour is purer grey and on forewing there are two curved oblique median white bands from vein 1 to middle of cell and two similar ones beyond middle from vein 3 to costa ; on hindwing the metallic spots at base of tail and at tornos are wanting, and the large orange patch is replaced by a yellow half-moon above black spot at base of tail. Length of forewing: 19 mm. Expanse: 42 mm. 1 ¥, Manusela, Central Ceram, 600 metres, 1912. 234. Lampides pseiidosias sp. nov. Similar to osias Rober, but much deeper blue above. Below it is dark uniform mouse-grey, and the white bauds much more distinct. 1 cf, Misol. 235. Lampides butleri sp. nov. cJ. Allied to evanescens Butl., but rounder winged. Forewing dark, margin narrower. Hindwing without marginal spots. Below the white bands are much broader and very distinct. ? . Above beautiful opalescent blue, and below the orange zone is very large. 1 t?, 2 ? ?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 236. Polyommatus boeticus (Linn.). Papilio boeticus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. ed. xil vol. 1. pt. 2. p. 789. No. 226 (1767) (Barbaria). 1 S, Gitgit, Bali, 1900—2000 ft. ; 1 ?, Bali, 1912. 237. Pepliphonis hylas (Cram.) = euchylas (Hiibn.). Papilio hylas Cramer, Pap. Exut. vol. iv. pt. xxxi. p. 142. t. 303. £f. E. F. (1781) (Amboina). Peplijjhoriis euchylas Hiibner, Fcrsc'c/i. bek. Schmeti. p. 71. n. 698 (1816) (nom. nov. hyla-i praeocc). One cJ has the brilliant blue replaced by a leaden lavender hue ; this I name ab. plnmbens ab. nov. 9 6 6,1 ? , 1 c? ab. plumbeus, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912 ; 1 S , iSnkaradja, North-west Ceram. 238. Pepliphorus paralectus (Gr. Smith). ! G . iii. 1 6, Misol. Lampides paralectus Grose Smith, Rhopal. Exot. vol. ii. Oriental Lycnenidae, p. 7. pi. xi. f. 17 ? (1897), vol. iii. Oriental Lycacnidae, pi. xii. ff. 1. 2. 6 (1897) (New Ireland). NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 139 239. Pepliphorus epilectus (Gr. Smith). Lamjiides epilectus Grose Smith, Ann. Mag. N. H. (Ij) lix. p. 179 (1897) ; Rhnpal. E.nit. vol. iii. Oriental Lijcaenidae, p. 9. pi. xii. ff. 4. b. G (1897) (Ferguason Island). 2 c? cf , 1 ? , Misol. 240. Nacaduba berenice major snbsp. nov. c?. Differs from b. berenice iu being mucli larger aud deeper purple above. Below all the white lines and spots are broader and more conspicuous. 1 c?, Wabai, North Ceram. 241. Nacaduba gerydomaculata sp. nov. 3. At once distinguished from all other Nacaduba by the bands and spots below resembling those of a Geri/dus. Above, uniform deep purple, edged narrowly with black, and the edge of fringe brownish. Below wood-browu ; forewing a deeper coloured ipiadrate spot edged with whitish in cell and a similar one at end of cell, a postmedian band of coalescent quadrate spots edged with whitish, a subterminal band of irregular spots coalescent above vein 3 ; hindimmj with a sub-basal, an interrupted median, and an irregular postmedian band of somewhat quadrate coalescent spots edged with whitish, an irregular sinuate postdiscal band, a large black ocellus at base of tail ringed with orange, a white marginal line from tornus to vein 2. Length of forewing: 1(3 mm. Expanse : 36 mm. 1 (J, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 242. Nacaduba dion (Godt.). Polyommalus dion Godart, Encydop. Method. Hist. Nat. Entoin. vol. ix. p. 679. No. 191 (1819) (Australia). 1 c?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 243. Nacaduba nora (Feld.). Lycaena nora Felder, Sitzungsh. Ahud. Wissensch. Wien Math. Nat. CI. xl. p. 4.58. No. 37 (1860) (Amboina). 8 (?c?, 4 ? ?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 244. Nacaduba felderi sp. nov. (?. Differs from nora Feld. in the underside being paler and more uniform grey and in the white lines being wider and more pronounced, while the interspaces between the white lines are uniform with rest of the ground-colour, not darker. 1 3 , Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 245. Philiris ilias (Feld.). ikad. Wissensch. Wien Math. Na Ic?, 1 ?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. Thecla ilias Felder, Sitztingsk A/cad. Wissensch. Wien Math. Nat. CI. xl. p. 454. No. 22 (1860) (Amboina). 140 NOTITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. ^40. Waigeum makrikii Ribbe. Waigeum makrikii Ribbe, Iris, xiii. p. 336. pi. G. fig. 4 (1900) (Ceram). 2 ? ? , Wabai, North Ceram. , 247. Thysonotis cyanea (Cram.). Pai>ilio cyanea Cramer, Pap. Exot. vol. i. pt. vii. p. 120. t. 7G. ff. C. D. (1775) (Indea Occident ! !). The ? is figured erroneonslj by Grose Smith as the ? of smaragdus B. Baker & Drnce. 1 cf , 3 ? ?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 248. Thysonotis karpaia Druce & B. Baker. Thysonotis danis var. karpaia Druce and Bethune Baker, Proc. Zool. Soc. Loud. 1893, p. 540. pi. xlv. ff. 3. 4. I have treated this as a species, and not as a subspecies of danis, because of the two collected on Ceram by Wallace, which are trne dams, and no two subspecies can occur together. I have also one c? true danis from Ceram. 4 c? (J, 2??, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912; 7cJc?, 8??, Wahai, North Ceram. (In high virgin forest. — E. S.) 249. Thysonotis danis (Cram.). Papilio danis Cramer, Pap. Exot. vol. i. pt. vi. p. 111. t. 70 ff. E. F. (1775) (Indes Occident. ! !). The (S has the blue above replaced by leaden lilac and the green below by leaden grey. I propose for this the name ab. plumbeus ab. nov. 1 ^, 3 ? ¥, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912; 1 ?, Wahai, North Ceram. 250. Thysonotis apollonius (Feld.). Lycaena apollonius Felder, Eeise Novara, Lepid. vol. ii. p. 205. No. 317. t. 33. f. 3 (1865) (New Guinea). One (? has the blue above replaced by leaden lavender and the green below by leaden grey. This I call ab. plumbeus ab. nov. 13 (JdT, 5 ? ?, 1 (? ab. plumbeus, Misol. 251. Thysonotis wallacei (Feld.). Lycaena vcallacei Felder, Reise Norara, Lepid. vol. ii. p. 265. No. 318. t. 33. ff. 8, 9, 10 (1865) (Waigiou). 1 S, Misol. 252. Thysonotis hymetus Feld. Thysonotis hymelus Felder, Sitzungsb. Akad. Wissmsch. Wirn Math. Nat. CI. xl. p. 459. No. 44 (1860) (Amboina). 1 c?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1012. 253. Thysonotis albomarginata sj\ nov. ?. Above. Forewing sooty grey-brown, darker in outer third, a large irregular white patch occupies the disc of wing narrowest at inner margin and spreading npwards and outwards obliquely. Hindwing, base brown-grey, basal five-twelfths I NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 141 white, rest brownish sooty black. A narrow white margin round both pairs of wings. — Below. Forewing white, a broad sooty-black band from base round apex to vein 3 enclosing a narrow metallic-bine line and broadly bordered with white. Hindwing, outer half black with five large blue rings and a broad white border, inuer half white, a wide basal black band with blue streak in it. Length of forewing : 18-5 mm. Expanse: 41mm. 1 ? , Misol. 254. Hypolycaena sipylus Feld. Hypolycaena sipylus Felder, Sitzungsb. Akad. Wisseiisch. Wiai Math. Nat. CI. xl. p. 451. No. 12 (1860) (Amboina). 1 (?, 1 ? , Blanusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912; 1 ?, Wahai, North Ceram. 255. Miletus polycletus (Linn.). Papilio polycletus Linnaeus, Mus. Luclov. Ulric. p. iiSG (1764) (Amboina). 30 c?c?, 5 ? ? , Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912 ; 1 S, Wahai, North Ceram. 256. Miletus anacletus (Fekl). Thecla anaclelus Felder, Sitzungsb. AJcad. Wissejiseli. Wieii Math. Nat. CI. xl. p. 454. No. 25 (1860) (Amboina). 1 ? , Kanike, North Ceram, 600 metres, 1912. 257. Amblypodia annetta anna Stand. Amblypodia annetta var. anna Staudinger, Exot. Tagf. vol. i. p. 282 (1888) (Amboina, Saparua). The ¥ has the underside paler and more rufous. 5 c?c?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912 ; 1 ?, Wahai, North Ceram. 258. Arhopala admete (Hew.). Amblypodia admete Hewitson, Cat. Lycaen. Brit. Mas. p. 7. No. 24. t. 3. if. 18, 19 (1863) (Ceram). 1 ? , Kanike, North Ceram, 600 metres, 1912. 259. Arhopala pseudocentaurus (Doubl.). Amblypodia pseudocentaurus Doubleday, List Lepid. Lis. Brit. Mus. ii. p. 24 (1847) (Java). 1 ? , Gitgit, Bali, 1500—2000 ft. 260. Arhopala hercules herculina Staud. Arhopala hercules var. hercidina Staudinger, Exot. Tagf. vol. i. p. 280 (1888) (Waigeu). 6c?c?, 2 ? ?, Misol. 261. Arhopala leo Druce. Arhopala leo Druce, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. aer. 6. vol. 13. p. 254 (1894) (Humboldt Bay). I cannot agree with Mr. Bethnne Baker that this is a form of hercules, as I have it from Misol together with hcrculhia. It is much greener below and always distinguishable by the narrower bauds. 1 <?, Misol. 142 " KOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XSII. 1915. 2(52. Arhopala araxes Feld. Arhopala araxes Felder, IteixeKovara, Lepitl. vol. ii. p. '2i\. t. 29. ff. 3, 4, 5 (1865) (Celebes). 1 c?, Danan Bratan, Bali, 2500 ft, January 1911. 263. Arhopala nobilis (Feld.). AmliljijmJia tiobilis Felder, Sitzungsh. Ahail. Wisxeiisrh. Wien Jfath. Nat. CI. xl. p. 453. No. 18 (1800) (Amboina). 1 (S, Mamisela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 264. Arhopala helius anthelius (Stand.). Ambljipodia lielius var. (intJieHns Staiidinger. I^cnt, Tuijf. vol. i, p. 281 (1888) (Waigioii). 9 cJt?, ] ?, Misol. 265. Arhopala amytis (Flew.). AmhIyjmUa amytis Hewitson, Cat. Lycaen. Brit. ilus. p. 4. No. 16. pi. ii. ff. 7-9, J (18C2) (Aru). 1 ? , Misol. 266. Arhopala axiothea (Hew.). Ambli///odia a.riothea Hewitson, Illust. Diurn. LejiiJ. Lycaen. p. 7, No. 21. pi. ii. ff. 10, 11. jj (1865) (New Guinea). 1 (J, Misol. GRYPOCERA HESFERIIDAE Hesperiinae 267. Casyapa corvus (Feld.). Chaeloaieme corvus Felder, Sitzung.il. Akad. Wisscnscli. Wien Math. Xat. CI. xl. p. 4C0. No. 46 (1860) (Amboina). 1 S, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 2G8. Celaenorrhinus klossi Rothsch. Celaenorrhinus klossi Rothschild, Lepid. B.O. V. and Wall. Exjieds. p. 37. no. 182 (1915) (Snow Mts.). 1 S, Misol. 269. Celaenorrhinus unipuncta sp. nov. cJ. Similar to /dossi, but white obli.jue median band does not reach subcostal nervure and only just reaches vein 1. There is a single white dot above vein 4 in outer area of wing. 1 cJ, Kanike, North Ceram, 600 metres, 1912. 270. Tagiades neira metanga Ribbe. Tagiades nelra Plotz, var. metanga Ribbe, Iris, ii. p. 265. No. 143. pi. v. f. 8 (1889) (Ceram). 2 cJcJ, 2 ? ?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII, 1915. 143 271. Tagiades japetus (Cram.). Papilio japelus Cramer, Fap. Emt. vol. iv. pt. xxxi. p. 145. t. 365. ff. E. F. (1781) (Amboina). 6 tJcf,5 5 5, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 272. Tagiades bubasa Swinh. Tagiades hubasa Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7). xiv. p. 418 (1904) (Humboldt Bay, Dutch New- Guinea). 2 (?c?, Misol. Ismeninae 273. Hasora discolor (Feld.). Goniloba discolor Felder, Wiener Entom. Monatschr. vol. iii. p. 405. No. 50 (1859) (Brazil! !). 3 <?c?, 1 ?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 274. Hasora doleschalii (Feld.). Ismene doleschalii Felder, Silzungsh. Akad. Wissensch. Wien Math. Nat. CI. xl. p. 4G0. No. 48 (1860)(Amboina). 9 cf c?, 2 ? ?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 275. Hasora amboinensis Swinh. Hasora amboinensis Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (8). iii. p. 91 (1909) (Amboina). 1 (?, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 276. Hasora hurama (Bntl.). Hesperia hurama Butler, Trans. Enlom. Soc. Loud. p. 498. No. 2 (1870) (Cape York). 1 cj, Wahai, North Ceram. 277. Hasora celaenus (Cram.). Papilio celaenus Cramer, Pap. Exot. vol. iv. pt. xxxiii. p. 214. t. 393. S. A.B. (1782) (Amboina). 1 cJ, Misol. FamphiHnae 278. Erionota thrax (Linn.). Papilio thrax Linnaeus, Sysl. Nat. ed. xii. vol. i, pt. ii. p. 794. No. 260 (1767) (Java). 1 <?, Bali, 1912. 279. Padraona sunias (Feld.). Pamphila sunias Felder, Sitzungsb. Akad. Wi.ssensch. Wien Math. Nat. CI. xl. p. 462. No. 54 (1860) (Amboina). 1 cJ, Manusela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912. 280. Padraona dara (KolL). Hesperia dara KoUar, Iliigel's Kaschmir, vol. iv. pt. ii. p. 455 (1848) (Himalaya). 1 ?, Danau Bratan, Bali, 2500 ft., January 1911. 144 XOVITATES ZOOLOQICAE XXII. 19l5. 281. Padraona subfasciata sp. nov. S ? . Similar to P. fasciata Rothsch. bat smaller, and differs below iu the postdiscal Hue on hindwing being much closer to margin, and consisting of a line of spots, not a zigzag continuous line. Length of forewing, subfasciata, 1 1 mm. „ „ „ fasciata, 15 mm. 1 S, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 05ii metres, 1912 ; 1 ?, "Wabai, North Ceram. 282. Ocybadistes marnas (Feld.). Pamphila manias Felder, Sihungsb. AJ.ail. WUxeiu^cli. Wieii Math. Nat. CI. xl. p. 462. No. 53 (1860) (Amboina). 2 cJcJ, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912 ; 1 ?, Wahai, North Ceram. 283. Telicota affinis Rothsch. Telicota affinis Rothschild, Lepl^I. B.O.U. d- Wull. Expeds. p. 40. no. 198 (1915) (Snow Mts.). 1 (?, 1 ?, Mannsela, Central Ceram, 650 metres, 1912 ; 1 ?, Misol. 284. Chapra brunnea (Snell.). Pamphila hninnea Snellen, Tijd.irhr. Enlom. vol. xix. p. 164. No. 75. t. 7. f. 4 (187C) (Java). 1 cJ, Danan Bratau, Bali, 2500 ft., January 1911. 285. Notocr5rpta restricta (Moore). Plesioneura restricta Moore, Lepid. Ceyl. vol. i. p. 178 (1881). 1 ¥, Danau Bratan, Bali, 2.500 ft, Jannary 1911. 286. Udaspes folus (Cram.). Papiliofulus Cramer, Pap. Exot. vol. i. pt. vii. p. 118. t. 74. f. F. (1775) (Surinam ! !). 1 ¥, Gitgit, Bali, 1500—2000 ft. {To he coiitimied.) NOVITATES ZoOLOaiCiE XXII. 191j. 145 ON THE GENUS FREGATA. By THE Hon. WALTER ROTHSCHILD, F.R.S., Ph.D. IN the Austral Acian Record, vol. ii. No. 6, Mr. Mathews gives a synopsis of the genns Fregata. There are several points in this synopsis which need revision. As Mr. Mathews has stated, in the catalogue of birds only two species of the genus are recognised under the names of F. aqiiila and F. ariel. It is therefore of great importance to science that Blr. Blathews, by his careful study of the group, was enabled to show that there are a number of other species and several sub- species that have been overlooked. I regret much, however, that Mr. Mathews has fallen into a fundamental error in regard to the species which must bear the name minor Gmel. As he quite correctly states, the type of this name is the bird figured on plate 309 of Edwards' Gleanings ; but he has failed to assign this plate correctly, for by only taking note of the fact that Edwards' bird was of unknown origin, he arbitrarily fixed the type locality as Jamaica. If he had studied the plate and read the description carefully he could not have failed to see that in Edwards' bird the throat and foreneck are white, while in all the West Indian birds it is blackish. There is considerable internal evidence in the text, besides the fact of the white throat, which proves the bird received by Edwards to have come from the eastern half of the Indian Ocean, so I must fix as the typical Fregata minor of Gmelin the birds of that area. A second error of Mr. Mathews is his placing the larger species found on the Galapagos Islands as a subspecies of F. minor under the name of F. minor " magnijicens." This bird does not differ from the West Indian Frigate Bird except that luy unique ? has the largest beak of any recorded Frigate Bird ; my three males do not differ at all from birds killed by Dr. Ernst Hartert in the West Indies. This bird, which appears to occur on both sides of the American con- tinent south of Florida, is quite a distinct species ; the S has entirely black wing- coverts and the ? a black throat and foreneck. Mr. Mathews has made two subspecies of F. ariel Gould to occur in Australia ; as he founds his F. ariel tunnyi on size alone, and it resolves itself into about 'I mm. difference in the bill and 15 mm. in the wing, this form is untenable. Below I give a key to the species and subspecies of Fregata of which the following is a list : F. aqiiila Linn., Ascension Island. F. undrewsi Math., Christmas Island. F. ma.gniflcens Math., Coasts and Islands of America. F. minor minor Gmelin, Eastern Indian Ocean. F. minor aldabrensis Math., Western Indian Ocean. F. minor palmerstoni Gmelin, Laysan, Fanning and other West Pacific Island groups. F. minor ridgwaiji Math., Galapagos Islands. F. minor nicolli Math., South Trinidad. F. ariel ariel Gould, Australia. F. ariel iredalei Math., Western Indian Ocean. ID 14C Males. /Large white patch on sides of abdomen INo white patch on sides of abdomen /Wings black . IWings with brown band fBack metallic green [Back metallic purple /Abdomen and vent black lAbdomen and vent white /Breast black . 1 Breast brown fWiug band very broad and pale, breast greyis hb 6. -! Wing baud narrower and darker brown, breast dar /Wing band pale greyish brown \Wiug band very dark brown . /Smaller, wing 530-550 mm. . (Larger, wing 580-600 mm. . /Bill larger, 80 mm. iBill smaller, 68-70 mm. Females j-Eutirely dark below -,' Breast white . IWith distinct white nuchal band . {Breast white, abdomen dark . Breast and abdomen white /Throat and foreneck black (Throat and foreneck greyish white rBack black -brown . . . . - Back paler brown . . . . I Back metallic . . . . Wing baud pale and broad \Ving Ijand darker and narrower . Wing band very dark . /Bill larger, 95 mm. '-Bill smaller, 80 mm. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XSIL 1915. . 9. . 2. . 3. . 4. . F. cKjuila. i . magnificens. . 5. F. uiuln'wsi. 6. F. minor nicolli. umber brown F. minor palmerstotn. F. minor ridgwayi. . F. tninor minor. F. minor aldabrensis. F. ariel arid. F. ariel iredalei. F. aquila. . 2. F. andrewsi. . F. magnificens. . 4. F. minor ridgwayi. . 5. F. minor aldabrensis. . F. tninor nicolli. F. minor palmerstoni. . F. minor minor. F. ariel ariel. F. ariel iredalei. with black throat and foreneck ripe Verd Islands, in the British In addition to these I have examined a female and a huge bill from the Gambia, and a male from Museum, the latter with black wings, but tlie back is steel black, not metallic green or purple. Further material will probably prove these to belong to a new sub- species of magnificens. There is also in the British Museum a i Frigate Bird from the Hume collection, which is labelled as coming from the Malay Peninsula. This specimen IS indistinguishable from the Ascension Island males. It is either a stray bird blown out of its course or the label has been erroneously transferred. Mr. Mathews' contention that Fregata minor ridgwayi breeds only on Culpepper and Wonmaa Island, while magnificens occurs only on the other islands, is disproved by Beck's photographs (California Academy), which show both species breeding on Hood Island. NOVITATEe ZOOLOOICAE XXII. 1915. 14* NEW PALAEARCTIC AND EASTERN NOCTUIDAE IN THE TRING MUSEUM.* By W. warren, M.A., F.E.S. 1. Batracharta albistrigosata spec nov. Forewing : gre3--brown, thickly sprinkled with coarse black dots and traversed by white interlacing strigae ; basal area blackish, its outer edge oblique but diiFuse, preceded and followed in cell by dull red-brown patches, the veins through it from base dotted with snow-white, the costa marked with white oblique strigae ; subterminal line pale, difl'use, brownish ochreous, lunulate-dentate, the veins before it reddish ; terminal area beyond it narrow, blackish fuscous, swollen on each fold ; fringe pinkish olive. Ilindwing : pale brownish grey, with a difl'use dark terminal line ; the costal area white, except at apex ; fringe yellowish white. Underside greyish ochreous ; in the forewing suffused with fuscous, leaving the inner margin for two-thirds white below submedian fold ; the costa ochreous striated with brownish grey ; a round difl'use dark cellspot ; hindwing ochreous with a faint brownish flush in parts ; a large, round black cellspot. Face, pectus, and legs black ; the tarsi white-dotted ; tegnlae and patagia dark brown mixed with reddish ; dorsum like hindwing ; palpi brown with blackish shades, the terminal segment pale ochreous ; venter ochreous, tinged with brown on anal half; with a white dot at middle of hinder edge of each segment. Expanse of wings : 44 mm. 2 (J (J from the Khasia Hills, Assam, taken by native collector in May and June 189G. 2. Batracharta ochreipennis spec. nov. Foretving : like irrorata Hmps., but rather paler and brighter ; the dark terminal area preceded by a difl'use pale wavy band as in the preceding species ; the upper jsrojectiou of outer line above median vein more prominent ; the white dotting stronger. Ilindwing : pale ochreous, with the veins dark and thickened towards termen ; the dark cellspot showing through. Underside ochreous ; in the forewing fuscous grey between subcostal vein and submedian fold, below which the inner margin is white throughout ; the outer line grey and dentate at costa ; termen ochreous, with a line of dark lunules ; fringe brown at tips ; hindwing pure ochreous ; cellspot oval, large and black. Head, thorax, pectus, and forelegs black ; palpi black-brown, the third segment ochreous ; dorsum and venter ochreous, flushed with brown. Expanse of wings : 40 mm. 1 S from the Ninay Valley, Central Arfak Mts., Dutch New Guinea, 3500 ft., February and March 1909. * The manuscript of this article was among the papers left by the late Mr. W. Warren. — K. J. 148 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 3. Sypna nocturna spec. nov. Differs from S. tenebrosa Wlk. ia beiug deep dark brown with a purplish tinge and traversed by wavy purplish lines ; the snbmarginal line thicker and blacker thronghont; reniform stigma slightly marked with ochreous ; outer line donblo, regularly lunulate, distinct throughout ; snbtermiual spots black dotted ■with pale. Ilimlwing : deep brown to base, the costa alone paler ; the lines obscured ; the pale yellow mottling of the fringe in apical half more strildng. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown. Underside as in tenebrosa. Expanse of wings : 65 mm. 4 (?(?, 3 ? ? from Kinabalu, N. Borneo (Waterstradt) (type) ; 1 S from the Penrisen Mts., Sarawak, June 1892 (Everett); 1 ? from Pengalengan, Preanger, Java. From Gunung Ijau, Perak, a bine-scaled form has been received — ab. decorata ab. nov. — in which not only the inner and outer edges of the antemedian band, but the band itself, except along costa and inner margin, are suffused with bluish scales ; but there is no blue visible in the hindwing, nor along the rows of snbterminal spots, though these are externally much yellower and more distinct than in the type form. 4. Perigramma triangulifera spec. nov. Forewing : ochreous grey, dusted with darker ; inner line pale, edged on both sides with dark, waved and more oblifjue outwards than that of circumducta Led., to which it is most nearly allied ; stigmata grey-white ; the orbicular wider, especially above, both sides ontcurved, not oblique ; reniform smaller, not projecting below vein 4 ; a black triangle in cell before the orbicular, and a dark hourglass-shaped blotch between the two stigmata ; the pale blotch below the white median vein reduced to a very shallow semi-elliptical mark ; a black triangle with the apex touching vein 1 below submediau fold at base ; the fold and space above it at base white ; outer line very indistinct ; the median area only slightly blackish, not well defined between the two lines, as in circumducta ; subterminal line pale, inwardly edged with blackish at costa and beyond cell. lUndwimj : grey with diffuse dark grey cellspot and obscurely marked subterminal shade. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey, the face and vertex browner. 1 t? from Tjutju-ho, 400 kilometres north of Wladiwostock, 1009 (W. Man) ; somewhat wasted and with the fringes worn ; sent along with a typical i of circumducta ; in the new sjiecies the basal and costal areas of forewing are both much paler. 5. Sideridis sericea spec. nov. Forewing: silky pale greyish ochreous, slightly tinged with pale brown; the veins pale ; the costal streak pale ochreous thinning to a point at apex ; a black snbbasal costal dot and one at base of cell; inner line obliijue from costa to sub- median fold, then inwardly oblicjue, marked by a black dot on costa, in cell, and on the fold, and one on vein 1 nearer base ; outer line excurved beyond cell, marked by black dots on veins, which are really the teeth of a lunulate-dentate line; black terminal dots between the veins ; a fine white dash at end of mediaa NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. |49 vein, with a black point above it at lower end of cell ; the S has a faint brown shade from base below cell, forming a small brown clond beyond lower end of cell ; fringe silk)' ochreous. Himhving : greN'-brown, the base and inner margin paler, especiall}' iu the c? ; cellspot clondy, dark; fringe whitish ochreous. Underside pale ochreons ; the costa in botli wings speckled with black ; disc of forewing fuscons ; a black spot on costa beyond middle ; hindwing with cellspot and outer line of dots ; both wings with black terminal points. Head, thorax, and abdomen brownish ochreous ; the patagia paler with a few scattered black scales. Expanse of wings : c? 44 mm. ; ? 48 mm. 1 (?, 2 ? ? from Mt. Goliath, Dutch New Guinea, 3000—7000 ft., January 1911 (A. S. Meek). Very much like Hijphilare psemlargyrea Beth.-Baker, but not quite so dark. 6. Sideridis subrubrescens spec. nov. Foreioing : yellowish white, dusted and suffused in places with brown ; the veins white interlined with brown ; the intervals with brown streaks ; median vein with a thick white dash at extremity, slightly hooked, containing a black dot at lower end of cell ; inner line black, dentate, sharply angled outwards on submediau fold and inwards on vein 1 ; outer line black, lunnlate-dentate, indented on submedian fold and angled outwards on vein 1 ; an oblique pale streak of ground-colour from apex to middle of inner margin and a shorter one beyond outer line from vein 4 to inner margin, the terminal area browner; dark terminal dots between veins ; the fringe brown. Hindwing : reddish ochreous, with an outer curved line of dark vein-dots, beyond which the terminal area is browner ; fringe pale with a brown line. Underside ochreous, sprinkled with brown along costal areas ; disc of forewing deep pink; a dark spot on costa beyond middle; hindwing with dark cellspot and outer line, beyond which the terminal area is tinged with pinkish. Head and thorax pinkish ochreous mixed with brown, abdomen ochreous. Expanse of wings : S, 40 mm. A series of males from Mt. Goliath, Dutch New Guinea, .5000—7000 ft., February 1911 (A. S. Meek). 7. Tiracola rufimargo ab. derufata ab. nov. Differs from typical rufimargo Warr. iu the forewing being entirely pale olive- grey brown, with no red tinge whatever ; in one example only the terminal area, except at apex, is filled up with chocolate brown ; the red tints of the hindwing are at the same time duller in colour and more restricted in extent. 5 (?<?, two from Upper Setekwa River, the other three from Mt. Goliath, Central Dutch New Guinea, January 1911 (A. S. B'leek). 8. Tiracola rufimargo ab. albifusca ab. nov. Forewing : whitish grey, striated with darker grey or pale brownish ; tlie median area between the inner and outer lines and the terminal area, except at apex, filled np with fuscous brown ; subterminal line yellow, with slight dark scaling before it ; an isolated dark spot above vein 7. Hindwing : with the red tints duller and more restricted. 150 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. Head and thorax grey or brownish according to the gronnd colour of the forewing. 2 ? ? from Mount Goliath, Central Dutch New Guinea, January 1011 (A. S. Meek). 9. Tiracola plagiata ab. nigriclathrata ab. nov. Resembles the ordinary form of the ? of phifiiata Wlk., but the space below and beyond the reniform stigma filled up with blackish between the veins, which are marked with yellow scales across the black. 1 ? from the Khasia Hills, Assam. 10. Perigea semirubra ab. semibrunnea ab. nov. Along with 1 S and 2 ? ? of the ordinary form of P. semirubra Warr. received from Mr. A. S. Meek there came 1 ? , rather larger than the rest, with the forewing deep brown and the powdering and lines white ; the inner and outer lines marked with oblique white streaks at each extremity : the dark blotch beyond the reniform hardly visible ; head and thorax brown like the forewings ; this form I propose to call ab. semibrunnea. ab. nov. The fonr specimens were taken on Mount Goliath. 11. Conservula indica malayana subsp. nov. Differs from the type form indica Moore in the median brown area being scarcely darker than the rest of wing, so that the general coloration appears more uniform ; the inner and outer lines of forewing are more broadly pale. 3 ? ? from Padang Rengas and 1 ? from Gunung Ijan, in the Tring Museum ; all agree in this respect. 12. Colobochyla similis spec. nov. Closely resembling C. bilineulis Leech from Japan, but smaller ; the inner line waved below the angulation instead of straight ; the outer not simply ontcnrved beyond cell, but bluntly angled on vein 6, tiien irregularly sinuous ; the discal mark darker and angulated ; hindwing paler fuscous, with the fringe concolorous instead of yellowish. 1 c? from Foochau, China, April 1886. 13. Serrodes caesia spec. nov. Forewing : rufous grey in median area, leaden slate-colour in basal and post- median fields ; inner line pale oblique outwards, angled below median vein, and incurved to vein 1, then excnrved to a black dot on inner margin ; followed by a velvety black band, which swells out into a ronnded blotch below costa and above vein 1 ; median line scarcely visible itself, but the area beyond it above middle more rnfous ; at the end of cell and in the intervals between the bases of veins 2, 3, 4, 5 are some small spots of greenish ochreons scales partly edged with black ; in middle of cell a small pale dot; outer line black, lunate-sinuate, bluntly projecting below middle, then sinuate to inner margin, followed by a brown line, along which the slate-coloured postmedian area is edged with a brown shade ; terminal area beyond the indefinite subterminal line dark olive fuscous, including the fringe. Hindwing : olive fuscous tinged with brown, darker with a slaty flush in outer half beyond a brown pale-edged median line ; a pale wavy subterminal line from anal angle, and a small patch of bluish white scales on termen below vein 2 ; fringe dark brown. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXII. 1915. 151 Underside pale grey-brown with deep brown fringes ; median and onter lines darker ; the outer line of forewiug marked with a pale spot on costa ; all the veins marked with sparse pale scales. Head and thorax brown speckled with pale ; patagia with a slight ahdy gloss ; abdomen olive brown ;